You are on page 1of 889

Alcatel-Lucent 1696MSPAN

32 + 32 CHANNELS DWDM SYSTEM
& COMPACT SHELF | 1696MSPAN REL.3.4

TECHNICAL HANDBOOK
ALCATEL-LUCENT PROPRIETARY
This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and
is not to be disclosed or used except in accordance with applicable
agreements.


8DG-17561-AAAA
ISSUE 21
JUNEMARCH
2008


Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
See notice on first page
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their
respective owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2008 Alcatel-Lucent. All Rights Reserved.


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary iii
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Table of content

ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT ............................................................................................................................ XXXII
Purpose ................................................................................................................................................................................ xxxii
Handbook applicability ..................................................................................................................................................... xxxiii
Product–release handbooks ............................................................................................................................................... xxxiii
Handbook Structure ..................................................................................................................................... xxxvii
Handbook configuration check ................................................................................... xxxviii
List of the editions and modified parts ........................................................................................................................... xxxviii
Notes on Ed.01 ....................................................................................................................................................................xxxix
Notes on Ed.02 ....................................................................................................................................................................xxxix
Safety information ..............................................................................................................................................................xxxix
How to comment .................................................................................................................................................................xxxix
PART I: HANDBOOK GUIDE ......................................................................................................................I-1
1 SAFETY NORMS AND LABELS ............................................................................................................... I-1
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................................... I-1
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................... I-1
Structure of hazard statements .......................................................................................................................... I-2
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. I-2
General structure ..................................................................................................................................................................... I-2
Signal words ............................................................................................................................................................................ I-3
Safety Rules ....................................................................................................................................................... I-6
General Rules .......................................................................................................................................................................... I-6
Labels Indicating Danger, Forbiddance, Command ............................................................................................................. I-7
Dangerous Electrical Voltages ............................................................................................................................................... I-8
Harmful Optical Signals ....................................................................................................................................................... I-10
Risks of Explosions .............................................................................................................................................................. I-13
Moving Mechanical Parts ..................................................................................................................................................... I-13
Heat-radiating Mechanical Parts .......................................................................................................................................... I-14
Specific safety rules in this handbook ................................................................................................................................. I-15
2 OTHER NORMS AND LABELS .............................................................................................................. I-16
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................................. I-16
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................. I-16
Electromagnetic Compatibility ....................................................................................................................... I-17
General Norms - Installation ................................................................................................................................................ I-17
General Norms – Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................ I-18
Electrostatic Dischargers (ESD) ..................................................................................................................... I-19
Suggestions, notes and cautions ...................................................................................................................... I-20
Labels affixed to the Equipment ...................................................................................................................... I-20
3 GENERAL ON ALCATEL-LUCENT CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION ............................................. I-33
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................................. I-33
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................. I-33
Products, product–releases, versions and Customer Documentation ............................................................. I-34
Handbook supply to Customers ....................................................................................................................... I-34
Aims of standard Customer Documentation ................................................................................................... I-34
Handbook Updating ........................................................................................................................................ I-36
Changes introduced in the same product–release (same handbook P/N) .......................................................................... I-36
Changes due to a new product–release ................................................................................................................................ I-37
Customer documentation supply on CD-ROM ................................................................................................ I-38

iv Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Contents, creation and production of a CD-ROM .............................................................................................................. I-38
Use of the CD-ROM ............................................................................................................................................................. I-38
CD-ROM identification ........................................................................................................................................................ I-39
CD-ROM updating ............................................................................................................................................................... I-39
PART II: DESCRIPTIONS .......................................................................................................................... II-40
4 FUNCTIONAL DESIGN ......................................................................................................................... II-41
Purpose ................................................................................................................................................................................. II-41
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................ II-41
Equipment basic configurations .................................................................................................................... II-46
Line terminal ........................................................................................................................................................................ II-46
Booster + Pre-amplifier Line terminal ............................................................................................................................... II-50
Optical Add and Drop Multiplexer (OADM) or back-to-back terminal (hub) ................................................................ II-51
OADM or back-to-back terminal (hub) repeater ............................................................................................................... II-55
In line repeater ..................................................................................................................................................................... II-57
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE)................................................................................................................................ II-57
Network architectures ................................................................................................................................... II-58
Point-to-point links .............................................................................................................................................................. II-58
Ring networks ...................................................................................................................................................................... II-58
Ring interconnection (with or without protection) ............................................................................................................ II-59
CPE configurations .............................................................................................................................................................. II-61
Interworking with other Alcatel-Lucent NEs ..................................................................................................................... II-62
2xGbE_FC ............................................................................................................................................................................ II-62
Host systems (ADM..) ......................................................................................................................................................... II-65
Protection scenario ....................................................................................................................................... II-67
O-SNCP ................................................................................................................................................................................ II-67
Optical Transmission Section Protection ........................................................................................................................... II-68
5 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................. II-70
Purpose ................................................................................................................................................................................. II-70
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................ II-70
Rack design ................................................................................................................................................... II-72
1696MS shelf physical configuration ............................................................................................................ II-74
1696MS Empty shelf ........................................................................................................................................................... II-74
1696MS Shelf configuration rules ...................................................................................................................................... II-76
1696MS Part list .................................................................................................................................................................. II-79
1696MS shelf front view ................................................................................................................................................... II-110
1696MS_C (compact shelf) physical configuration .................................................................................... II-111
1696MS_C Empty shelf .................................................................................................................................................... II-113
1696MS_C Shelf configuration rules ............................................................................................................................... II-115
1696MS_C Part list............................................................................................................................................................ II-118
Equipment connections ............................................................................................................................... II-148
Optical connections ........................................................................................................................................................... II-148
Management and maintenance connections ..................................................................................................................... II-150
Power supply connections ................................................................................................................................................. II-151
User interfaces.................................................................................................................................................................... II-151
Units front view ........................................................................................................................................... II-152
Tributaries front view ........................................................................................................................................................ II-153
Multiplexers front view ..................................................................................................................................................... II-167
Optical amplifiers front view ............................................................................................................................................ II-182
Controllers front view ........................................................................................................................................................ II-183
Switching protection, power supply and fans front view ................................................................................................ II-195
6 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................ II-200
Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................... II-200
Contents .............................................................................................................................................................................. II-200
Transponder sub-system .................................................................................................................................................... II-205
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary v
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
TDM client signal concentrator sub-system .................................................................................................................... II-215
Ethernet concentrator sub-system ..................................................................................................................................... II-218
Wavelength Division Multiplexing sub-system............................................................................................................... II-220
Optical Fiber Amplification sub-system .......................................................................................................................... II-229
Optical supervisory channel (OSC) sub-system .............................................................................................................. II-231
Automatic Power Equalization (APE) subsystem ........................................................................................................... II-234
Controller sub-system ........................................................................................................................................................ II-235
Protection sub-system ........................................................................................................................................................ II-246
Performance Monitoring sub-system................................................................................................................................ II-266
Configuration criteria ........................................................................................................................................................ II-278
1696MS (main shelf) configurations examples ............................................................................................................... II-282
1696 MS_C (Compact Shelf) configurations examples ....................................................................................... II-353II-355
1696MS configured to connect a CPE .................................................................................................................. II-382II-384
Two 1696MS or 1696MS_C rings connected together ........................................................................................ II-388II-390
7 UNITS DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................II-393II-395
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................... II-393II-395
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................... II-393II-395
Tranponders – tributaries ..................................................................................................................II-395II-397
Multirate Channel Card III (MCC3) ...................................................................................................................... II-395II-397
10 Gbps Optical Channel Card Enhanced (OCC10_E) ........................................................................................ II-414II-416
10 Gbps Optical Channel Card for CWDM (OCC10_EC) .................................................................................. II-428II-430
Wavelength adapter 1 and 2 (WLA1C, WLA2M) ............................................................................................... II-429II-431
Wavelength adapter 3 (WLA3CD) ........................................................................................................................ II-450II-452
Wavelength adapter 2 with O-SNCP (WLA2M_OP) .......................................................................................... II-455II-457
Wavelength adapter 3 with O-SNCP (WLA3CDOP) .......................................................................................... II-468II-470
4xANY_P ................................................................................................................................................................ II-473II-475
2xGE_FC ................................................................................................................................................................. II-478II-480
8xGbE concentrator (8xGE) .................................................................................................................................. II-485II-487
Small Formfactor Pluggable (SFP) optical modules ............................................................................................ II-495II-497
XFP optical modules .............................................................................................................................................. II-498II-500
Multiple Variable Attenuator Cards...................................................................................................II-500II-502
Multiple Variable Attenuator Card (MVAC) ........................................................................................................ II-500II-502
Multiple Variable Attenuator Card (MVAC10) ................................................................................................... II-503II-506
Multiplexers .......................................................................................................................................II-508II-513
DWDM mux/demux : OMDX units ...................................................................................................................... II-508II-513
8-channel CWDM mux/demux: CMDX-U, CMDX-U-S, CMDX2-U, CMDX2-U-S ...................................... II-515II-520
8-channel CWDM/DWDM mux/demux: CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S ..................................................... II-516II-521
DWDM OADM units ............................................................................................................................................. II-518II-523
CWDM OADM units ............................................................................................................................................. II-526II-531
SPV_F_1310_1550 ................................................................................................................................................. II-532II-537
SPV_F_C ................................................................................................................................................................. II-534II-539
F1310 ....................................................................................................................................................................... II-535II-540
Description .............................................................................................................................................................. II-537II-542
Way of working ...................................................................................................................................................... II-541II-546
Optical characteristics............................................................................................................................................. II-545II-550
Optical safety .......................................................................................................................................................... II-545II-550
Controller ...........................................................................................................................................II-546II-551
ESC board ............................................................................................................................................................... II-546II-551
Supervision units (SPVM2, SPVM3, SPVM_H, SPVM3_H) ............................................................................. II-547II-552
Optical Supervisory Card (OSC) ........................................................................................................................... II-551II-556
EBRIDGE board ..................................................................................................................................................... II-555II-560
Optical Spectrum Monitoring Card (OSMC) ........................................................................................................ II-555II-560
1696MS_C Master Intershelf Link (I-LINK_M) .................................................................................................. II-557II-563
1696MS_C Slave Intershelf Link (I-LINK_S) ..................................................................................................... II-559II-564
LAN board............................................................................................................................................................... II-562II-568
HouseKeeping board (HK)..................................................................................................................................... II-564II-570

vi Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Rack Alarm Interface (RAI)................................................................................................................................... II-565II-571
User Interfaces Card (UIC) .................................................................................................................................... II-568II-574
Switching Protection (OPC) ...............................................................................................................II-569II-575
Single and Multi Mode Optical Protection Cards ................................................................................................. II-569II-575
Optical Multiplex Section Protection: OMSP unit ............................................................................................... II-572II-578
Power Supply Card (PSC/PSC3) .......................................................................................................II-575II-581
Power Supply Card (PSC2)................................................................................................................II-575II-581
Power Management Unit (PMU) .......................................................................................................II-576II-582
Batteries for PMU ................................................................................................................................................... II-578II-584
FANS unit ...........................................................................................................................................II-581II-587
FANC unit for 1696MS shelf ................................................................................................................................. II-581II-587
FAN_C unit for 1696MS_C shelf .......................................................................................................................... II-582II-588
8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................II-584II-590
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................... II-584II-590
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................... II-584II-590
Main system characteristics ................................................................................................................................... II-585II-591
Electrical safety ....................................................................................................................................................... II-596II-602
Electrical Safety compliance with standardized Norms ....................................................................................... II-596II-602
Optical safety .......................................................................................................................................................... II-597II-603
Tributaries optical characteristics .......................................................................................................................... II-608II-614
Multiple Variable Attenuator Cards (MVAC) optical characteristics ................................................................. II-652II-658
DWDM Mux/Demux units (OMDX) optical characteristics ............................................................................... II-654II-660
8-channel CWDM Mux/Demux optical characteristics: CMDX-U(-S), CMDX2-U(-S) .................................. II-659II-665
C/DWDM Mux/Demux units (CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S) optical characteristics ................................ II-660II-666
DWDM OADM units optical characteristics ........................................................................................................ II-661II-667
CWDM OADM units optical characteristics ........................................................................................................ II-671II-677
Mux/Demux 1310-1550 + supervision unit optical characteristics ..................................................................... II-673II-679
SPV_F_C unit optical characteristics .................................................................................................................... II-674II-680
F1310 unit optical characteristics .......................................................................................................................... II-676II-682
Optical Amplifier Card (OAC) optical characteristics ......................................................................................... II-677II-683
SPV-M + OW (SPVM2) and SPVM_H optical characteristics .......................................................................... II-678II-684
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) board optical characteristics ...................................................................... II-679II-685
OSMC optical characteristics ................................................................................................................................. II-679II-685
Optical Protection Cards (OPC) optical characteristics ....................................................................................... II-680II-686
OMSP optical characteristics ................................................................................................................................. II-681II-687
Equipment domain alarms ...................................................................................................................................... II-685II-691
Optical transmission domain alarms...................................................................................................................... II-717II-723
Power supply characteristics .............................................................................................................II-740II-746
Power consumption ................................................................................................................................................ II-740II-746
Maximum power consumption of boards and units ............................................................................................. II-740II-746
Mechanical characteristics ................................................................................................................II-743II-749
Maximum weight of the boards and units ............................................................................................................. II-744II-750
Environmental characteristics ...........................................................................................................II-745II-751
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) norms: ETSI compliancy ...................................................................... II-746II-752
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) norms: ANSI compliancy ..................................................................... II-746II-752
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) condition................................................................................................. II-746II-752
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) ................................................................................ II-747II-753
Acoustical noise ...................................................................................................................................................... II-747II-753
Environmental constraints ...................................................................................................................................... II-747II-753
9 HARDWARE SETTINGS ............................................................................................................II-755II-761
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................... II-755II-761
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................... II-755II-761
ESC Presetting table ............................................................................................................................................... II-769II-776
PART III: MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................................... III-783III-791
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary vii
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
10 MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................... III-785III-793
Purpose ................................................................................................................................................................. III-785III-793
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................ III-785III-793
General safety rules ............................................................................................................................................. III-786III-794
General rules ........................................................................................................................................................ III-787III-795
Maintenance aspects: definitions ........................................................................................................................ III-787III-795
Instruments And Accessories .............................................................................................................................. III-788III-796
Routine Maintenance every six months ............................................................................................................. III-790III-798
Routine Maintenance every year ........................................................................................................................ III-794III-802
Routine Maintenance every five years ............................................................................................................... III-794III-802
Fault location: alarm & status indication ........................................................................................................... III-797III-805
Suggested Spare Parts .......................................................................................................................................... III-800III-808
General rules on spare parts management .......................................................................................................... III-800III-808
Particular rules on spare parts management ....................................................................................................... III-800III-808
PART IV: DISMANTLING & RECYCLING ............................................................................... IV-803IV-811
11 DISMANTLING & RECYCLING ............................................................................................ IV-805IV-813
Purpose ................................................................................................................................................................. IV-805IV-813
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................ IV-805IV-813
Tools necessary for disassembly ......................................................................................................................... IV-807IV-815
Subrack disassembly ............................................................................................................................................ IV-808IV-816
Unit disassembly .................................................................................................................................................. IV-819IV-827
Hazardous materials and components ................................................................................................................ IV-834IV-842
12 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS .................................................................................................... IV-840IV-848
ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT .................................................................................................................................. XX
Purpose ..................................................................................................................................................................................... xx
Handbook applicability ........................................................................................................................................................... xx
Product–release handbooks .................................................................................................................................................... xxi
Handbook Structure ........................................................................................................................................ xxiv
Handbook configuration check ............................................................................................................................................. xxv
List of the editions and modified parts ................................................................................................................................. xxv
Notes on Ed.01 ...................................................................................................................................................................... xxvi
Notes on Ed.02 ...................................................................................................................................................................... xxvi
Safety information ................................................................................................................................................................ xxvi
How to comment ................................................................................................................................................................... xxvi
PART I: HANDBOOK GUIDE ......................................................................................................................I-1
1 SAFETY NORMS AND LABELS ............................................................................................................... I-1
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................................... I-1
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................... I-1
Structure of hazard statements .......................................................................................................................... I-2
Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................. I-2
General structure ..................................................................................................................................................................... I-2
Signal words ............................................................................................................................................................................ I-3
First aid for electric shock ................................................................................................................................ I-4
Safety Rules ....................................................................................................................................................... I-6
General Rules .......................................................................................................................................................................... I-6
Labels Indicating Danger, Forbiddance, Command ............................................................................................................. I-7
Dangerous Electrical Voltages ............................................................................................................................................... I-8
Harmful Optical Signals ....................................................................................................................................................... I-10
Risks of Explosions .............................................................................................................................................................. I-13
Moving Mechanical Parts ..................................................................................................................................................... I-13
Heat-radiating Mechanical Parts .......................................................................................................................................... I-14

viii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Specific safety rules in this handbook ................................................................................................................................. I-15
2 OTHER NORMS AND LABELS .............................................................................................................. I-16
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................................. I-16
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................. I-16
Electromagnetic Compatibility ....................................................................................................................... I-17
General Norms - Installation ................................................................................................................................................ I-17
General Norms – Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................ I-18
Electrostatic Dischargers (ESD) ..................................................................................................................... I-19
Suggestions, notes and cautions ...................................................................................................................... I-20
Labels affixed to the Equipment ...................................................................................................................... I-20
3 GENERAL ON ALCATEL-LUCENT CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION ............................................. I-32
Purpose .................................................................................................................................................................................. I-32
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................. I-32
Products, product–releases, versions and Customer Documentation ............................................................. I-33
Handbook supply to Customers ....................................................................................................................... I-33
Aims of standard Customer Documentation ................................................................................................... I-33
Handbook Updating ........................................................................................................................................ I-35
Changes introduced in the same product–release (same handbook P/N) .......................................................................... I-35
Changes due to a new product–release ................................................................................................................................ I-36
Customer documentation supply on CD-ROM ................................................................................................ I-37
Contents, creation and production of a CD-ROM .............................................................................................................. I-37
Use of the CD-ROM ............................................................................................................................................................. I-37
CD-ROM identification ........................................................................................................................................................ I-38
CD-ROM updating ............................................................................................................................................................... I-38
PART II: DESCRIPTIONS .......................................................................................................................... II-39
4 FUNCTIONAL DESIGN ......................................................................................................................... II-41
Purpose ................................................................................................................................................................................. II-41
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................ II-41
Equipment basic configurations .................................................................................................................... II-46
Line terminal ........................................................................................................................................................................ II-46
Booster + Pre-amplifier Line terminal ............................................................................................................................... II-50
Optical Add and Drop Multiplexer (OADM) or back-to-back terminal (hub) ................................................................ II-51
OADM or back-to-back terminal (hub) repeater ............................................................................................................... II-55
In line repeater ..................................................................................................................................................................... II-57
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE)................................................................................................................................ II-57
Network architectures ................................................................................................................................... II-58
Point-to-point links .............................................................................................................................................................. II-58
Ring networks ...................................................................................................................................................................... II-58
Ring interconnection (with or without protection) ............................................................................................................ II-59
CPE configurations .............................................................................................................................................................. II-61
Interworking with other Alcatel-Lucent NEs ..................................................................................................................... II-62
2xGbE_FC ............................................................................................................................................................................ II-62
Host systems (ADM..) ......................................................................................................................................................... II-65
Protection scenario ....................................................................................................................................... II-67
O-SNCP ................................................................................................................................................................................ II-67
Optical Transmission Section Protection ........................................................................................................................... II-68
5 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................. II-70
Purpose ................................................................................................................................................................................. II-70
Contents ................................................................................................................................................................................ II-70
Rack design ................................................................................................................................................... II-72
1696MS shelf physical configuration ............................................................................................................ II-74
1696MS Empty shelf ........................................................................................................................................................... II-74
1696MS Shelf configuration rules ...................................................................................................................................... II-76
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary ix
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
1696MS Part list .................................................................................................................................................................. II-79
1696MS shelf front view ................................................................................................................................................... II-110
1696MS_C (compact shelf) physical configuration .................................................................................... II-111
1696MS_C Empty shelf .................................................................................................................................................... II-113
1696MS_C Shelf configuration rules ............................................................................................................................... II-115
1696MS_C Part list............................................................................................................................................................ II-118
Equipment connections ............................................................................................................................... II-148
Optical connections ........................................................................................................................................................... II-148
Management and maintenance connections ..................................................................................................................... II-150
Power supply connections ................................................................................................................................................. II-151
User interfaces.................................................................................................................................................................... II-151
Units front view ........................................................................................................................................... II-152
Tributaries front view ........................................................................................................................................................ II-153
Multiplexers front view ..................................................................................................................................................... II-165
Optical amplifiers front view ............................................................................................................................................ II-180
Controllers front view ........................................................................................................................................................ II-181
Switching protection, power supply and fans front view ................................................................................................ II-193
6 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................ II-198
Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................... II-198
Contents .............................................................................................................................................................................. II-198
General description ..................................................................................................................................... II-199
Transponder sub-system .................................................................................................................................................... II-203
TDM client signal concentrator sub-system .................................................................................................................... II-211
Ethernet concentrator sub-system ..................................................................................................................................... II-214
Wavelength Division Multiplexing sub-system............................................................................................................... II-216
Optical Fiber Amplification sub-system .......................................................................................................................... II-225
Optical supervisory channel (OSC) sub-system .............................................................................................................. II-227
Automatic Power Equalization (APE) subsystem ........................................................................................................... II-230
Controller sub-system ........................................................................................................................................................ II-231
Protection sub-system ........................................................................................................................................................ II-242
Performance Monitoring sub-system................................................................................................................................ II-260
System Configuration .................................................................................................................................. II-271
Configuration criteria ........................................................................................................................................................ II-271
1696MS (main shelf) configurations examples ............................................................................................................... II-274
1696 MS_C (Compact Shelf) configurations examples .................................................................................................. II-347
1696MS configured to connect a CPE ............................................................................................................................. II-370
Two 1696MS or 1696MS_C rings connected together ................................................................................................... II-376
7 UNITS DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................... II-381
Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................... II-381
Contents .............................................................................................................................................................................. II-381
Tranponders – tributaries ........................................................................................................................... II-383
Multirate Channel Card III (MCC3) ................................................................................................................................. II-383
10 Gbps Optical Channel Card Enhanced (OCC10_E) ................................................................................................... II-402
10 Gbps Optical Channel Card for CWDM (OCC10_EC) ............................................................................................. II-416
Wavelength adapter 1 and 2 (WLA1C, WLA2M) .......................................................................................................... II-417
Wavelength adapter 3 (WLA3CD) ................................................................................................................................... II-438
Wavelength adapter 2 with O-SNCP (WLA2M_OP) ..................................................................................................... II-443
Wavelength adapter 3 with O-SNCP (WLA3CDOP) ..................................................................................................... II-456
4xANY_P ........................................................................................................................................................................... II-461
2xGE_FC ............................................................................................................................................................................ II-466
8xGbE concentrator (8xGE) ............................................................................................................................................. II-473
TRBD1996 ......................................................................................................................................................................... II-482
Small Formfactor Pluggable (SFP) optical modules ....................................................................................................... II-482
XFP optical modules ......................................................................................................................................................... II-485
Multiple Variable Attenuator Cards............................................................................................................ II-487

x Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Multiple Variable Attenuator Card (MVAC) ................................................................................................................... II-487
Multiple Variable Attenuator Card (MVAC10) .............................................................................................................. II-490
Multiplexers ................................................................................................................................................ II-494
DWDM mux/demux : OMDX units ................................................................................................................................. II-494
8-channel CWDM mux/demux: CMDX-U, CMDX-U-S, CMDX2-U, CMDX2-U-S ................................................. II-501
8-channel CWDM/DWDM mux/demux: CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S ................................................................ II-502
DWDM OADM units ........................................................................................................................................................ II-504
CWDM OADM units ........................................................................................................................................................ II-512
SPV_F_1310_1550 ............................................................................................................................................................ II-518
SPV_F_C ............................................................................................................................................................................ II-520
F1310 .................................................................................................................................................................................. II-521
Optical Amplifier (OAC) ............................................................................................................................ II-523
Description ......................................................................................................................................................................... II-523
Way of working ................................................................................................................................................................. II-527
Optical characteristics........................................................................................................................................................ II-531
Optical safety ..................................................................................................................................................................... II-531
Controller .................................................................................................................................................... II-532
ESC board .......................................................................................................................................................................... II-532
Supervision units (SPVM2, SPVM3, SPVM_H, SPVM3_H) ........................................................................................ II-533
Optical Supervisory Card (OSC) ...................................................................................................................................... II-537
EBRIDGE board ................................................................................................................................................................ II-541
Optical Spectrum Monitoring Card (OSMC) ................................................................................................................... II-541
1696MS_C Master Intershelf Link (I-LINK_M) ............................................................................................................. II-543
1696MS_C Slave Intershelf Link (I-LINK_S) ................................................................................................................ II-545
General user interfaces.............................................................................................................................. II-547
LAN board.......................................................................................................................................................................... II-548
HouseKeeping board (HK)................................................................................................................................................ II-550
Rack Alarm Interface (RAI).............................................................................................................................................. II-551
User Interfaces Card (UIC) ............................................................................................................................................... II-554
Switching Protection (OPC) ........................................................................................................................ II-555
Single and Multi Mode Optical Protection Cards ............................................................................................................ II-555
Optical Multiplex Section Protection: OMSP unit .......................................................................................................... II-558
Power Supply Card (PSC/PSC3) ................................................................................................................ II-561
Power Supply Card (PSC2)......................................................................................................................... II-561
Power Management Unit (PMU) ................................................................................................................ II-562
Batteries for PMU .............................................................................................................................................................. II-564
FANS unit .................................................................................................................................................... II-567
FANC unit for 1696MS shelf ............................................................................................................................................ II-567
FAN_C unit for 1696MS_C shelf ..................................................................................................................................... II-568
8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................... II-570
Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................... II-570
Contents .............................................................................................................................................................................. II-570
1696MSPAN System characteristics ........................................................................................................... II-571
Main system characteristics .............................................................................................................................................. II-571
Safety requirements and mechanism ........................................................................................................... II-581
Electrical safety .................................................................................................................................................................. II-581
Electrical Safety compliance with standardized Norms .................................................................................................. II-581
Optical safety ..................................................................................................................................................................... II-582
Boards interfaces characteristics ................................................................................................................ II-593
Tributaries optical characteristics ..................................................................................................................................... II-593
Multiple Variable Attenuator Cards (MVAC) optical characteristics ............................................................................ II-634
DWDM Mux/Demux units (OMDX) optical characteristics .......................................................................................... II-636
8-channel CWDM Mux/Demux optical characteristics: CMDX-U(-S), CMDX2-U(-S) ............................................. II-641
C/DWDM Mux/Demux units (CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S) optical characteristics ........................................... II-642
DWDM OADM units optical characteristics ................................................................................................................... II-643
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xi
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
CWDM OADM units optical characteristics ................................................................................................................... II-653
Mux/Demux 1310-1550 + supervision unit optical characteristics ................................................................................ II-655
SPV_F_C unit optical characteristics ............................................................................................................................... II-656
F1310 unit optical characteristics ..................................................................................................................................... II-658
Optical Amplifier Card (OAC) optical characteristics .................................................................................................... II-659
SPV-M + OW (SPVM2) and SPVM_H optical characteristics ..................................................................................... II-660
Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) board optical characteristics ................................................................................. II-661
OSMC optical characteristics ............................................................................................................................................ II-661
Optical Protection Cards (OPC) optical characteristics .................................................................................................. II-662
OMSP optical characteristics ............................................................................................................................................ II-663
Alarm characteristics................................................................................................................................. II-665
Equipment domain alarms ................................................................................................................................................. II-667
Optical transmission domain alarms................................................................................................................................. II-699
Power supply characteristics ...................................................................................................................... II-722
Power consumption ........................................................................................................................................................... II-722
Maximum power consumption of boards and units ........................................................................................................ II-722
Mechanical characteristics ......................................................................................................................... II-725
Maximum weight of the boards and units ........................................................................................................................ II-726
Environmental characteristics .................................................................................................................... II-727
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) norms: ETSI compliancy ................................................................................. II-728
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) norms: ANSI compliancy ................................................................................ II-728
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) condition............................................................................................................ II-728
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) ........................................................................................... II-728
Acoustical noise ................................................................................................................................................................. II-729
Environmental constraints ................................................................................................................................................. II-729
9 HARDWARE SETTINGS ..................................................................................................................... II-737
Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................... II-737
Contents .............................................................................................................................................................................. II-737
Part Number and Change Status identification ........................................................................................ II-740
General safety rules and warnings............................................................................................................ II-743
Microswitches “ON” position .................................................................................................................... II-746
OMDX, OADM and SPV_F hardware settings......................................................................................... II-747
ESC hardware settings............................................................................................................................... II-750
ESC Presetting table .......................................................................................................................................................... II-751
SPVM2 and SPVM_H hardware settings.................................................................................................. II-752
LANC (LAN access card) hardware settings ............................................................................................. II-756
MCC3 hardware settings............................................................................................................................ II-759
OCC10 hardware settings.......................................................................................................................... II-761
OCC10_E hardware settings...................................................................................................................... II-763
PART III: MAINTENANCE ...................................................................................................................... III-765
10 MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................................................. III-767
Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................. III-767
Contents ............................................................................................................................................................................ III-767
Maintenance introduction ......................................................................................................................... III-768
General safety rules ......................................................................................................................................................... III-768
General rules .................................................................................................................................................................... III-769
Maintenance aspects: definitions .................................................................................................................................... III-769
Instruments And Accessories .......................................................................................................................................... III-770
Preventive maintenance............................................................................................................................ III-771
Routine Maintenance every six months ......................................................................................................................... III-772
Routine Maintenance every year .................................................................................................................................... III-776
Routine Maintenance every five years ........................................................................................................................... III-776
Corrective maintenance (troubleshooting) ............................................................................................... III-777

xii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Fault location: alarm & status indication ....................................................................................................................... III-779
Set of spare parts....................................................................................................................................... III-782
Suggested Spare Parts ...................................................................................................................................................... III-782
General rules on spare parts management ...................................................................................................................... III-782
Particular rules on spare parts management ................................................................................................................... III-782
Repair Form.............................................................................................................................................. III-783
PART IV: DISMANTLING & RECYCLING ........................................................................................... IV-785
11 DISMANTLING & RECYCLING ........................................................................................................ IV-787
Purpose ............................................................................................................................................................................. IV-787
Contents ............................................................................................................................................................................ IV-787
WEEE general information ...................................................................................................................... IV-788
How to disassembly the equipment........................................................................................................... IV-789
Tools necessary for disassembly ..................................................................................................................................... IV-789
Subrack disassembly ........................................................................................................................................................ IV-790
Unit disassembly .............................................................................................................................................................. IV-801
Hazardous materials and components ............................................................................................................................ IV-816
Eco declaration .......................................................................................................................................... IV-819
12 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................................................ IV-822

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xiii
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
List of figures


Figure 1: Subrack label ..........................................................................................................................................I-22
Figure 2: Subrack label ..........................................................................................................................................I-24
Figure 3: Subrack label ..........................................................................................................................................I-25
Figure 4: Labels on units with standard cover plate .........................................................................................I-26
Figure 5: Modules label .........................................................................................................................................I-28
Figure 6: Internal label for Printed Board Assembly ..........................................................................................I-29
Figure 7: Back panels internal label......................................................................................................................I-30
Figure 8: Label specifying item not on catalogue (P/N. and serial number) .....................................................I-30
Figure 9: Label specifying item on catalogue (P/N. and serial number) ............................................................I-31
Figure 10: Item identification labels - item on catalog ........................................................................................I-31
Figure 11: Label identifying the equipment (example) .......................................................................................I-32
Figure 12: CE label .................................................................................................................................................I-32
Figure 13: WEEE label ..........................................................................................................................................I-33
Figure 14: The 1696MSPAN in line terminal configuration ............................................................................. II-46
Figure 15: The 1696MSPAN in line terminal configuration (mixed configuration) ....................................... II-47
Figure 16: Line Terminal configuration block diagram with two MCC3 transponders ................................ II-47
Figure 17: Line Terminal configuration block diagram with a WLA transponder (2 chs) ........................... II-48
Figure 18: Line Terminal block diagram with two 4xANY_P or 2xGE_FC or 8xGE transponders ............ II-49
Figure 19: Booster + Pre-amplifier Line Terminal (1 x OAC) configuration with DWDM technology ....... II-50
Figure 20: Mixed (CWDM + DWDM) configuration: Booster + Pre-amplifier LT (1 x OAC) ..................... II-50
Figure 21: The 1696MSPAN in Booster + Pre-amplifier Line Terminal (2 x OACs) configuration ............. II-51
Figure 22: The 1696MSPAN in OADM configuration ...................................................................................... II-51
Figure 23: The 1696MSPAN in back-to-back terminal configuration ............................................................. II-52
Figure 25: OADM or back-to-back terminal configuration block diagram with WLA ................................. II-54
Figure 26: OADM or b-to-b configuration block diagram with WLA as regenerator for 2 chs ................... II-55
Figure 27: OADM repeater (1 OAC west side + 1 OAC east side) configuration ........................................... II-56
Figure 28: OADM repeater (2 OACs west side + 2 OACs east side) configuration ........................................ II-56
Figure 29: The 1696MSPAN in repeater configuration .................................................................................... II-57
Figure 30: Point-to-point link .............................................................................................................................. II-58
Figure 31: Ring configuration ............................................................................................................................. II-59
Figure 32: Interconnected rings with data on customer ports and supervision carried by OSC .................. II-60
Figure 33: Interconnected rings with data on customer ports and LAN_Q management ............................. II-60
Figure 34: CPE configuration .............................................................................................................................. II-61
Figure 35: “Bicycle wheel” configuration: NE on a ring adressing 10 supervised CPE links ........................ II-62
Figure 36: CPE link based on CWDM technology ............................................................................................ II-63
Figure 37: CPE link based on CWDM technology with 1310nm port ............................................................. II-64
Figure 38: Mixed transmission based on CWDM and DWDM technologies .................................................. II-65
Figure 39: Connection to host equipments ......................................................................................................... II-66
Figure 40: Optical SNCP protection scheme: with back-to-back terminals or OADM ................................. II-67
Figure 41: Optical SNCP way of working .......................................................................................................... II-68
Figure 42: OTSP protection scheme in a point-to-point network configuration............................................. II-69
Figure 43: Rack organization, 32 channel bi-directional terminal ................................................................... II-73
Figure 44: Shelf dimensions ................................................................................................................................. II-76
Figure 45: Typical fully equipped shelf .............................................................................................................. II-78
Figure 46: Example of Master shelf front view ................................................................................................ II-110

xiv Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 47: Shelf front view with cover .............................................................................................................. II-111
Figure 48: 1696MS_C Rack version .................................................................................................................. II-112
Figure 49: 1696MS_C Table version with and without cover ......................................................................... II-112
Figure 50: 1696 MS_C - Mechanical structure ................................................................................................ II-114
Figure 51: 1696 MS_C - Main shelf board arrangement ................................................................................ II-115
Figure 52: Typical 1696MS_C equipped shelf ................................................................................................. II-117
Figure 53: Fan_C board ..................................................................................................................................... II-147
Figure 54: Simple MU optical connector .......................................................................................................... II-148
Figure 55: Double MU optical connector .......................................................................................................... II-149
Figure 56: MCC3 front panel ............................................................................................................................ II-153
Figure 57: OCC10_E and OCC10_EC front panel .......................................................................................... II-154
Figure 58: WLA1C front panel ......................................................................................................................... II-155
Figure 59: WLA2M and WLA3CD front panel ............................................................................................... II-156
Figure 60: CWLA2M_OP and CWLA3CDOP front panel ............................................................................ II-157
Figure 61: 2xGE_FC front panel ....................................................................................................................... II-158
Figure 62: 8xGE front panel .............................................................................................................................. II-160
Figure 63 TRBD1996 front panel ...................................................................................................................... II-161
Figure 64: 4xANY front panel ........................................................................................................................... II-162
Figure 65: MVAC front panel ........................................................................................................................... II-163
Figure 66: MVAC10 front panel ....................................................................................................................... II-164
Figure 67: SFP optical module .......................................................................................................................... II-165
Figure 68: XFP optical module .......................................................................................................................... II-166
Figure 69: OMDX8100_M_L1_XS front panel ................................................................................................ II-167
Figure 70: OMDX8100_M_L2/S2/S1 front panel ............................................................................................ II-168
Figure 71: OADM8100_M_L1_S (L2/S1/S2) front panel ................................................................................ II-169
Figure 72: OADM4100_M_chxx-yy_S front panel .......................................................................................... II-170
Figure 73: OADM2100_M_xx_yy_S front panel ............................................................................................. II-171
Figure 74: OADM1100_M_xx_S front panel ................................................................................................... II-172
Figure 75: SPV_F_1310_1550 front panel ........................................................................................................ II-173
Figure 76: SPV_F_C front panel ....................................................................................................................... II-174
Figure 77: CMDX(2) boards (all types) front panel ........................................................................................ II-175
Figure 78: CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S front panel ................................................................................. II-176
Figure 79: COAD2-xx_S (1-channel OADM) front panel ............................................................................... II-177
Figure 80: COAD2-xx-yy_S (2-channel OADM) front panel.......................................................................... II-178
Figure 81: COAD2-xx-yy_S (4-channel OADM) front panel.......................................................................... II-179
Figure 82: COAD2-xx-yy_S (4-channel OADM) access points description ................................................... II-180
Figure 83: F1310 front panel ............................................................................................................................. II-181
Figure 84: OAC2 and OAC2_L front panel ..................................................................................................... II-182
Figure 85: ESC front panel ................................................................................................................................ II-183
Figure 86: SPVM2 and SPVM3 front panel ..................................................................................................... II-184
Figure 87: SPVM_H and SPVM3_H front panel ............................................................................................. II-185
Figure 88: OSC front panel................................................................................................................................ II-186
Figure 89: EBRIDGE front panel ..................................................................................................................... II-187
Figure 90: OSMC front panel ............................................................................................................................ II-188
Figure 91: I-Link_M front panel ....................................................................................................................... II-189
Figure 92: I-Link_S front panel ........................................................................................................................ II-190
Figure 93: LAN boards front panel ................................................................................................................... II-191
Figure 94: Housekeeping front panel ................................................................................................................ II-192
Figure 95: RAI front panel ................................................................................................................................ II-193
Figure 96: UIC front panel ................................................................................................................................ II-194
Figure 97: OPC front panel ............................................................................................................................... II-195
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xv
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 98: OMSP front panel ............................................................................................................................ II-196
Figure 99: PSC/PSC2/PSC3 front panel ........................................................................................................... II-197
Figure 100: PMU front panel ............................................................................................................................. II-198
Figure 101: FANs front panel ............................................................................................................................ II-199
Figure 102: Functional synopsis in Line Terminal configuration .................................................................. II-202
Figure 103: Functional synopsis in OADM configuration .............................................................................. II-203
Figure 104: Functional synopsis in Repeater configuration ........................................................................... II-204
Figure 105: Line terminal transponder function ............................................................................................. II-206
Figure 106: Back-to-back terminal or OADM transponder function ............................................................ II-207
Figure 107: Principle of the 4xANY TDM concentration ............................................................................... II-215
Figure 108: Principle of the 2xGE_FC TDM concentration ........................................................................... II-217
Figure 109: 8xGE configurations: concentration mode and add/drop mode ................................................ II-218
Figure 110: Principle of the 8xGE Ethernet concentration ............................................................................ II-219
Figure 111: Eight GbE signals protected by OMSP boards in Concentration mode (point-to-point) ........ II-219
Figure 112: 8xGE in ADD/DROP mode (multipoint) ...................................................................................... II-220
Figure 113: 4 and 8 channels DWDM optical MUXes ..................................................................................... II-221
Figure 114: 8 channels CWDM optical MUX .................................................................................................. II-222
Figure 115: 7 channels C/DWDM optical MUX .............................................................................................. II-222
Figure 116: LB and SB aggregate signals expansion MUX ............................................................................. II-222
Figure 117: 4 and 8 channels optical DMUX .................................................................................................... II-223
Figure 118: 8 channels CWDM optical DMUX ................................................................................................ II-223
Figure 119: 7 channels C/DWDM optical DMUX ............................................................................................ II-224
Figure 120: LB and SB aggregate signals expansion DMUX .......................................................................... II-224
Figure 121: MUX and DMUX functions of an 8 channels Line Terminal ..................................................... II-225
Figure 122: MUX and DMUX functions of a 12 channels Line Terminal ..................................................... II-225
Figure 123: MUX and DMUX functions of a 32 channels Line Terminal ..................................................... II-226
Figure 124: MUX and DMUX functions of a 38 C/DWDM mixed channels Line Terminal ....................... II-227
Figure 125: MUX and DMUX functions of an 8 channels OADM ................................................................. II-228
Figure 126: MUX and DMUX functions of a 32 channels back-to-back terminal ........................................ II-228
Figure 127: 1696MSPAN in back-to-back terminal configuration and with a remote channel .................. II-229
Figure 128: OFA sub-system in line terminal or OADM configuration ........................................................ II-230
Figure 129: OFA sub-system in repeater configuration .................................................................................. II-230
Figure 130: OSC management in Line Terminal, OADM, OADM repeater and In-Line-Repeater .......... II-232
Figure 131: Automatic Power Equalization ..................................................................................................... II-235
Figure 132: Controller sub-system .................................................................................................................... II-238
Figure 133: Example of control interfaces scheme in 1696MSPAN ............................................................... II-240
Figure 134: Example of control interfaces scheme in 1696MS_C .................................................................. II-241
Figure 135: 1696MSPAN - equipment power supply scheme ......................................................................... II-245
Figure 136: Channel level protection in a ring network .................................................................................. II-246
Figure 137: O-SNCP principle ........................................................................................................................... II-247
Figure 138: Optical SNCP with MCC3 unit ..................................................................................................... II-249
Figure 139: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 4xANY (MCC-4xANY) ................................... II-250
Figure 140: Optical SNCP with OCC10 unit.................................................................................................... II-251
Figure 141: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 4xANY (4xANY client protection) ................. II-254
Figure 142: Correspondance between OPC slots allocation and 4xANY drawers in protection ................. II-255
Figure 143: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 2xGE_FC .......................................................... II-257
Figure 144: Optical SNCP of the WLA_OP associated with the 2xGE_FC .................................................. II-258
Figure 145: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 2xGE_FC .......................................................... II-259
Figure 146: Optical SNCP with 8xGE .............................................................................................................. II-261
Figure 147: O-SNCP with WLA units (WLA2M_OP/WLA3CDOP) ............................................................ II-262
Figure 148: Example of a 1696 MS network with path protection using WLA3CDOP cards ..................... II-264

xvi Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 149: TS protection with OMSP unit...................................................................................................... II-265
Figure 150: Example of starting configuration ................................................................................................ II-280
Figure 151: 4 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal block diagram ................................................... II-284
Figure 152: Remote MCC or (MCC or 2xGE_FC)+4xANY_P: 3 signals multiplexed by SPV_F .... II-368II-370
Figure 153: One protected transponderon the same fiber (2 channel wavelengths) ........................... II-370II-372
Figure 154: B-to-b 4XANY used to drop some of the carried services and by-pass the others ......... II-372II-374
Figure155: Remote unprotected MCC .................................................................................................... II-373II-375
Figure156: OADM 1 channel protected back-to-back (DWDM) ......................................................... II-375II-377
Figure 157: Remote Spur 4xANY (or 2xGE_FC) + protected MCC on 1310 nm ............................... II-376II-378
Figure158: Remote Spur 4xANY (or 2xGE_FC) + protected MCC on 1550 nm ................................ II-377II-379
Figure159: 2-channel Line Terminal ...................................................................................................... II-378II-380
Figure160: Remote CPE, 2-channel terminal: MCC + 4xANY with drawers protection .................. II-381II-383
Figure161: 1696MS or 1696MS_C with only supervision ..................................................................... II-382II-384
Figure162: 1696MS connected to a CPE through a supervised black-and-white signal .................... II-383II-385
Figure163: 1696MS connected to a CPE through a supervised black-and-white and colored signal and
protected in the ring ........................................................................................................................ II-384II-386
Figure164: 1696MS connected to a CPE through a supervised black-and-white and colored signal and
unprotected in the ring ................................................................................................................... II-385II-387
Figure165: Optical channel optically passed through the NE without being regenerated. ................ II-386II-388
Figure166: Optical channel optically passed through the NE without being regenerated and with OSC
insertion............................................................................................................................................ II-387II-389
Figure167: Two 1696MS rings connected together through user interfaces. ...................................... II-390II-392
Figure168: Two 1696MS rings connected together through user interfaces. ...................................... II-392II-394
Figure169: Block diagram of the MCC3 unit ......................................................................................... II-395II-397
Figure170: MCC2 in default configuration ............................................................................................ II-402II-404
Figure171: Drop / Insert without Optical-SNCP (identical 8x8 matrix configuration) ...................... II-403II-405
Figure172: Drop / Insert with Optical-SNCP (identical 8x8 matrix configuration) ........................... II-404II-406
Figure173: Pass-through (regeneration configuration) ......................................................................... II-406II-408
Figure174: Local Loop-Back ................................................................................................................... II-408II-410
Figure175: Remote Loop-Back in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) ................................... II-409II-411
Figure176: User Loop-Back ..................................................................................................................... II-410II-412
Figure177: User Loop-Back & pass-through ......................................................................................... II-411II-413
Figure178: Remote Loop-Back in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) ................................... II-412II-414
Figure179: OCC10_E unit block diagram .............................................................................................. II-414II-416
Figure180: Drop / Insert without Optical-SNCP (identical 8x8 matrix configuration) ...................... II-421II-423
Figure181: Drop-insert (UNI) .................................................................................................................. II-421II-423
Figure182: Drop / Insert with Optical-SNCP (identical 8x8 matrix configuration) ........................... II-422II-424
Figure183: Pass-through (NNI) ............................................................................................................... II-423II-425
Figure184: Regeneration (two pass-through linked by 10G backpanel) .............................................. II-423II-425
Figure185: Remote Loop-Back pass-through (NNI) in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) . II-424II-426
Figure186: Drop-insert remote loop-back (UNI) in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) ....... II-425II-427
Figure187: Remote loop-back (NNI) in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) .......................... II-425II-427
Figure188: Local Loop-Back (UNI) ........................................................................................................ II-426II-428
Figure189: User Loop-Back (UNI) .......................................................................................................... II-427II-429
Figure190: WLA1C and WLA2M unit block diagram ......................................................................... II-429II-431
Figure191: Matrix configuration for both Channels in Add/Drop ....................................................... II-434II-436
Figure192: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local loopback ........................ II-435II-437
Figure193: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Remote loopback .................... II-436II-438
Figure194: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback ......... II-437II-439
Figure195: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop ........................ II-438II-440
Figure196: Matrix configuration for CH1 and CH2 in Local loopback .............................................. II-439II-441
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xvii
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure197: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Remote loopback ........... II-440II-442
Figure198: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback . II-441II-443
Figure199: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Remote loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop .................... II-442II-444
Figure200: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Remote loopback and CH2 in Local loopback ........... II-443II-445
Figure201: Matrix configuration for CH1 and CH2 in Remote loopback ........................................... II-444II-446
Figure202: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Remote loopback, CH2 in Local-Remote loopback.... II-445II-447
Figure203: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop ......... II-446II-448
Figure204: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback and CH2 in Local loopback . II-447II-449
Figure205: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Remote loopback .... II-448II-450
Figure206: Matrix configuration for CH1 and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback ................................ II-449II-451
Figure207: WLA3CD unit block diagram .............................................................................................. II-450II-452
Figure208: WLA2M_OP unit block diagram ........................................................................................ II-455II-457
Figure209: Matrix configuration for both Channels in Add/Drop (O-SNCP configutration) ........... II-461II-463
Figure210: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local loopback ........................ II-462II-464
Figure211: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Remote loopback .................... II-463II-465
Figure212: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback ......... II-464II-466
Figure213: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop ........................ II-465II-467
Figure214: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Remote loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop .................... II-466II-468
Figure215: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Remote loopback .... II-467II-469
Figure216: WLA3CDOP unit block diagram ........................................................................................ II-468II-470
Figure217: 4xANY_P block diagram ...................................................................................................... II-475II-477
Figure218: 2xGE_FC block diagram ...................................................................................................... II-478II-480
Figure219: Loopbacks configuration of 2xGE_FC ................................................................................ II-481II-483
Figure220: Example of communication between two 2xGE_FC boards ............................................. II-482II-484
Figure221: 8xGE block diagram ............................................................................................................. II-485II-487
Figure222: Loopbacks configuration of 8xGE (in concentration mode) .............................................. II-488II-490
Figure223: SFP modules general block diagram ................................................................................... II-497II-499
Figure224: XFP modules general block diagram ................................................................................... II-499II-501
Figure225: MVAC unit block diagram ................................................................................................... II-501II-504
Figure226: Example of MVAC location in the system .......................................................................... II-502II-505
Figure227: MVAC10 unit block diagram ............................................................................................... II-504II-508
Figure228: Example of MVAC10 configurations .................................................................................. II-506II-511
Figure229: OMDX8100_M_L1_XS: block diagram .............................................................................. II-510II-515
Figure230: OMDX8100_M_L1_X: block diagram ................................................................................ II-512II-517
Figure231: OMDX8100_M_L2 , OMDX8100_M_S1 , OMDX8100_M_S2 : block diagram ............. II-514II-519
Figure232: CMDX (all types) block diagram ......................................................................................... II-516II-521
Figure233: CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S block diagram ................................................................ II-518II-523
Figure234: OADM8: block-diagram ....................................................................................................... II-519II-524
Figure235: OADM4: block-diagram ....................................................................................................... II-521II-526
Figure236: Block diagram of the OADM2100_M_xx_S unit ................................................................ II-523II-528
Figure237: OADM1100: block diagram ................................................................................................. II-525II-530
Figure238: COAD2-xx-yy_S block diagram (4-channel CWDM OADM) .......................................... II-528II-533
Figure239: Block diagram of the SPV_F_1310_1550 unit .................................................................... II-532II-537
Figure240: Block diagram of the SPV_F_C unit ................................................................................... II-534II-539
Figure241: Position of SPV_F_C unit in a transmission line ................................................................ II-535II-540
Figure242: F1310 block diagram ............................................................................................................. II-536II-541
Figure243: Amplifier boards block-diagram ......................................................................................... II-540II-545
Figure244: Optical amplifiers configuration .......................................................................................... II-541II-546
Figure245: Span variation compensation ............................................................................................... II-542II-547
Figure246: Amplifier tuning for number of channels changes (previous span loss constant) ........... II-544II-549
Figure247: SPVM2 and SPVM3 block diagram .................................................................................... II-549II-554

xviii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure248: SPVM board in a Line Terminal configuration ................................................................. II-550II-555
Figure249: SPVM board in an OADM or Back-To-Back configuration ............................................. II-551II-556
Figure250: OSC block diagram ............................................................................................................... II-553II-558
Figure251: board in a Line Terminal configuration .............................................................................. II-554II-559
Figure252: OSC board in an OADM or Back-To-Back configuration ................................................ II-554II-559
Figure253: OMSC block diagram ........................................................................................................... II-556II-561
Figure254: OSMC connection (measured points) .................................................................................. II-556II-562
Figure255: I-Link_M block diagram ...................................................................................................... II-559II-564
Figure256: I-Link_S block diagram ........................................................................................................ II-560II-566
Figure257: Electrical access, slot description ......................................................................................... II-561II-567
Figure258: Block diagram of control LAN board .................................................................................. II-562II-568
Figure259: LAN board settings ............................................................................................................... II-564II-570
Figure260: Electrical links between RAI cards (slot 37) and TRU & PDU ......................................... II-567II-573
Figure261: 2 Mbit/s back-panel links between UIC Cards and the SPVM unit ................................. II-568II-574
Figure262: OPC block diagram ............................................................................................................... II-571II-577
Figure263: OMSP Application with and without OADM ..................................................................... II-573II-579
Figure264: OMSP unit block diagram .................................................................................................... II-574II-580
Figure265: PSC2 block diagram ............................................................................................................. II-576II-582
Figure266: PMU cabling scheme ............................................................................................................. II-577II-583
Figure267: PMU block diagram .............................................................................................................. II-578II-584
Figure268: Minimum configuration of the batteries in 1696MS_C Rel. 2.2, rack version................. II-579II-585
Figure269: Maximum configuration of the batteries in 1696MS_C Rel. 2.2, table version ............... II-580II-586
Figure270: Fan shelf description and Rack partitioning ....................................................................... II-581II-587
Figure271: Block diagram of the new FAN unit .................................................................................... II-582II-588
Figure272: FAN_C description and Rack partitioning ......................................................................... II-582II-588
Figure273: ALS mechanism on WDM line in point-to-point configuration ........................................ II-601II-607
Figure274: ALS in OADM configuration, channel in pass-through or in add/drop........................... II-602II-608
Figure275: ALS procedure in a ring with Optical SNCP, in case of fiber failure in the ring ............ II-603II-609
Figure276: ALS procedure in a point-to-point amplified transmission without OADM repeater .... II-604II-610
Figure277: ALS mechanism with cascaded pre-amplifier and booster ............................................... II-604II-610
Figure278: ALS mechanism with single pre-amplifier and booster ..................................................... II-605II-611
Figure279: Restart algorithm .................................................................................................................. II-607II-613
Figure280: OAC block diagram. ............................................................................................................. II-693II-699
Figure281: Climatogram for hazard level 1.2: not temperature controlled storage location ............ II-750II-756
Figure282: Climatogram for hazard level 3.2: partly temperature controlled locations ................... II-753II-759
Figure283: Microswitch front view and meaning .................................................................................. II-764II-770
Figure284: ESC hardware settings.......................................................................................................... II-768II-775
Figure285: LAN_Q and LAN_I hardware settings .............................................................................. II-775II-782
Figure286: MCC3 hardware settings ...................................................................................................... II-777II-784
Figure287: OCC10 hardware settings .................................................................................................... II-779II-787
Figure288: OCC10_E hardware settings ................................................................................................ II-782II-790
Figure289: FAN_C: no-dast filter extraction ...................................................................................... III-793III-801
Figure290: position of the alarms in a terminal .................................................................................. III-798III-806
Figure291: position of the alarms in an OADM .................................................................................. III-799III-807
Figure292: Repair form ........................................................................................................................ III-802III-810
Figure293: Subrack front and rear view ............................................................................................. IV-808IV-816
Figure294: Handle removing and disassembly ................................................................................... IV-809IV-817
Figure295: Rear cover removing .......................................................................................................... IV-810IV-818
Figure296: Back Panel removing ......................................................................................................... IV-812IV-820
Figure297: Upper and lower guides plane removing .......................................................................... IV-814IV-822
Figure298: Side wall removing ............................................................................................................. IV-816IV-824
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xix
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure299: Optical fiber duct, guides and contact spring removing ................................................. IV-818IV-826
Figure300: Side coverplate removal ..................................................................................................... IV-820IV-828
Figure301: Levers removal ................................................................................................................... IV-821IV-829
Figure302: Optical connectors support removal ................................................................................. IV-823IV-831
Figure303: Side coverplate and contact spring removal ................................................................... IV-825IV-833
Figure304: Internal connectors removal.............................................................................................. IV-827IV-835
Figure305: Dissipator removal ............................................................................................................. IV-828IV-836
Figure306: Modules removal from dissipator ..................................................................................... IV-829IV-837
Figure307: Daughter boad removal ..................................................................................................... IV-830IV-838
Figure308: Gold connector removal..................................................................................................... IV-831IV-839
Figure309: Internal cables removal ..................................................................................................... IV-832IV-840
Figure310: Connector metal support removal .................................................................................... IV-833IV-841
Structure of hazard statements ...............................................................................................................................I-2
Figure 1: Subrack label ..........................................................................................................................................I-22
Figure 2: Subrack label ..........................................................................................................................................I-23
Figure 3: Subrack label ..........................................................................................................................................I-24
Figure 4: Labels on units with standard cover plate .........................................................................................I-25
Figure 5: Modules label .........................................................................................................................................I-26
Figure 6: Internal label for Printed Board Assembly ..........................................................................................I-27
Figure 7: Back panels internal label......................................................................................................................I-28
Figure 8: Label specifying item not on catalogue (P/N. and serial number) .....................................................I-29
Figure 9: Label specifying item on catalogue (P/N. and serial number) ............................................................I-29
Figure 10: Item identification labels - item on catalog ........................................................................................I-30
Figure 11: Label identifying the equipment (example) .......................................................................................I-30
Figure 12: CE label .................................................................................................................................................I-31
Figure 13: WEEE label ..........................................................................................................................................I-31
Figure 14: The 1696MSPAN in line terminal configuration ............................................................................. II-46
Figure 15: The 1696MSPAN in line terminal configuration (mixed configuration) ....................................... II-47
Figure 16: Line Terminal configuration block diagram with two MCC3 transponders ................................ II-47
Figure 17: Line Terminal configuration block diagram with a WLA transponder (2 chs) ........................... II-48
Figure 18: Line Terminal block diagram with two 4xANY_P or 2xGE_FC or 8xGE transponders ............ II-49
Figure 19: Booster + Pre-amplifier Line Terminal (1 x OAC) configuration with DWDM technology ....... II-50
Figure 20: Mixed (CWDM + DWDM) configuration: Booster + Pre-amplifier LT (1 x OAC) ..................... II-50
Figure 21: The 1696MSPAN in Booster + Pre-amplifier Line Terminal (2 x OACs) configuration ............. II-51
Figure 22: The 1696MSPAN in OADM configuration ...................................................................................... II-51
Figure 23: The 1696MSPAN in back-to-back terminal configuration ............................................................. II-52
Figure 24: OADM or back-to-back terminal configuration block diagram with two MCC3 ........................ II-53
Figure 25: OADM or back-to-back terminal configuration block diagram with WLA ................................. II-54
Figure 26: OADM or b-to-b configuration block diagram with WLA as regenerator for 2 chs ................... II-55
Figure 27: OADM repeater (1 OAC west side + 1 OAC east side) configuration ........................................... II-56
Figure 28: OADM repeater (2 OACs west side + 2 OACs east side) configuration ........................................ II-56
Figure 29: The 1696MSPAN in repeater configuration .................................................................................... II-57
Figure 30: Point-to-point link .............................................................................................................................. II-58
Figure 31: Ring configuration ............................................................................................................................. II-59
Figure 32: Interconnected rings with data on customer ports and supervision carried by OSC .................. II-60
Figure 33: Interconnected rings with data on customer ports and LAN_Q management ............................. II-60
Figure 34: CPE configuration .............................................................................................................................. II-61
Figure 35: “Bicycle wheel” configuration: NE on a ring adressing 10 supervised CPE links ........................ II-62
Figure 36: CPE link based on CWDM technology ............................................................................................ II-63
Figure 37: CPE link based on CWDM technology with 1310nm port ............................................................. II-64
Figure 38: Mixed transmission based on CWDM and DWDM technologies .................................................. II-65

xx Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 39: Connection to host equipments ......................................................................................................... II-66
Figure 40: Optical SNCP protection scheme: with back-to-back terminals or OADM ................................. II-67
Figure 41: Optical SNCP way of working .......................................................................................................... II-68
Figure 42: OTSP protection scheme in a point-to-point network configuration............................................. II-69
Figure 43: Rack organization, 32 channel bi-directional terminal ................................................................... II-73
Figure 44: Shelf dimensions ................................................................................................................................. II-76
Figure 45: Typical fully equipped shelf .............................................................................................................. II-78
Figure 46: Example of Master shelf front view ................................................................................................ II-110
Figure 47: Shelf front view with cover .............................................................................................................. II-111
Figure 48: 1696MS_C Rack version .................................................................................................................. II-112
Figure 49: 1696MS_C Table version with and without cover ......................................................................... II-112
Figure 50: 1696 MS_C - Mechanical structure ................................................................................................ II-114
Figure 51: 1696 MS_C - Main shelf board arrangement ................................................................................ II-115
Figure 52: Typical 1696MS_C equipped shelf ................................................................................................. II-117
Figure 53: Fan_C board ..................................................................................................................................... II-147
Figure 54: Simple MU optical connector .......................................................................................................... II-148
Figure 55: Double MU optical connector .......................................................................................................... II-149
Figure 56: MCC3 front panel ............................................................................................................................ II-153
Figure 57: OCC10_E and OCC10_EC front panel .......................................................................................... II-154
Figure 58: WLA1C front panel ......................................................................................................................... II-155
Figure 59: WLA2M and WLA3CD front panel ............................................................................................... II-156
Figure 60: CWLA2M_OP and CWLA3CDOP front panel ............................................................................ II-157
Figure 61: 2xGE_FC front panel ....................................................................................................................... II-158
Figure 62: 8xGE front panel .............................................................................................................................. II-159
Figure 63: 4xANY front panel ........................................................................................................................... II-160
Figure 64: MVAC front panel ........................................................................................................................... II-161
Figure 65: MVAC10 front panel ....................................................................................................................... II-162
Figure 66: SFP optical module .......................................................................................................................... II-163
Figure 67: XFP optical module .......................................................................................................................... II-164
Figure 68: OMDX8100_M_L1_XS front panel ................................................................................................ II-165
Figure 69: OMDX8100_M_L2/S2/S1 front panel ............................................................................................ II-166
Figure 70: OADM8100_M_L1_S (L2/S1/S2) front panel ................................................................................ II-167
Figure 71: OADM4100_M_chxx-yy_S front panel .......................................................................................... II-168
Figure 72: OADM2100_M_xx_yy_S front panel ............................................................................................. II-169
Figure 73: OADM1100_M_xx_S front panel ................................................................................................... II-170
Figure 74: SPV_F_1310_1550 front panel ........................................................................................................ II-171
Figure 75: SPV_F_C front panel ....................................................................................................................... II-172
Figure 76: CMDX(2) boards (all types) front panel ........................................................................................ II-173
Figure 77: CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S front panel ................................................................................. II-174
Figure 78: COAD2-xx_S (1-channel OADM) front panel ............................................................................... II-175
Figure 79: COAD2-xx-yy_S (2-channel OADM) front panel.......................................................................... II-176
Figure 80: COAD2-xx-yy_S (4-channel OADM) front panel.......................................................................... II-177
Figure 81: COAD2-xx-yy_S (4-channel OADM) access points description ................................................... II-178
Figure 82: F1310 front panel ............................................................................................................................. II-179
Figure 83: OAC2 and OAC2_L front panel ..................................................................................................... II-180
Figure 84: ESC front panel ................................................................................................................................ II-181
Figure 85: SPVM2 and SPVM3 front panel ..................................................................................................... II-182
Figure 86: SPVM_H and SPVM3_H front panel ............................................................................................. II-183
Figure 87: OSC front panel................................................................................................................................ II-184
Figure 88: EBRIDGE front panel ..................................................................................................................... II-185
Figure 89: OSMC front panel ............................................................................................................................ II-186
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxi
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 90: I-Link_M front panel ....................................................................................................................... II-187
Figure 91: I-Link_S front panel ........................................................................................................................ II-188
Figure 92: LAN boards front panel ................................................................................................................... II-189
Figure 93: Housekeeping front panel ................................................................................................................ II-190
Figure 94: RAI front panel ................................................................................................................................ II-191
Figure 95: UIC front panel ................................................................................................................................ II-192
Figure 96: OPC front panel ............................................................................................................................... II-193
Figure 97: OMSP front panel ............................................................................................................................ II-194
Figure 98: PSC/PSC2/PSC3 front panel ........................................................................................................... II-195
Figure 99: PMU front panel ............................................................................................................................... II-196
Figure 100: FANs front panel ............................................................................................................................ II-197
Figure 101: Functional synopsis in Line Terminal configuration .................................................................. II-200
Figure 102: Functional synopsis in OADM configuration .............................................................................. II-201
Figure 103: Functional synopsis in Repeater configuration ........................................................................... II-202
Figure 104: Line terminal transponder function ............................................................................................. II-203
Figure 105: Back-to-back terminal or OADM transponder function ............................................................ II-204
Figure 106: Principle of the 4xANY TDM concentration ............................................................................... II-211
Figure 107: Principle of the 2xGE_FC TDM concentration ........................................................................... II-213
Figure 108: 8xGE configurations: concentration mode and add/drop mode ................................................ II-214
Figure 109: Principle of the 8xGE Ethernet concentration ............................................................................ II-215
Figure 110: Eight GbE signals protected by OMSP boards in Concentration mode (point-to-point) ........ II-215
Figure 111: 8xGE in ADD/DROP mode (multipoint) ...................................................................................... II-216
Figure 112: 4 and 8 channels DWDM optical MUXes ..................................................................................... II-217
Figure 113: 8 channels CWDM optical MUX .................................................................................................. II-218
Figure 114: 7 channels C/DWDM optical MUX .............................................................................................. II-218
Figure 115: LB and SB aggregate signals expansion MUX ............................................................................. II-218
Figure 116: 4 and 8 channels optical DMUX .................................................................................................... II-219
Figure 117: 8 channels CWDM optical DMUX ................................................................................................ II-219
Figure 118: 7 channels C/DWDM optical DMUX ............................................................................................ II-220
Figure 119: LB and SB aggregate signals expansion DMUX .......................................................................... II-220
Figure 120: MUX and DMUX functions of an 8 channels Line Terminal ..................................................... II-221
Figure 121: MUX and DMUX functions of a 12 channels Line Terminal ..................................................... II-221
Figure 122: MUX and DMUX functions of a 32 channels Line Terminal ..................................................... II-222
Figure 123: MUX and DMUX functions of a 38 C/DWDM mixed channels Line Terminal ....................... II-223
Figure 124: MUX and DMUX functions of an 8 channels OADM ................................................................. II-224
Figure 125: MUX and DMUX functions of a 32 channels back-to-back terminal ........................................ II-224
Figure 126: 1696MSPAN in back-to-back terminal configuration and with a remote channel .................. II-225
Figure 127: OFA sub-system in line terminal or OADM configuration ........................................................ II-226
Figure 128: OFA sub-system in repeater configuration .................................................................................. II-226
Figure 129: OSC management in Line Terminal, OADM, OADM repeater and In-Line-Repeater .......... II-228
Figure 130: Automatic Power Equalization ..................................................................................................... II-231
Figure 131: Controller sub-system .................................................................................................................... II-234
Figure 132: Example of control interfaces scheme in 1696MSPAN ............................................................... II-236
Figure 133: Example of control interfaces scheme in 1696MS_C .................................................................. II-237
Figure 134: 1696MSPAN - equipment power supply scheme ......................................................................... II-241
Figure 135: Channel level protection in a ring network .................................................................................. II-242
Figure 136: O-SNCP principle ........................................................................................................................... II-243
Figure 137: Optical SNCP with MCC3 unit ..................................................................................................... II-245
Figure 138: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 4xANY (MCC-4xANY) ................................... II-246
Figure 139: Optical SNCP with OCC10 unit.................................................................................................... II-247
Figure 140: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 4xANY (4xANY client protection) ................. II-248

xxii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 141: Correspondance between OPC slots allocation and 4xANY drawers in protection ................. II-249
Figure 142: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 2xGE_FC .......................................................... II-251
Figure 143: Optical SNCP of the WLA_OP associated with the 2xGE_FC .................................................. II-252
Figure 144: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 2xGE_FC .......................................................... II-253
Figure 145: Optical SNCP with 8xGE .............................................................................................................. II-255
Figure 146: O-SNCP with WLA units (WLA2M_OP/WLA3CDOP) ............................................................ II-256
Figure 147: Example of a 1696 MS network with path protection using WLA3CDOP cards ..................... II-258
Figure 148: TS protection with OMSP unit...................................................................................................... II-259
Figure 149: Two possible monitored sections by the MCC ............................................................................. II-263
Figure 150: 2 possible monitored sections with the OCC ................................................................................ II-264
Figure 151: 3 possible monitored sections with the 4xANY associated with MCC ....................................... II-264
Figure 152: Monitored sections with the 2xGE_FC and 8xGE ...................................................................... II-265
Figure 153: Example of starting configuration ................................................................................................ II-272
Figure 154: 4 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal block diagram ................................................... II-276
Figure 155: 4 (CWDM or DWDM) channels terminal configuration ............................................................ II-277
Figure 156: 4 (CWDM or DWDM) channels terminal configuration with WLA boards ............................ II-278
Figure 157: 4 DWDM channels terminal configuration with 4XANY drawers protection .......................... II-279
Figure 158: 8 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal block diagram ................................................... II-281
Figure 159: 8 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal with expansion and supervision ....................... II-281
Figure 160: Example of 8 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal with WLA boards ......................... II-282
Figure 161: Example of 8 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal with 4xANY_P .............................. II-283
Figure 162: Example of 8 CWDM or DWDM channels line terminal w/o expansion block diagram ......... II-285
Figure 163: Example of 8 DWDM or CWDM channels LT with supervision (no expansion) ..................... II-285
Figure 164: 8 CWDM channels LT with two 10Gbps chs and six 2.7Gbps chs block diagram ................... II-286
Figure 165: 8 CWDM chs terminal: two OCC10_ECs and three WLAs connected to CMDX(2) .............. II-287
Figure 166: 16 DWDM channels terminal with expansion and SPV upgradability block diagram ............ II-288
Figure 167: 16 DWDM channels terminal with expansion and SPV upgradability ..................................... II-289
Figure 168: Example of 15 CWDM/DWDM mixed channels terminal block diagram with WLAs............ II-290
Figure 169: 16 DWDM channels terminal or mix C/DWDM (15-channel) terminal with WLAs ............... II-290
Figure 170: Example of 22 CWDM/DWDM mixed channels terminal block diagram with WLAs............ II-292
Figure 171: 24 DWDM channels terminal or mix C/DWDM (22-channel) terminal with WLAs ............... II-293
Figure 172: 32 DWDM channels terminal + SPV + two stages OAC block diagram (example) ................. II-296
Figure 173: 32 DWDM channels terminal + SPV + 2 stages OAC configuration ......................................... II-297
Figure 174: Example of 30 CWDM/DWDM mixed channels terminal block diagram ................................ II-298
Figure 175: 32 DWDM chs or 30 C/DWDM chs LT+SPV+1 stage OAC configuration with WLAs .......... II-299
Figure 176: Example of 38 CWDM/DWDM mixed channels terminal block diagram ................................ II-300
Figure 177: 38 C/DWDM chs terminal+SPV+1 stage OAC configuration with WLAs ............................... II-301
Figure 178: 4 channels OADM (DWDM) block diagram ................................................................................ II-302
Figure 179: 4 channels back-to-back terminal / OADM ................................................................................. II-303
Figure 180: 8 DWDM channels OADM w/ protection block diagram ........................................................... II-305
Figure 181: 8 DWDM channels OADM protected channels ........................................................................... II-305
Figure 182: 8-channel OADM w/o protection block diagram......................................................................... II-307
Figure 183: 8 DWDM channels OADM with EXP and SPV capabilities ...................................................... II-307
Figure 184: 8 DWDM channels OADM w/o protection block diagram/2 ...................................................... II-308
Figure 185: 8 DWDM channels OADM with supervision upgrade capability .............................................. II-309
Figure 186: 8 DWDM or CWDM channels OADM with WLAs w/ protection block diagram ................... II-310
Figure 187: 8 DWDM or CWDM channels OADM with WLAs w/o protection block diagram ................. II-311
Figure 188: 8 DWDM or CWDM channels OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o protection ................................. II-312
Figure 189: 8 channels OADM with protection, 4xANY drawers protection................................................ II-313
Figure 190: 8 West / 4 East channels OADM ................................................................................................... II-315
Figure 191: 12 protected DWDM channels OADM with SPV and w/o expansion configuration ............... II-317
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxiii
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 192: 16 DWDM protected channels OADM with supervision and expansion configuration........... II-319
Figure 193: 16 DWDM channels OADM with supervision and without expansion configuration .............. II-321
Figure 194: Example of 15 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/o protection ............. II-323
Figure 195: Example of 15 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/ protection ............... II-324
Figure 196: 16 DWDM chs or 15 C/DWDM mixed chs OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o protection .............. II-325
Figure 197: Example of 22 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/o protection ............. II-327
Figure 198: Example of 22 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/ protection ............... II-328
Figure 199: 24 DWDM chs or 22 C/DWDM mixed chs OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o protection .............. II-329
Figure 200: 32 protected DWDM chs back-to-back w/ SPV and protection and one OAC per side........... II-332
Figure 201: Example of 30 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLAs w/o protection ........................ II-333
Figure 202: 32 DWDM chs or 30 C/DWDM mixed chs OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o protection .............. II-334
Figure 203: Example of 38 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/o protection ............. II-336
Figure 204: 38 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o protection ................................... II-337
Figure 205: Repeater with supervision ............................................................................................................. II-338
Figure 206: 8 DWDM channels terminal configuration with MVAC boards ............................................... II-339
Figure 207: 4 DWM channels LT configuration with 4xANY_P (first channels of an 8-ch band) .............. II-340
Figure 208: 16 channels terminal with MVAC boards .................................................................................... II-341
Figure 209: 8 DWDM channels OADM with MVAC boards: OADM inside OFA inter-stage ................... II-343
Figure 210: 8 DWDM channels OADM with MVACs: OADM between 2 double stages OFAs ................. II-344
Figure 211: 4 x ANY node configuration without drawers protection ........................................................... II-345
Figure 212: 4 x ANY node configuration with drawers protection ................................................................ II-346
Figure 213: 4 DWDM or CWDM channel terminal w/o SPV configuration ................................................. II-348
Figure 214: 8 DWDM channel terminal with SPV and OAC ......................................................................... II-349
Figure 215: 8 D/CWDM channels terminal with WLAs (w/ or w/o protection) w/o SPV ............................ II-350
Figure 216: 8 D/CWDM channels terminal with WLAs (w/ or w/o protection) with SPV ........................... II-350
Figure 217: 12-channel terminal without SPV ................................................................................................. II-351
Figure 218: 16 DWDM channels or mix C/DWDM (15 chs) terminal with WLAs with SPV+OAC ........... II-352
Figure 219: OADM 4 channels protected back-to-back with supervision and OAC .................................... II-354
Figure 220: Unprotected remote 4xANY or 2xGE_FC ................................................................................... II-355
Figure 221: Two remote 4xANY ........................................................................................................................ II-356
Figure 222: Unprotected remote transponder or MCC+(4xANY or 2xGE_FC) .......................................... II-357
Figure 223: Remote MCC or (MCC or 2xGE_FC)+4xANY_P: 3 signals multiplexed by SPV_F .............. II-358
Figure 224: One protected transponderon the same fiber (2 channel wavelengths) ..................................... II-360
Figure 225: B-to-b 4XANY used to drop some of the carried services and by-pass the others ................... II-361
Figure 226: Remote unprotected MCC ............................................................................................................. II-362
Figure 227: OADM 1 channel protected back-to-back (DWDM) .................................................................. II-363
Figure 228: Remote Spur 4xANY (or 2xGE_FC) + protected MCC on 1310 nm ......................................... II-364
Figure 229: Remote Spur 4xANY (or 2xGE_FC) + protected MCC on 1550 nm ......................................... II-365
Figure 230: 2-channel Line Terminal ............................................................................................................... II-366
Figure 231: 4-channel Line Terminal CWDM or DWDM with supervision ................................................. II-367
Figure 232: Remote CPE, 2-channel terminal: MCC + 4xANY with drawers protection ........................... II-368
Figure 233: 1696MS or 1696MS_C with only supervision .............................................................................. II-370
Figure 234: 1696MS connected to a CPE through a supervised black-and-white signal ............................. II-371
Figure 235: 1696MS connected to a CPE through a supervised black-and-white and colored signal and
protected in the ring .................................................................................................................................. II-372
Figure 236: 1696MS connected to a CPE through a supervised black-and-white and colored signal and
unprotected in the ring ............................................................................................................................. II-373
Figure 237: Optical channel optically passed through the NE without being regenerated. ......................... II-374
Figure 238: Optical channel optically passed through the NE without being regenerated and with OSC
insertion...................................................................................................................................................... II-375
Figure 239: Interconnection of two rings with a 1696MS and a 1696MS_C ................................................. II-376

xxiv Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 240: Two 1696MS rings connected together through user interfaces. ............................................... II-378
Figure 241: Two 1696MS rings connected together through user interfaces. ............................................... II-379
Figure 242: Block diagram of the MCC3 unit .................................................................................................. II-383
Figure 243: MCC2 in default configuration ..................................................................................................... II-390
Figure 244: Drop / Insert without Optical-SNCP (identical 8x8 matrix configuration) ............................... II-391
Figure 245: Drop / Insert with Optical-SNCP (identical 8x8 matrix configuration) .................................... II-392
Figure 246: Pass-through (regeneration configuration) .................................................................................. II-394
Figure 247: Local Loop-Back ............................................................................................................................ II-396
Figure 248: Remote Loop-Back in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) ............................................ II-397
Figure 249: User Loop-Back .............................................................................................................................. II-398
Figure 250: User Loop-Back & pass-through .................................................................................................. II-399
Figure 251: Remote Loop-Back in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) ............................................ II-400
Figure 252: OCC10_E unit block diagram ....................................................................................................... II-402
Figure 253: Drop / Insert without Optical-SNCP (identical 8x8 matrix configuration) ............................... II-409
Figure 254: Drop-insert (UNI) ........................................................................................................................... II-409
Figure 255: Drop / Insert with Optical-SNCP (identical 8x8 matrix configuration) .................................... II-410
Figure 256: Pass-through (NNI) ........................................................................................................................ II-411
Figure 257: Regeneration (two pass-through linked by 10G backpanel)....................................................... II-411
Figure 258: Remote Loop-Back pass-through (NNI) in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) .......... II-412
Figure 259: Drop-insert remote loop-back (UNI) in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) ................ II-413
Figure 260: Remote loop-back (NNI) in ring application (back-to-back or OADM) ................................... II-413
Figure 261: Local Loop-Back (UNI) ................................................................................................................. II-414
Figure 262: User Loop-Back (UNI) ................................................................................................................... II-415
Figure 263: WLA1C and WLA2M unit block diagram .................................................................................. II-417
Figure 264: Matrix configuration for both Channels in Add/Drop ................................................................ II-422
Figure 265: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local loopback ................................. II-423
Figure 266: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Remote loopback ............................. II-424
Figure 267: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback .................. II-425
Figure 268: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop ................................. II-426
Figure 269: Matrix configuration for CH1 and CH2 in Local loopback ....................................................... II-427
Figure 270: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Remote loopback..................... II-428
Figure 271: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback .......... II-429
Figure 272: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Remote loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop ............................. II-430
Figure 273: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Remote loopback and CH2 in Local loopback .................... II-431
Figure 274: Matrix configuration for CH1 and CH2 in Remote loopback .................................................... II-432
Figure 275: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Remote loopback, CH2 in Local-Remote loopback ............. II-433
Figure 276: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop .................. II-434
Figure 277: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback and CH2 in Local loopback .......... II-435
Figure 278: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Remote loopback ............. II-436
Figure 279: Matrix configuration for CH1 and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback ......................................... II-437
Figure 280: WLA3CD unit block diagram ....................................................................................................... II-438
Figure 281: WLA2M_OP unit block diagram ................................................................................................. II-443
Figure 282: Matrix configuration for both Channels in Add/Drop (O-SNCP configutration) .................... II-449
Figure 283: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local loopback ................................. II-450
Figure 284: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Remote loopback ............................. II-451
Figure 285: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback .................. II-452
Figure 286: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop ................................. II-453
Figure 287: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Remote loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop ............................. II-454
Figure 288: Matrix configuration for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Remote loopback ............. II-455
Figure 289: WLA3CDOP unit block diagram ................................................................................................. II-456
Figure 290: 4xANY_P block diagram ............................................................................................................... II-463
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxv
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 291: 2xGE_FC block diagram ............................................................................................................... II-466
Figure 292: Loopbacks configuration of 2xGE_FC ......................................................................................... II-469
Figure 293: Example of communication between two 2xGE_FC boards ...................................................... II-470
Figure 294: 8xGE block diagram ...................................................................................................................... II-473
Figure 295: Loopbacks configuration of 8xGE (in concentration mode) ....................................................... II-476
Figure 296: SFP modules general block diagram ............................................................................................ II-484
Figure 297: XFP modules general block diagram ............................................................................................ II-486
Figure 298: MVAC unit block diagram ............................................................................................................ II-488
Figure 299: Example of MVAC location in the system ................................................................................... II-489
Figure 300: MVAC10 unit block diagram ........................................................................................................ II-491
Figure 301: Example of MVAC10 configurations ........................................................................................... II-492
Figure 302: OMDX8100_M_L1_XS: block diagram ....................................................................................... II-496
Figure 303: OMDX8100_M_L1_X: block diagram ......................................................................................... II-498
Figure 304: OMDX8100_M_L2 , OMDX8100_M_S1 , OMDX8100_M_S2 : block diagram ...................... II-500
Figure 305: CMDX (all types) block diagram .................................................................................................. II-502
Figure 306: CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S block diagram ......................................................................... II-504
Figure 307: OADM8: block-diagram ................................................................................................................ II-505
Figure 308: OADM4: block-diagram ................................................................................................................ II-507
Figure 309: Block diagram of the OADM2100_M_xx_S unit ......................................................................... II-509
Figure 310: OADM1100: block diagram .......................................................................................................... II-511
Figure 311: COAD2-xx-yy_S block diagram (4-channel CWDM OADM) ................................................... II-514
Figure 312: Block diagram of the SPV_F_1310_1550 unit ............................................................................. II-518
Figure 313: Block diagram of the SPV_F_C unit ............................................................................................ II-520
Figure 314: Position of SPV_F_C unit in a transmission line ......................................................................... II-521
Figure 315: F1310 block diagram ...................................................................................................................... II-522
Figure 316: Amplifier boards block-diagram .................................................................................................. II-526
Figure 317: Optical amplifiers configuration ................................................................................................... II-527
Figure 318: Span variation compensation ........................................................................................................ II-528
Figure 319: Amplifier tuning for number of channels changes (previous span loss constant) .................... II-530
Figure 320: SPVM2 and SPVM3 block diagram ............................................................................................. II-535
Figure 321: SPVM board in a Line Terminal configuration .......................................................................... II-536
Figure 322: SPVM board in an OADM or Back-To-Back configuration ...................................................... II-537
Figure 323: OSC block diagram ........................................................................................................................ II-539
Figure 324: board in a Line Terminal configuration ....................................................................................... II-540
Figure 325: OSC board in an OADM or Back-To-Back configuration ......................................................... II-540
Figure 326: OMSC block diagram .................................................................................................................... II-542
Figure 327: OSMC connection (measured points) ........................................................................................... II-542
Figure 328: I-Link_M block diagram ............................................................................................................... II-545
Figure 329: I-Link_S block diagram ................................................................................................................. II-546
Figure 330: Electrical access, slot description .................................................................................................. II-547
Figure 331: Block diagram of control LAN board ........................................................................................... II-548
Figure 332: LAN board settings ........................................................................................................................ II-550
Figure 333: Electrical links between RAI cards (slot 37) and TRU & PDU .................................................. II-553
Figure 334: 2 Mbit/s back-panel links between UIC Cards and the SPVM unit .......................................... II-554
Figure 335: OPC block diagram ........................................................................................................................ II-557
Figure 336: OMSP Application with and without OADM .............................................................................. II-559
Figure 337: OMSP unit block diagram ............................................................................................................. II-560
Figure 338: PSC2 block diagram ...................................................................................................................... II-562
Figure 339: PMU cabling scheme ...................................................................................................................... II-563
Figure 340: PMU block diagram ....................................................................................................................... II-564
Figure 341: Minimum configuration of the batteries in 1696MS_C Rel. 2.2, rack version .......................... II-565

xxvi Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 342: Maximum configuration of the batteries in 1696MS_C Rel. 2.2, table version ........................ II-566
Figure 343: Fan shelf description and Rack partitioning ................................................................................ II-567
Figure 344: Block diagram of the new FAN unit ............................................................................................. II-568
Figure 345: FAN_C description and Rack partitioning .................................................................................. II-568
Figure 346: ALS mechanism on WDM line in point-to-point configuration ................................................. II-586
Figure 347: ALS in OADM configuration, channel in pass-through or in add/drop .................................... II-587
Figure 348: ALS procedure in a ring with Optical SNCP, in case of fiber failure in the ring ..................... II-588
Figure 349: ALS procedure in a point-to-point amplified transmission without OADM repeater ............. II-589
Figure 350: ALS mechanism with cascaded pre-amplifier and booster ........................................................ II-589
Figure 351: ALS mechanism with single pre-amplifier and booster .............................................................. II-590
Figure 352: Restart algorithm ........................................................................................................................... II-592
Figure 353: OAC block diagram. ...................................................................................................................... II-675
Figure 354: Climatogram for hazard level 1.2: not temperature controlled storage location ..................... II-732
Figure 355: Climatogram for hazard level 3.2: partly temperature controlled locations ............................ II-735
Figure 356: Microswitch front view and meaning ........................................................................................... II-746
Figure 357: ESC hardware settings................................................................................................................... II-750
Figure 358: LAN_Q and LAN_I hardware settings ....................................................................................... II-757
Figure 359: MCC3 hardware settings ............................................................................................................... II-759
Figure 360: OCC10 hardware settings ............................................................................................................. II-761
Figure 361: OCC10_E hardware settings ......................................................................................................... II-764
Figure 362: FAN_C: no-dast filter extraction ................................................................................................ III-775
Figure 363: position of the alarms in a terminal ............................................................................................ III-780
Figure 364: position of the alarms in an OADM ............................................................................................ III-781
Figure 365: Repair form .................................................................................................................................. III-784
Figure 366: Subrack front and rear view ........................................................................................................ IV-790
Figure 367: Handle removing and disassembly .............................................................................................. IV-791
Figure 368: Rear cover removing ..................................................................................................................... IV-792
Figure 369: Back Panel removing .................................................................................................................... IV-794
Figure 370: Upper and lower guides plane removing ..................................................................................... IV-796
Figure 371: Side wall removing ........................................................................................................................ IV-798
Figure 372: Optical fiber duct, guides and contact spring removing ............................................................ IV-800
Figure 373: Side coverplate removal ................................................................................................................ IV-802
Figure 374: Levers removal .............................................................................................................................. IV-803
Figure 375: Optical connectors support removal ............................................................................................ IV-805
Figure 376: Side coverplate and contact spring removal .............................................................................. IV-807
Figure 377: Internal connectors removal......................................................................................................... IV-809
Figure 378: Dissipator removal ........................................................................................................................ IV-810
Figure 379: Modules removal from dissipator ................................................................................................ IV-811
Figure 380: Daughter boad removal ................................................................................................................ IV-812
Figure 381: Gold connector removal................................................................................................................ IV-813
Figure 382: Internal cables removal ................................................................................................................ IV-814
Figure 383: Connector metal support removal ............................................................................................... IV-815
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxvii
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
List of tables


Table 1.1 Handbooks related to the product’s hardware ................................................................................. xxxiv
Table 1.2 Handbooks related to the specific product SW management and local product control .............. xxxiv
Table 1.3 Handbooks common to Alcatel-Lucent Network Elements using 1320CT platform ..................... xxxv
Table 1.4 Documentation on CD-ROM ............................................................................................................. xxxvi
Table 1.5 Handbook configuration check ........................................................................................................ xxxviii
Table 1.1 IEC 950 -Table 16: Over-temperature limits, Part 2 ..........................................................................I-15
Table 2.1 Label references .....................................................................................................................................I-20
Table 4.1 O-SNCP Supported protection schemes............................................................................................. II-68
Table 5.1 1696MS boards and units list .............................................................................................................. II-80
Table 5.2 1696MS explanatory notes ................................................................................................................ II-103
Table 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units list ....................................................................................................... II-118
Table 5.4 1696MS_C explanatory notes ............................................................................................................ II-141
Table 6.1 Example of Client signals - supported bit rates ............................................................................... II-207
Table 6.2 DWDM frequencies allocation plan in C-Band ............................................................................... II-210
Table 6.3 CWDM nominal frequencies allocation plan in C-Band ................................................................ II-214
Table 6.4 MCC protection: switching criteria .................................................................................................. II-248
Table 6.5 OCC10 protection: switching criteria .............................................................................................. II-251
Table 6.6 4xANY client protection: switching criteria per each drawer ....................................................... II-256
Table 6.7 2xGE_FC client protection: switch criteria for each drawer ......................................................... II-260
Table 6.8 WLA2M_OP and WLA3CDOP protection: switch criteria.......................................................... II-263
Table 6.9 OTS protection: switch criteria ........................................................................................................ II-265
Table 6.10 Boards and supported Performance Monitoring Points .............................................................. II-269
Table 6.11 RS counters default threshold data values ..................................................................................... II-275
Table 6.12 Configuration criteria ...................................................................................................................... II-281
Table 7.1 MCC3 Shut down mode........................................................................................................... II-400II-402
Table 7.2 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ................................................. II-403II-405
Table 7.3 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ................................................. II-405II-407
Table 7.4 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ................................................. II-406II-408
Table 7.5 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ................................................. II-407II-409
Table 7.6 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ................................................. II-407II-409
Table 7.7 MCC3 default Lasers and VOA states ................................................................................... II-412II-414
Table 7.8 OCC10_E Shut down mode..................................................................................................... II-418II-420
Table 7.9 OCC10_E configurations......................................................................................................... II-420II-422
Table 7.10 OCC10_E default Lasers and VOA states ........................................................................... II-427II-429
Table 7.11 Alarms and action usage for both Channels in Add/Drop configuration .......................... II-434II-436
Table 7.12 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local loopback configuration . II-435II-
437
Table 7.13 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Add/Drop, CH2 in Remote loopback configuration .... II-435II-
437
Table 7.14 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in A/D and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback ............... II-436II-438
Table 7.15 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop configuration . II-437II-
439
Table 7.16 Alarms and action usage for CH1 and CH2 in Local loopback configuration ................. II-438II-440
Table 7.17 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Remote loopback ...... II-439II-441
Table 7.18 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local loopback, CH2 in Local-Remote loopback .. II-440II-442

xxviii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Table 7.19 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Remote loopback, CH2 in Add/Drop configuration .... II-441II-
443
Table 7.20 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Remote loopback and CH2 in Local loopback ...... II-442II-444
Table 7.21 Alarms and action usage for CH1 and CH2 in Remote loopback configuration .............. II-443II-445
Table 7.22 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Remote loopback, CH2 in Local-Remote loopback..... II-444II-
446
Table 7.23 Alarms and Aaction usage for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop . II-445II-447
Table 7.24 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Local loopback .. II-446II-448
Table 7.25 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Remote loopback..... II-447II-
449
Table 7.26 Alarms and action usage for CH1 and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback configuration ... II-448II-450
Table 7.27 Alarms and action usage for O-SNCP with auto mode ....................................................... II-460II-462
Table 7.28 Alarms and action usage for both Channels in Add/Drop (O-SNCP configuration) ....... II-460II-462
Table 7.29 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local loopback configuration . II-461II-
463
Table 7.30 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Add/Drop, CH2 in Remote loopback configuration .... II-462II-
464
Table 7.31 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in A/D, CH2 in Local-Remote loopback configuration ... II-463II-
465
Table 7.32 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop configuration . II-464II-
466
Table 7.33 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Remote loopback, CH2 in Add/Drop configuration .... II-465II-
467
Table 7.34 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Remote loopback..... II-466II-
468
Table 7.35 Allowed drawers association ................................................................................................. II-476II-478
Table 7.36 Summary of the way of working. Drop insert ..................................................................... II-477II-479
Table 7.37 2xGE_FC Shut Down mode with no E-SNCP ..................................................................... II-483II-485
Table 7.38 8xGE Shut Down mode ......................................................................................................... II-490II-492
Table 7.39 Main differences between OAC1, OAC1_L, OAC2 and OAC2_L optical amplifiers...... II-537II-542
Table 7.40 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS – APSD disable..................................... II-545II-550
Table 7.41 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS – APSD disable forced ON/OFF ......... II-545II-550
Table 7.42 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS – APSD enable ..................................... II-546II-551
Table 7.43 PDU Front Panel LED Markings ......................................................................................... II-565II-571
Table 7.44 TRU Front Panel LED Markings ......................................................................................... II-566II-572
Table 7.45 PSC and PSC3 LEDs signification ........................................................................................ II-575II-581
Table 8.1 CWDM nominal frequencies allocation plan in C-Band ...................................................... II-592II-598
Table 8.2 DWDM frequencies allocation plan in C-Band ..................................................................... II-594II-600
Table 8.3 Relation between Alarm severity terminology displayed on C.T./O.S. and alarm severity
terminology used for the ESC leds and ETSI market rack (TRU). ............................................ II-684II-690
Table 8.4 Generic alarms common to all boards .................................................................................... II-686II-692
Table 8.5 ESC-EC board specific alarms. .............................................................................................. II-687II-693
Table 8.6 ESC-SC board specific alarms. ............................................................................................... II-687II-693
Table 8.7 PSC board specific alarms....................................................................................................... II-688II-694
Table 8.8 HK board specific alarms. ....................................................................................................... II-688II-694
Table 8.9 RAI board specific alarms. ...................................................................................................... II-689II-695
Table 8.10 LAN board specific alarms .................................................................................................... II-689II-695
Table 8.11 I-LINK-M board specific alarms .......................................................................................... II-689II-695
Table 8.12 I-LINK-S board specific alarms............................................................................................ II-690II-696
Table 8.13 UIC board specific alarms ..................................................................................................... II-690II-696
Table 8.14 FAN board specific alarms .................................................................................................... II-691II-697
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxix
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Table 8.15 FAN_C board specific alarms ............................................................................................... II-691II-697
Table 8.16 OPC board specific alarms .................................................................................................... II-692II-698
Table 8.17 OMSP board specific alarms ................................................................................................. II-692II-698
Table 8.18 OAC board specific alarms. .................................................................................................. II-693II-699
Table 8.19 SPVM specific alarms ............................................................................................................ II-696II-702
Table 8.20 OSC specific alarms ............................................................................................................... II-697II-703
Table 8.21 SPV_F_C specific alarms ...................................................................................................... II-697II-703
Table 8.22 SPV_F_1310_1550 board specific alarms ............................................................................ II-698II-704
Table 8.23 MCC specific alarms. ............................................................................................................. II-699II-705
Table 8.24 SFP specific alarms. ............................................................................................................... II-700II-706
Table 8.25 XFP specific alarms. .............................................................................................................. II-701II-707
Table 8.26 WLA1 and WLA2 specific alarms. ....................................................................................... II-702II-708
Table 8.27 WLA3 specific alarms. ........................................................................................................... II-703II-709
Table 8.28 2xGE_FC specific alarms ...................................................................................................... II-703II-709
Table 8.29 8xGE main board specific alarms ......................................................................................... II-704II-710
Table 8.30 OCC10 specific alarms .......................................................................................................... II-705II-711
Table 8.31 OCC10_E specific alarms ...................................................................................................... II-708II-714
Table 8.32 4xANY main board specific alarms ...................................................................................... II-710II-716
Table 8.33 4xANY drawer specific alarms ............................................................................................. II-710II-716
Table 8.34 OMDX/OADM specific alarms. ............................................................................................ II-712II-718
Table 8.35 CMDX(2) boards specific alarms.......................................................................................... II-712II-718
Table 8.36 COAD2 boards specific alarms ............................................................................................. II-713II-719
Table 8.37 CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S specific alarms................................................................. II-713II-719
Table 8.38 OSMC specific alarms ........................................................................................................... II-714II-720
Table 8.39. MVAC specific alarms .......................................................................................................... II-715II-721
Table 8.40 MVAC10 specific alarms ....................................................................................................... II-716II-722
Table 8.41 Supervision boards transmission alarms ............................................................................. II-717II-723
Table 8.42 OMSP boards transmission alarms ...................................................................................... II-719II-725
Table 8.43 OAC boards transmission alarms ......................................................................................... II-719II-725
Table 8.44 OMDX boards transmission alarms ..................................................................................... II-720II-726
Table 8.45 COAD2 boards transmission alarms .................................................................................... II-720II-726
Table 8.46 CMDX(2) boards transmission alarms ................................................................................ II-721II-727
Table 8.47 CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S boards transmission alarms ........................................... II-722II-727
Table 8.48 MCC boards transmission alarms ........................................................................................ II-722II-728
Table 8.49 SFP specific alarms. ............................................................................................................... II-726II-731
Table 8.50 XFP specific alarms. .............................................................................................................. II-726II-732
Table 8.51 WLA1 and WLA2 boards transmission alarms .................................................................. II-726II-732
Table 8.52 WLA3 boards transmission alarms ...................................................................................... II-727II-733
Table 8.53 2xGE_FC board transmission alarms .................................................................................. II-728II-734
Table 8.54 8xGE board transmission alarms ......................................................................................... II-729II-735
Table 8.55 OCC10 boards transmission alarms ..................................................................................... II-730II-736
Table 8.56 DWDM OADM boards transmission alarms ...................................................................... II-733II-739
Table 8.57 4xANY boards transmission alarms ..................................................................................... II-734II-740
Table 8.58 SDH_DRAWER, HF_DRAWER and LF_DRAWER drawers transmission alarms ...... II-735II-741
Table 8.59 OPC transmission alarms ...................................................................................................... II-736II-742
Table 8.60 Main climatic conditions........................................................................................................ II-748II-754
Table 8.61 Main climatic conditions........................................................................................................ II-751II-757
Table 8.62 Main climatic conditions........................................................................................................ II-753II-759
Table 9.1 Example of ANV Part Number + ICS evolution ................................................................... II-758II-764
Table 9.2 OMDX, OADM and SPV_F presetting table ......................................................................... II-767II-774
Table 9.3 SPVM2 and SPVM_H presetting table .................................................................................. II-773II-780

xxx Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Table 9.4 Presetting table ......................................................................................................................... II-776II-783
Table 9.5 MCC3 presetting table ............................................................................................................. II-778II-785
Table 9.6 OCC10 presetting table ........................................................................................................... II-780II-788
Table 9.7 OCC10_E presetting table ....................................................................................................... II-782II-790
Table 11.1 List of hazardous materials and components present in the equipment ........................ IV-834IV-842
Table 1.1 Handbooks related to the product’s hardware ..................................................................................... xxi
Table 1.2 Handbooks related to the specific product SW management and local product control ................. xxii
Table 1.3 Handbooks common to Alcatel-Lucent Network Elements using 1320CT platform ....................... xxii
Table 1.4 Documentation on CD-ROM ............................................................................................................... xxiii
Table 1.5 Handbook configuration check ............................................................................................................. xxv
Table 1.1 IEC 950 -Table 16: Over-temperature limits, Part 2 ..........................................................................I-15
Table 2.1 Label references .....................................................................................................................................I-20
Table 4.1 O-SNCP Supported protection schemes............................................................................................. II-68
Table 5.1 1696MS boards and units list .............................................................................................................. II-80
Table 5.2 1696MS explanatory notes ................................................................................................................ II-103
Table 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units list ....................................................................................................... II-118
Table 5.4 1696MS_C explanatory notes ............................................................................................................ II-141
Table 6.1 Example of Client signals - supported bit rates ............................................................................... II-204
Table 6.2 DWDM frequencies allocation plan in C-Band ............................................................................... II-207
Table 6.3 CWDM nominal frequencies allocation plan in C-Band ................................................................ II-210
Table 6.4 MCC protection: switching criteria .................................................................................................. II-244
Table 6.5 OCC10 protection: switching criteria .............................................................................................. II-247
Table 6.6 4xANY client protection: switching criteria per each drawer ....................................................... II-250
Table 6.7 2xGE_FC client protection: switch criteria for each drawer ......................................................... II-254
Table 6.8 WLA2M_OP and WLA3CDOP protection: switch criteria.......................................................... II-257
Table 6.9 OTS protection: switch criteria ........................................................................................................ II-259
Table 6.10 Boards and supported Performance Monitoring Points .............................................................. II-262
Table 6.11 RS counters default threshold data values ..................................................................................... II-268
Table 6.12 Configuration criteria ...................................................................................................................... II-273
Table 7.1 MCC3 Shut down mode..................................................................................................................... II-388
Table 7.2 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ........................................................... II-391
Table 7.3 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ........................................................... II-393
Table 7.4 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ........................................................... II-394
Table 7.5 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ........................................................... II-395
Table 7.6 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS and LOC ........................................................... II-395
Table 7.7 MCC3 default Lasers and VOA states ............................................................................................. II-400
Table 7.8 OCC10_E Shut down mode............................................................................................................... II-406
Table 7.9 OCC10_E configurations................................................................................................................... II-408
Table 7.10 OCC10_E default Lasers and VOA states ..................................................................................... II-415
Table 7.11 Alarms and action usage for both Channels in Add/Drop configuration .................................... II-422
Table 7.12 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local loopback configuration ..... II-423
Table 7.13 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Add/Drop, CH2 in Remote loopback configuration ........ II-423
Table 7.14 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in A/D and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback ......................... II-424
Table 7.15 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop configuration ..... II-425
Table 7.16 Alarms and action usage for CH1 and CH2 in Local loopback configuration ........................... II-426
Table 7.17 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Remote loopback ................ II-427
Table 7.18 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local loopback, CH2 in Local-Remote loopback ............ II-428
Table 7.19 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Remote loopback, CH2 in Add/Drop configuration ........ II-429
Table 7.20 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Remote loopback and CH2 in Local loopback ................ II-430
Table 7.21 Alarms and action usage for CH1 and CH2 in Remote loopback configuration ........................ II-431
Table 7.22 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Remote loopback, CH2 in Local-Remote loopback......... II-432
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxxi
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Table 7.23 Alarms and Aaction usage for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop ........... II-433
Table 7.24 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Local loopback ............ II-434
Table 7.25 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Remote loopback......... II-435
Table 7.26 Alarms and action usage for CH1 and CH2 in Local-Remote loopback configuration ............. II-436
Table 7.27 Alarms and action usage for O-SNCP with auto mode ................................................................. II-448
Table 7.28 Alarms and action usage for both Channels in Add/Drop (O-SNCP configuration) ................. II-448
Table 7.29 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Add/Drop and CH2 in Local loopback configuration ..... II-449
Table 7.30 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Add/Drop, CH2 in Remote loopback configuration ........ II-450
Table 7.31 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in A/D, CH2 in Local-Remote loopback configuration ....... II-451
Table 7.32 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local loopback and CH2 in Add/Drop configuration ..... II-452
Table 7.33 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Remote loopback, CH2 in Add/Drop configuration ........ II-453
Table 7.34 Alarms and action usage for CH1 in Local-Remote loopback, CH2 in Remote loopback......... II-454
Table 7.35 Allowed drawers association ........................................................................................................... II-464
Table 7.36 Summary of the way of working. Drop insert ............................................................................... II-465
Table 7.37 2xGE_FC Shut Down mode with no E-SNCP ............................................................................... II-471
Table 7.38 8xGE Shut Down mode with no E-SNCP ....................................................................................... II-478
Table 7.39 Main differences between OAC1, OAC1_L, OAC2 and OAC2_L optical amplifiers................ II-523
Table 7.40 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS – APSD disable............................................... II-531
Table 7.41 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS – APSD disable forced ON/OFF ................... II-531
Table 7.42 Summary of the way of working in case of ILOS – APSD enable ............................................... II-532
Table 7.43 PDU Front Panel LED Markings ................................................................................................... II-551
Table 7.44 TRU Front Panel LED Markings ................................................................................................... II-552
Table 7.45 PSC and PSC3 LEDs signification .................................................................................................. II-561
Table 8.1 CWDM nominal frequencies allocation plan in C-Band ................................................................ II-578
Table 8.2 DWDM frequencies allocation plan in C-Band ............................................................................... II-579
Table 8.3 Relation between Alarm severity terminology displayed on C.T./O.S. and alarm severity
terminology used for the ESC leds and ETSI market rack (TRU). ...................................................... II-666
Table 8.4 Generic alarms common to all boards .............................................................................................. II-668
Table 8.5 ESC-EC board specific alarms. ........................................................................................................ II-669
Table 8.6 ESC-SC board specific alarms. ......................................................................................................... II-669
Table 8.7 PSC board specific alarms................................................................................................................. II-670
Table 8.8 HK board specific alarms. ................................................................................................................. II-670
Table 8.9 RAI board specific alarms. ................................................................................................................ II-671
Table 8.10 LAN board specific alarms .............................................................................................................. II-671
Table 8.11 I-LINK-M board specific alarms .................................................................................................... II-671
Table 8.12 I-LINK-S board specific alarms...................................................................................................... II-672
Table 8.13 UIC board specific alarms ............................................................................................................... II-672
Table 8.14 FAN board specific alarms .............................................................................................................. II-673
Table 8.15 FAN_C board specific alarms ......................................................................................................... II-673
Table 8.16 OPC board specific alarms .............................................................................................................. II-674
Table 8.17 OMSP board specific alarms ........................................................................................................... II-674
Table 8.18 OAC board specific alarms. ............................................................................................................ II-675
Table 8.19 SPVM specific alarms ...................................................................................................................... II-678
Table 8.20 OSC specific alarms ......................................................................................................................... II-679
Table 8.21 SPV_F_C specific alarms ................................................................................................................ II-679
Table 8.22 SPV_F_1310_1550 board specific alarms ...................................................................................... II-680
Table 8.23 MCC specific alarms. ....................................................................................................................... II-681
Table 8.24 SFP specific alarms. ......................................................................................................................... II-682
Table 8.25 XFP specific alarms. ........................................................................................................................ II-683
Table 8.26 WLA1 and WLA2 specific alarms. ................................................................................................. II-684
Table 8.27 WLA3 specific alarms. ..................................................................................................................... II-685

xxxii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Table 8.28 2xGE_FC specific alarms ................................................................................................................ II-685
Table 8.29 8xGE main board specific alarms ................................................................................................... II-686
Table 8.31 OCC10 specific alarms .................................................................................................................... II-687
Table 8.32 OCC10_E specific alarms ................................................................................................................ II-690
Table 8.33 4xANY main board specific alarms ................................................................................................ II-692
Table 8.34 4xANY drawer specific alarms ....................................................................................................... II-692
Table 8.35 OMDX/OADM specific alarms. ...................................................................................................... II-694
Table 8.36 CMDX(2) boards specific alarms.................................................................................................... II-694
Table 8.37 COAD2 boards specific alarms ....................................................................................................... II-695
Table 8.38 CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S specific alarms........................................................................... II-695
Table 8.39 OSMC specific alarms ..................................................................................................................... II-696
Table 8.40. MVAC specific alarms .................................................................................................................... II-697
Table 8.41 MVAC10 specific alarms ................................................................................................................. II-698
Table 8.42 Supervision boards transmission alarms ....................................................................................... II-699
Table 8.43 OMSP boards transmission alarms ................................................................................................ II-701
Table 8.44 OAC boards transmission alarms ................................................................................................... II-701
Table 8.45 OMDX boards transmission alarms ............................................................................................... II-702
Table 8.46 COAD2 boards transmission alarms .............................................................................................. II-702
Table 8.47 CMDX(2) boards transmission alarms .......................................................................................... II-703
Table 8.48 CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S boards transmission alarms ..................................................... II-703
Table 8.49 MCC boards transmission alarms .................................................................................................. II-704
Table 8.50 SFP specific alarms. ......................................................................................................................... II-707
Table 8.51 XFP specific alarms. ........................................................................................................................ II-708
Table 8.52 WLA1 and WLA2 boards transmission alarms ............................................................................ II-708
Table 8.53 WLA3 boards transmission alarms ................................................................................................ II-709
Table 8.54 2xGE_FC board transmission alarms ............................................................................................ II-710
Table 8.55 8xGE board transmission alarms ................................................................................................... II-711
Table 8.56 OCC10 boards transmission alarms ............................................................................................... II-712
Table 8.57 DWDM OADM boards transmission alarms ................................................................................ II-715
Table 8.58 4xANY boards transmission alarms ............................................................................................... II-716
Table 8.59 SDH_DRAWER, HF_DRAWER and LF_DRAWER drawers transmission alarms ................ II-717
Table 8.60 OPC transmission alarms ................................................................................................................ II-718
TRBD1996 board transmission alarms ............................................................................................................. II-719
Table 8.60 Main climatic conditions.................................................................................................................. II-730
Table 8.61 Main climatic conditions.................................................................................................................. II-733
Table 8.62 Main climatic conditions.................................................................................................................. II-735
Table 9.1 Example of ANV Part Number + ICS evolution ............................................................................. II-740
Table 9.2 OMDX, OADM and SPV_F presetting table ................................................................................... II-749
Table 9.3 SPVM2 and SPVM_H presetting table ............................................................................................ II-755
Table 9.4 Presetting table ................................................................................................................................... II-758
Table 9.5 MCC3 presetting table ....................................................................................................................... II-760
Table 9.6 OCC10 presetting table ..................................................................................................................... II-762
Table 9.7 OCC10_E presetting table ................................................................................................................. II-764
Table 11.1 List of hazardous materials and components present in the equipment .................................... IV-816
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxxiii
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
About this document
Purpose
Alcatel-Lucent makes no warranty of any kind with regards to this manual, and
specifically disclaims the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
particular purpose. Alcatel-Lucent will not be liable for errors contained herein or for
damages, whether direct, indirect, consequential, incidental, or special, in connection
with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material.
NOTICE
The product specification and/or performance levels contained in this document are for
information purposes only and are subject to change without notice. They do not
represent any obligation on the part of Alcatel-Lucent.
COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
The technical information of this manual is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must
not be copied, reproduced or disclosed to a third party without written consent.
Handbook applicability
This handbook applies to the following product–releases:
PRODUCT ANV P/N
1696MSPAN 3AL 86601 AAAA
PRODUCT RELEASE VERSION (N.B.) ANV P/N
1696MSPAN 3.4 8DG 17561 AAAA
N.B. See NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS in the section,Changes introduced in the same product–release
(same handbook P/N) .

xxxiv Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Product–release handbooks
The list of handbooks given here below is valid on the issue date of this Handbook
and can be changed without any obligation for Alcatel-Lucent to update it in this
Handbook.

Some of the handbooks listed here below may not be available on the issue date of
this Handbook.

The standard Customer Documentation in the English language for the equipment
whose product–release–version is stated on the manual’s front page consists of the
following handbooks:

Table 1.1 Handbooks related to the product’s hardware
REF HANDBOOK ANV Part No. THIS
HDBK
[1] 1696MSPAN Rel.3.4
Technical Handbook
8DG 17561 AAAA
Provides information regarding Equipment description, Maintenance, Hardware
setting documentation.

[2] 1696MSPAN Rel.3.4
Installation Handbook
8DG 17561 CAAA
Provides stepped procedural instructions for unpacking, inspecting, Alcatel-
Lucent Part Number assembling, and mounting and wiring bays, sub-frames, I/O
panels, ancillary items, and cabling.

[3] 1696MSPAN Rel.3.4
Turn-On & Commissioning Handbook
8DG 17561 DAAA
Provides procedures to support visual inspection, module installation, Alcatel-
Lucent Part Number and provisioning; and local network element verification
tests and generic network tests.


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxxv
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Table 1.2 Handbooks related to the specific product SW management and local
product control
REF HANDBOOK ANV Part No. THIS
HDBK or
note
[4] 1696MSPAN Rel.3.4
Operator’s Handbook
8DG 17561 BAAA
Provides information regarding maintenance using the craft terminal


Table 1.3 Handbooks common to Alcatel-Lucent Network Elements using 1320CT
platform
REF HANDBOOK ANV Part No. THIS
HDBK
[5] 1320CT 3.X
Basic Operator’s Handbook
3AL 79551 AAAA
Provides general information and operational procedures common to all
1320CT (Craft terminal) of Alcatel-Lucent Info-Model Network Elements.

[6] 1330AS Rel.6.5
Operator’s Handbook
3AL 88876 AAAA
Provides detailed information and operational procedures regarding the alarm
Surveillance software embedded in the 1320CT software package.

[7] ELB Rel.2.X Operator’s Handbook 3AL 88877 AAAA
Provide detailed information and operational procedures regarding the Event
Log Browser software embedded in the 1320CT software package.



xxxvi Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008


Table 1.4 Documentation on CD-ROM
See Power supply characteristics.
REF CD-ROM TITLE ANV Part No. FACTORY Part No.
[8] 1696MSPAN Rel.3.4 CD-ROM-DOC EN 8DG 17518 AAAA --------
Contains, in electronic format, the following handbooks: REF.[1] to [4]
Envisaged after the release of all handbooks.
[9] 1320CT 3.X CD-ROM-DOC EN 3AL 79552 AAAA 417.100.032
Contains, in electronic format, the following handbooks: REF.[5] to [7]
Envisaged after the release of all handbooks

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxxvii
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Handbook Structure
This handbook has been edited according to the Alcatel-Lucent standardized “drawing-
up guides” complying with such suggestion.
This handbook is divided into the following main topics as described in the table of
contents:
HANDBOOK GUIDE: It contains general information on safety norms, EMC and
type of labels that might be affixed to the equipment.
Furthermore, it describes the handbook structure and the
customer documentation. The abbreviation list is supplied too.
DESCRIPTION: It contains all the equipment’s general and detailed system
features including its application in the telecommunication
network. Furthermore, it supplies the equipment description
and specifications (i.e., system, mechanical,electrical and/or
optical).
HARDWARE SETTING
DOCUMENTATION:
It encloses the documents related to unit hardware setting
operations, if envisaged.
MAINTENANCE: It contains all the details for periodic checks, fault location and
repair procedures and restore to normal operation through the
withdrawal of faulty units and their replacement with spares
(*)
DISMANTLING & RECYLING It contains information for subrack/units dismantling and
recycling and list of hazardous materials.
APPENDICES: Section envisaged (but not necessarily included) to describe
possible alternative unit.
ANNEXES: Section envisaged (but not necessarily included) containing
additional documentation or general information on other
topics not inherent to the chapters making up the handbook.
(*) If the equipment is software integrated and man-machine interfaced (through a PCD, PC,
Work Station or other external processing/displaying system) the maintenance carried
out with such system is described in the Operator’s Handbook (see Product–release
handbooks).

xxxviii Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Handbook configuration check
List of the editions and modified parts
The following table indicates the handbook parts new and modified with respect to the
previous edition.
Legenda
n = new part p =proposal part
m = modified part PR =proposal edition

Table 1.5 Handbook configuration check
EDITION 01 02 03 04 05 06
DESCRIPTION n
1. GENERAL n m
2. PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION n m
3. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION n m
4. UNITS DESCRIPTION n m
5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION n m
6. HARDWARE SETTINGS n
MAINTENANCE n
7. MAINTENANCE n
DISMANTLING & RECYCLING n
8. DISMANTLING & RECYCLING n
APPENDICES
Nothing envisaged
ANNEXES
Nothing envisaged

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary xxxix
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Notes on Ed.01
Ed.01 created on June 2007 is the first validated and officially released issue of this
Handbook.
Notes on Ed.02
Ed.02 created on November 2007 has been issued to:
÷ update some system configurations, OAC units front view and the optical safety norms
÷ add SPVM3 and SPVM3_H
÷ update some SFP part numbers and some SFP and XFP technical specifications.
Safety information
See Safety information
How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://www.lucent-
info.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-1
Issue 1, February 2008 See notice on first page
Part I: HANDBOOK GUIDE
Overview
Purpose

The purpose of this section is outlined in the contents below.
Contents
This part includes these chapters.
SAFETY NORMS AND LABELS I-1
OTHER NORMS AND LABELS I-16
GENERAL ON ALCATEL-LUCENT CUSTOMER
DOCUMENTATION
I-32


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary I-1
Issue 1, March 2008 See notice on first page

1 SAFETY NORMS AND LABELS
Overview
Purpose
The purpose of this section is outlined in the contents below.
Contents
This chapter covers these topics.
First aid for electric shock I-4
Safety Rules I-6







I-2 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Structure of hazard statements

Overview
Hazard statements describe the safety risks relevant while performing tasks on Alcatel-
Lucent products during deployment and/or use. Failure to avoid the hazards may have
serious consequences.
General structure
Hazard statements include the structural elements shown below.
Structure of hazard statements

Item Structure element Purpose
1 Personal injury symbol Indicates the potential for personal injury
(optional)
2 Hazard type symbol Indicates hazard type (optional)
3 Signal word Indicates the severity of the hazard
4 Hazard type Describes the source of the risk of damage or
injury
5 Damage statement Consequences if protective measures fail
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-3
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Item Structure element Purpose
6 Avoidance message Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard
7 Identifier The optional reference ID of the hazard statement
Signal words
The signal words that identify the hazard severity levels are shown in .
Signal words for hazard severity
Signal word Meaning
DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation (high risk) which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation (medium risk) which, if
not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION When used with the personal injury symbol:
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation (low risk) which, if not
avoided, may result in personal injury.
When used without the personal injury symbol:
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation (low risk) which, if not
avoided, may result in property damage, such as service interruption
or damage to equipment or other materials.

I-4 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
First aid for electric shock
Do not touch the patient with bare hands until the circuit has been opened.
Open the circuit by switching off the line switches. If that is not possible, protect
yourself with dry material and free the patient from the conductor.
ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION
It is important to start mouth to mouth resuscitation at once and seek medical help
immediately.
TREATMENT OF BURNS
This treatment should be used after the patient has regained consciousness. It can also
be employed while the artificial respiration is being applied (in this case there should
be at least two persons present).
Warning
- Do not attempt to remove his clothing from the burnt parts;
- Apply dry gauze on the burns;
- Do not apply ointments or other oily substances.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-5
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Mouth to mouth resuscitation method


I-6 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Safety Rules
General Rules
- Before carrying out any installation, turn-on, tests & operation and maintenance
operations carefully read the relevant Handbooks and chapters.
- Observe safety rules
÷ When equipment is operating nobody is allowed to have access inside on the
equipment parts which are protected with Cover Plate Shields removable with
tools
÷ In case of absolute need to have access inside, on the equipment parts when it is
operating this is allowed exclusively to service personnel, where for Service
Personnel or Technical assistance is meant :
”personnel which has adequate Technical Knowledge and experience necessary
to be aware of the danger that he might find in carrying out an operation and of
the necessary measurements to reduce danger to minimum for him and for
others”.
The Service Personnel can only replace the faulty units with spare parts.
The Service Personnel is not allowed to repair: hence the access to the parts no
specified is not permitted.
The keys and/or the tools used to open doors, hinged covers to remove parts
which give access to compartments in which are present high dangerous
voltages must belong exclusively to the service personnel.
÷ For the eventual cleaning of the external parts of the equipment, absolutely do
not use any inflammable substance or substances which in some way may alter
the markings, inscriptions ect.
÷ It is recommended to use a slightly wet cleaning cloth.
- The Safety Rules stated in the handbook describe the operations and/or precautions
to observe to safeguard service personnel during the working phases and to
guarantee equipment safety, i.e., not exposing persons, animals, things to the risk
of being injured/damaged.
- Whenever the safety protection features have been impaired, REMOVE POWER.
To cut off power proceed to switch off the power supply units as well as cut off
power station upstream (rack or station distribution frame).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-7
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
- Unless fitted into the equipment, an external protection device on power supply
will be provided in the building installation. The breaking capacity of the device
will be adequate to the maximum short circuit current which can flow.
- The safety rules described in this handbook are distinguished by the following
symbol and statement:

S A F E T Y R U L E S

Labels Indicating Danger, Forbiddance, Command
It is of utmost importance to follow the instructions printed on the labels affixed to the
units and assemblies.
The labels are fully compliant with International Norms ISO 3846-1984. The symbols
or statements are enclosed in geometric shapes: ISO 3864-1984.
C O N T A I N S A S Y M B O L S T A T E M E N T
C O N T A I N S A S T A T E M E N T P R O V I D I N G I N F O R M A T I O N
O R I N S T R U C T I O N .
CONTAINS ASYMBOL
INDICATES WARNING OR DANGER (YELLOW
BACKGROUND-BLACK SYMBOL AND RIM)
(YELLOW BACKGROUND-BLACK STATEMENT AND RIM)
I N D I C A T E S F O R B I D D A N C E ( W H I T E B A C K G R O U N D
W H I T R E D R I M - B L A C K S Y M B O L O R S T A T E M E N T )
I T I S A C O M M A N D ( B L U E B A C K G R O U N D - W H I T E
S Y M B O L O R S T A T E M E N T ) .




I-8 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
The labels have been affixed to indicate a dangerous condition. They may contain any
standard-known symbol or any statement necessary to safeguard users and service
personnel against the most common ones, specifically:
- dangerous electrical voltages
- harmful optical signals
- risk of explosion
- moving mechanical parts
- heat-radiating Mechanical Parts

Pay attention to the information stated in the following, and proceed as instructed
The symbols presented in the following sections are all the possible symbols that
could be present on Alcatel-Lucent equipment, but are not all necessarily present
on the equipment this handbook refers to.
Dangerous Electrical Voltages
Labelling
The following warning label is affixed next to dangerous voltages (>42.4 Vp; >60
Vdc).

If it is a Class 1 equipment connected to mains, then the label associated to it will state
that the equipment will have to be grounded before connecting it to the power supply
voltage, e.g.:
W A R N I N G !

G r o u n d p r o t e c t t h e e q u i p m e n t b e f o r e
c o n n e c t i n g i t t o m a n i n s
M a k e s u r e t h a t p o w e r h a s b e e n c u t o f f
b e f o r e d i s c o n n e c t i n g g r o u n d p r o t e c t i o n .

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-9
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Electrical safety: general rules
Danger Possibility of personal injury: carefully observe the
specific procedures for installation / turn-up and commissioning
/ maintenance of equipment parts where A.C. or D.C. power is
present, described in the relevant installation / turn-up and
commissioning / maintenance documents and the following
general rules:
1.a. Personal injury can be caused by -48 V dc (or by 220 V ac if envisaged in the
equipment). Avoid touching powered terminals with any exposed part of your
body.
2.b. Short circuiting, low–voltage, low–impedance, dc circuits can cause severe arcing
that can result in burns and/or eye damage. Remove rings, watches, and other
metal jewelry before working with primary circuits. Exercise caution to avoid
shorting power input terminals.
Electrical safety: equipment specific data
Refer to Electrical safety.
Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.69", Hanging:
0.3", Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering Style:
a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left +
Aligned at: 0.92" + Tab after: 1.17" + Indent
at: 1.17", Tab stops: Not at 1.17"

I-10 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Harmful Optical Signals
Labelling
If the assembly or unit is fitted with a LASER, the labels must comply with the IEC
60825-1: Ed.1.2 (08-2007) and IEC 60825-2: Ed.3.1 (01-2007) International Norms.
The symbol indicates the presence of a LASER beam. Danger level is stated within a
rectangular label:


If the LASER is a class 1 or 1M product, the label depicting the symbol within a
triangle is not compulsory.
The rectangular shaped label bears all the information needed, i.e.:
- LASER class
- Power emitted
- Wavelength
- Ref. Norm
- Precautionary measures taken depend on LASER class
- Indications given on openings, panels and safety interlocks
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-11
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page









Optical safety: general rules
On handling optical equipments or units or cables always check that laser labels are
properly affixed and that the system complies with applicable optical standards.








Danger Possibility of eyes damage: invisible infrared
radiations emitted by the fiber optic transmitters can cause
eyes damages. Carefully observe the specific procedures for
installation / turn-up and commissioning / maintenance of units
containing laser devices or cables transporting optical signals,
described in the relevant installation / turn-up and
commissioning / maintenance documents and the following
general rules:
a. Laser radiation is not visible by the naked eye or with laser safety glasses.
Although it cannot be seen, laser radiation may be present.
exemple of power and lenght values

I-12 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
a.b. Never look directly into a not terminated fiber optic connector or into a broken
optical fiber cable, unless it is absolutely known that no laser radiation is
present.
b.c. Never look at an optical fiber splice, cable or connector, unless it is absolutely
known that no laser radiation is present.
c.d. All optical connectors, terminating either fibers and transmitters/receivers, are
provided with protective covers that must always be used, as soon as possible,
when any optical link is disconnected for installation/test/maintenance purposes
or whatever operation.
d.e. Never look directly into a not terminated fiber optic connector or into a broken
optical fiber cable by means of magnifiers/microscopes, unless it is absolutely
known that no laser radiation is present. A magnifier/microscope greatly
increases the damage hazard to the eyes.
e.f. Never point a not terminated optical fiber splice, cable or connector to other
persons, unless it is absolutely known that no laser radiation is present.
f.g. Always remove electrical power from near and far optical transmitters before
disconnecting optical links between the transmitter and the receiver.
g.h. Wearing of laser safety goggles or eyes shields is recommended for every
person working on optical devices, whenever the above listed rules cannot be
followed.
Optical safety: equipment specific data
Refer to Optical safety.
Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 +
Numbering Style: a, b, c, … + Start at: 1 +
Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.92" + Tab
after: 1.17" + Indent at: 1.17", Tab stops: Not
at 1.17"
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-13
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Risks of Explosions
Labelling and safety instructions
This risk is present when batteries are used, and it is signalled by the following label:

Therefore, slits or apertures are made to let air circulate freely and allow dangerous
gasses to down flow (battery-emitted hydrogen). A 417-IEC-5641 Norm. compliant
label is affixed next to it indicating that the openings must not be covered up.


Moving Mechanical Parts
Labelling and safety instructions
The following warning label is affixed next to fans or other moving mechanical parts:


I-14 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Before carrying out any maintenance operation see that all the moving mechanical
parts have been stopped.
Heat-radiating Mechanical Parts
Labelling and safety instructions
The presence of heat-radiating mechanical parts is indicated by the following warning
label in compliancy with IEC 417 Norm, Fig.5041:

As stated by IEC 60950 Norm., para.1.4.7 the touchable mechanical parts carrying the
above depicted warning label, are those whose temperature T exceeds the limits
established by the following formula (temperatures in °C ):
(T-T
amb
) ? (DT
max
+ 25° - T
mra
)
where:
T Temperature of the mechanical part measured at ambient
temperature T
amb
.
T
amb
Ambient temperature during the test.
DT
max
Value defined by IEC 950 Norm, Table 16 part 2 and specified in the
table below.
T
mra
The maximum room ambient temperature permitted by the
equipment specification or 25ºC, whichever is greater.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-15
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page


Table 1.1 IEC 950 -Table 16: Over-temperature limits, Part 2
Operator-accessible parts Maximum over-temperature (°C )
Metal Glass,
porcelain
Plastic,
rubber
Handle knob, ect., held or touched
for short periods
35 45 60
Handles, knobs, ect., regularly held 30 40 50
Outer surface of the equipment that
can be touched
45 55 70
Inner surface of the equipment that
can be touched
45 55 70
Danger Possibility of personal injury: carefully observe the
specific procedures for installation / turn-up and commissioning
/ maintenance of equipment parts where heat-radiating
mechanical parts are present, described in the relevant
installation / turn-up and commissioning / maintenance
documents and the following general rule:
a. Personal injury can be caused by heat. Avoid touching powered terminals with
any exposed part of your body.
Specific safety rules in this handbook
Specific safety rules are specified in the following paragraphs:
÷ Safety requirements and mechanism (Electrical safety, etc.)
÷ General safety rules
÷ Routine Maintenance every six months – No-dust filter cleaning/substitution
÷ Routine Maintenance every year – Power cables check

I-16 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008


2 OTHER NORMS AND LABELS
Overview
Purpose
The purpose of this section is outlined in the contents below.
Contents
This chapter covers these topics.
Electromagnetic Compatibility I-17
Electrostatic Dischargers (ESD) I-19
Suggestions, notes and cautions I-20
Labels affixed to the Equipment I-20

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-17
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Electromagnetic Compatibility
The equipment’s EMC norms depend on the type of installation being carried out
(cable termination, grounding etc.,) and on the operating conditions (equipment,
setting options of the electrical/electronic units, presence of dummy covers, etc.).
- Before starting any installation, turn-on, tests & operation and maintenance work
refer to the relevant Handbooks and chapters.
- The norms set down to guarantee EMC compatibility, are distinguished inside this
handbook by the symbol and term:



General Norms - Installation
- All connections (towards the external source of the equipment) made with shielded
cables use only cables and connectors suggested in this technical handbook or in
the relevant Plant Documentation, or those specified in the Customer’s”Installation
Norms.” (or similar documents)
- Shielded cables must be suitably terminated
- Install filters outside the equipment as required
- Ground connect the equipment utilizing a conductor with proper dia. and
impedance
- Mount shields (if utilized), previously positioned during the installation phase, but
not before having cleaned and degreased it.
- Before inserting the shielded unit proceed to clean and degrease all peripheral
surfaces (contact springs and connection points, etc.)
- Screw fasten the units to the subrack.
- To correctly install EMC compatible equipment follow the instructions given.
A T T E N T I O N E M C N O R M S

I-18 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
General Norms - Turn-on, Tests & Operation
- Preset the electrical units as required to guarantee EMC compatibility
- Check that the equipment is operating with all the shields properly positioned
(dummy covers, ESD connector protections, etc.)
- To properly use EMC compatible equipment observe the information given
General Norms – Maintenance
- Before inserting the shielded unit, which will replace the faulty or modified unit,
proceed to clean and degrease all peripheral surfaces (contact springs and
connection points, etc.)
- Clean the dummy covers of the spare units as well.
- Screw fasten the units to the subrack.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-19
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Electrostatic Dischargers (ESD)
Before removing the ESD protections from the monitors, connectors etc., observe the
precautionary measures stated. Make sure that the ESD protections have been replaced
and after having terminated the maintenance and monitoring operations.
Most electronic devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharges, to this concern the
following warning labels have been affixed:

Observe the precautionary measures stated when having to touch the electronic parts
during the installation/maintenance phases.
Workers are supplied with antistatic protection devices consisting of:
ELASTICIZED BAND
COILED CORD

- an elastic band worn around the wrist
- a coiled cord connected to the elastic band and to the stud on the subrack.

I-20 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Suggestions, notes and cautions
Suggestions and special notes are marked by the following symbol:

Suggestion or note....

Cautions to avoid possible equipment damage are marked by the following symbol:

Caution TITLE...
(caution to avoid equipment damage)
statement....
Labels affixed to the Equipment
This paragraph indicates the positions and the information contained on the
identification and serial labels affixed to the equipment.
Figure 1 to Figure 7. illustrate the most common positions of the labels on the units,
modules and subracks.
Figure 8 to Figure 13. illustrate the information (e.g., identification and serial No.)
printed on the labels.
The table below relates the reference numbers stated on the figures to the labels used.

Labelling depicted hereafter is for indicative purposes and could be
changed without any notice.

Table 2.1 Label references
Ref. No. Name of Label
1 label specifying item not on catalogue (P/N. and serial number)
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-21
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Ref. No. Name of Label
Refer to Figure 8.
2 label specifying item on catalogue (P/N. and serial number)
Refer to Figure 9.
3 item identification label - item on catalog
Refer to Figure 10.
4 label identifying the equipment
Refer to Figure 11.
5 label identifying compliancy with CE and WEEE Directives.
Refer to Figure 12 and Figure 13.
On contract basis, customized labels can be affixed to the equipment.
Standard labels can be affixed to any position on the equipment, as required by the
Customer.
However, for each of the above are applied the rules defined by each individual
Customer.

I-22 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
2
A
B
C
D
4

NOTE : The above reference numbers are detailed in Table 2.1 Label
referencesTable 2.1 Label referencesTable 2.1 Label references.
Figure 1: Subrack label


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-23
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
2
A
B
C

NOTE : The above reference numbers are detailed on Table 2.1 Label
referencesTable 2.1 Label referencesTable 2.1 Label references.

I-24 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 2: Subrack label


2
A
B
C
NB.1

NB.1 = The label is present on the support side
NOTE : The above reference numbers are detailed on Table 2.1 Label
referencesTable 2.1 Label referencesTable 2.1 Label references.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-25
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 3: Subrack label


2
A
B
C
x
x
x
x
x
x
3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x


I-26 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NOTE : The above reference numbers are detailed on Table 2.1 Label
referencesTable 2.1 Label referencesTable 2.1 Label references.
Figure 4: Labels on units with standard cover plate


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-27
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
2
ABC

NOTE : The above reference numbers are detailed on .Table 2.1 Label
referencesTable 2.1 Label referencesTable 2.1 Label references

I-28 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 5: Modules label


1
NB.1
ABC

NB.1 = The label is present on the p.c.s. component side
NOTE : The above reference numbers are detailed on Table 2.1 Label
referencesTable 2.1 Label referencesTable 2.1 Label references.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-29
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 6: Internal label for Printed Board Assembly


1
ABC
NB.1

NB. 1 = The label is present on p.c.s. components side or rear side on the empty
spaces.
NOTE : The above reference numbers are detailed on Table 2.1 Label
referencesTable 2.1 Label referencesTable 2.1 Label references.

I-30 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 7: Back panels internal label



Figure 8: Label specifying item not on catalogue (P/N. and serial number)



8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-31
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 9: Label specifying item on catalogue (P/N. and serial number)


ACRONYM FREQUENCY
(Optional)
ANV ITEM PART NUMBER

Figure 10: Item identification labels - item on catalog

EQUIPMENT NAME


I-32 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 11: Label identifying the equipment (example)




Figure 12: CE label


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-33
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 13: WEEE label

Warning CE and WEEE symbols can be in the same label or in
different position of the equipment.

3 GENERAL ON ALCATEL-LUCENT
CUSTOMER DOCUMENTATION
Overview
Purpose
The purpose of this section is outlined in the contents below.
Contents
This chapter covers these topics.
Products, product–releases, versions and Customer Documentation I-33
Handbook supply to Customers I-33
Aims of standard Customer Documentation I-33
Handbook Updating I-35
Customer documentation supply on CD-ROM I-37

I-34 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Products, product–releases, versions and Customer
Documentation
A ”product” is defined by the network hierarchical level where it can be inserted and
by the whole of performance and services for which it is meant.
A ”product” evolves through successive ”product–releases” which are the real
products marketed for their delivery at a certain ”product–release” availability date.
So, a ”product-release” defines a set of hardware components and a software package
which, as a whole, identify the possible network applications and the equipment
performance which the specific ”product–release” has been designed, engineered and
marketed for.
In some cases a ”product–release” has further development steps, named ”versions”,
that are born to improve or add some performance (mainly software) with respect to
the previous version, or for bug fixing purposes.
A ”product–release” has its own standard Customer Documentation, composed by one
or more handbooks.
A new ”version” of a ”product–release” may or may not produce a change in the status
of the Customer Documentation set, as described in Alarm characteristics.
Handbook supply to Customers
Handbooks are not automatically delivered together with the equipment they refer to.
The number of handbooks per type to be supplied must be decided at contract level.
Aims of standard Customer Documentation
Standard Customer Documentation, referred to hereafter, must be always meant as
plant–independent.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-35
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Plant–dependent documentation, if envisaged by the contract, is subjected to
commercial criteria as far as contents, formats and supply conditions are concerned
(plant–dependent documentation is not described here).
Standard hardware and software documentation is meant to give the Customer
personnel the possibility and the information necessary for installing, commissioning,
operating and maintaining the equipment according to Alcatel-Lucent Laboratory
design choices.
In particular: the contents of the handbooks associated to the software applications
focus on the explanation of the man–machine interface and of the operating procedures
allowed by it; maintenance is described down to faulty PCB location and replacement.
Consequently, no supply to the Customers of design documentation (like PCB
hardware design and production documents and files, software source programs,
programming tools, etc.) is envisaged.
The handbooks concerning hardware (usually the ”Technical Handbook”) and software
(usually the ”Operator’s Handbook”) are kept separate in that any product changes do
not necessarily concern their contents.
For example, only the Technical Handbook might be revised because of hardware
configuration changes (e.g., replacing a unit with one having different P/N but the
same function).
On the other hand, the Operator’s Handbook is updated because of a new software
version but which does not concern the Technical Handbook as long as it does not
imply hardware modifications.
However, both types of handbooks can be updated to improve contents, correct
mistakes, etc..

I-36 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Handbook Updating
The handbooks associated to the ”product-release” are listed in Product–release
handbooks.
Each handbook is identified by:
÷ the name of the ”product–release” (and ”version” when the handbook is applicable to the
versions starting from it, but not to the previous ones),
÷ the handbook name,
÷ the handbook P/N,
÷ the handbook issue (usually first issue =1),
÷ the handbook issue date. The date on the handbook does not refer to the date of print but to
the date on which the handbook source file has been completed and released for the
production.
Changes introduced in the same product–release (same handbook P/N)
The edition and date of issue might change on future handbook versions for the
following reasons:
÷ only the date changes (pointed out in the Table of Contents) when modifications are made to
the editorial system not changing the technical contents of the handbook.
÷ the edition, hence the date, is changed because modifications made concern technical
contents. In this case:
 the chapters modified with respect to the previous edition are listed in Table 1.5
Handbook configuration checkTable 1.5 Handbook configuration checkTable 1.5
Handbook configuration checkTable 1.5 Handbook configuration check;
 in affected chapters, revision bars on the left of the page indicate modifications in text
and drawings.

Changes concerning the technical contents of the handbook cause the issue number to
increase (e.g. from Issue 1 to Issue 2). Slight changes (e.g. for corrections) maintain
the same edition but with the addition of a version character (e.g. from Issue 2 to Issue
2A). Version character can be used for draft or proposal editions.

NOTES FOR HANDBOOKS RELEVANT TO SOFTWARE
APPLICATIONS
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-37
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Handbooks (or part of the handbook) relevant to software applications (typically
the Operator’s Handbooks) are not modified unless the new software ”version”
distributed to Customers implies man-machine interface changes or in case of
slight modifications not affecting the understanding of the explained
procedures.
Moreover, should the screen prints included in the handbook contain the
product–release’s ”version” marking, they are not replaced in the handbooks
related to a subsequent version, if the screen contents are unchanged.
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers
Supplying updated handbooks to Customers who have already received previous issues
is submitted to commercial criteria.
By updated handbook delivery it is meant the supply of a complete copy of the
handbook new issue (supplying errata-corrige sheets is not envisaged).
Changes due to a new product–release
A new product–release changes the handbook P/N and the edition starts from 01.
In this case the modified parts of the handbook are not listed.

I-38 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Customer documentation supply on CD-ROM
In the following ’CD-ROM’ means ’Customer Documentation on CD-ROM’
Contents, creation and production of a CD-ROM
In most cases, a CD-ROM contains in read-only eletronic format the documentation of
one product-release(-version) and for a certain language.
In some other cases, the same CD-ROM can contain the documentation of different
product-release(-version)s for a certain language.
As a general rule:
÷ CD-ROMs for Network Management products do not contain:
 the Installation Guides
 the documentation of system optional features that Customers could not buy from
Alcatel-Lucent together with the main applicative SW.
÷ CD-ROMs for Network Elements products do not contain:
 the documentation of system optional features (e.g. System Installation Handbooks
related to racks that Customers could not buy from Alcatel-Lucent together with the main
equipment).

A CD-ROM is obtained collecting various handbooks and documents in .pdf format.
Bookmarks and hyperlinks make the navigation easier. No additional information is
added to each handbook, so that the documentation present in the CD-ROMs is exactly
the same the Customer would receive on paper.
The files processed in this way are added to files/images for managing purpose and a
master CD-ROM is recorded.
Suitable checks are made in order to have a virus-free product.
After a complete functional check, the CD-ROM image is electronically transferred to
the archive of the Production Department, so that the CD-ROM can be produced and
delivered to Customers.
Use of the CD-ROM
The CD-ROM can be used both in PC and Unix WS environments.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel_lucent – Proprietary I-39
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The CD-ROM starts automatically with autorun and hyperlinks from the opened
“Index” document permit to visualize the .pdf handbooks
Other hyperlinks permit to get, from the Technical handbooks, the specific .pdf setting
documents.
In order to open the .pdf documents Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 4.0 (minimum)
must have been installed on the platform.
The CD-ROM doesn’t contain the Adobe Acrobat Reader program. The Customer is in
charge of getting and installing it.
ReadMe info is present on the CD-ROM to this purpose.
Then the Customer is allowed to read the handbooks on the PC/WS screen, using the
navigation and zooming tools included in the tool, and to print selected parts of the
documentation through a local printer.
CD-ROM identification
Each CD-ROM is identified:
3.1. by the following external identifiers, that are printed both on the booklet and the CD-
ROM upper surface:
÷ the name of the ”product-release(s)” (and ”version” if applicable),
÷ a writing indicating the language(s),
÷ the CD-ROM P/N (Factory P/N and ANV P/N),
÷ the CD-ROM edition (usually first edition=01)
4.2. and, internally, by the list of the source handbooks and documents (P/Ns and editions) by
whose collection and processing the CD-ROM itself has been created.
CD-ROM updating
The list of source handbook/document P/Ns-editions indicated in CD-ROM
identification in association with the CD-ROM own P/N-edition, is also loaded in the
Alcatel-Lucent-Information-System as a structured list.
Whenever a new edition of any of such handbooks/documents is released, a check is
made in the Alcatel-Lucent-Information-System to identify the list of CD-ROMs that
must be updated to include the new editions of these handbooks/documents.
This causes the planning and creation of a new edition of the CD-ROM.
Updating of CD-ROMs always follows, with a certain delay, the updating of the single
handbooks composing the collection.

II-40 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Part II: DESCRIPTIONS
Overview
Purpose

The purpose of this section is outlined in the contents below.
Contents
This part includes these chapters.
FUNCTIONAL DESIGN II-41
PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION II-70
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION II-198
UNITS DESCRIPTION II-382
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS II-564
HARDWARE SETTINGS II-727


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-41
Issue 1, March 2008 See notice on first page

4 FUNCTIONAL DESIGN
Overview
Purpose
The purpose of this section is outlined in the contents below.
Contents
This chapter covers these topics.
Equipment basic configurations II-46
Network architectures II-58
Protection scenario II-67

II-42 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
The 1696MSPAN product is a WDM equipment intended for the so called ”enterprise”
and metropolitan market. It is compliant with both ETSI and ANSI standards.
It provides a higher transmission capacity on a single optical fiber by multiplexing up
to 32 channels in the C-band at the following bit rates:
 up to 2.5 Gbps (STM-16 / OC-48)
 10 Gbps (STM-64/OC-192/10GbE WAN/10GbE LAN).
The 1696MSPAN is mainly composed of transponder cards connected to optical
Mux/Demux cards to manage the main WDM signal (combined signal) and launch it in
the fibre.
Both DWDM and CWDM technologies are addressed, allowing to build
÷ a DWDM system (up to 32 channels) or
÷ a CWDM system (up to 8 channels) or
÷ a CWDM + DWDM system (up to 32 DWDM channels + up to 6 CWDM channels).
Client side, all the signals between 100Mbps to 2.7Gbps and 10Gbps native signals are
supported.
A ”Compact WDM” architecture, 1696MS_C is proposed. It is a compact 13 slots
shelf enabling point-to-point and ring applications monitored by the Optical
Supervisory Channel through SPVM board.
Up to two 1696MS_C expansion shelves can be connected to the main one allowing 12
channels terminals or 4 channels OADM configurations.
Furthermore amplifiers can be placed inside the compact shelf.
The 1696MSPAN has been designed to offer the following main functions:
÷ Multiple configurations and multiple network architectures
The 1696MSPAN can be configured as
 line terminal
 back-to-back terminal
 Optical Add and Drop Multiplexer (OADM)
 in line repeater (optical amplifier)
These basic configurations cover both point-to-point and ring network applications and with
or without amplifiers.
Different optical add-drop (OADM) nodes can be provided: 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32 channels
OADM (channels in Add/Drop in both direction).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-43
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
÷ Possibility to manage a remote NE named Customer Premises (CPE): it is a 1696MSPAN
or 1696MS_C located far from a Ring that can be linked to a NE of the ring (1696MSPAN or
1696MS_C) or to another NE (point-to-point link).
÷ Multi-rate client signals
The 1696MSPAN is equipped with
 multi-rate transponders (MCC3, WLA1, WLA2 and WLA3), which support client signals
from 125Mbps to 2.67Gbps
 10 Gbps transponders (OCC10, TRBD1996) which support 9.953Gbps (STM-64/10GbE
WAN) and 10.3125 Gbps (10GbE LAN) client signals
 TDM concentrators which support
÷ client signals from 125Mbps to 1.25Gbps, by means of 4xANY_P
÷ GbE/FC/FICON client signals (up to two), by means of 2xGE_FC
 Data concentrators which support GbE client signals (up to eigth), by means of 8xGE
÷ Client signals TDM concentration
4xANY_P board is able to concentrate up to 4 client signals by Time Division
Multiplexing, on a unique B&W or colored (C/DWDM) STM-16, in order to
optimize the use of each wavelength.
2xGE_FC performs the same feature on two clients (2xGbE/FC into one
B&W/C/DWDM STM-16).
÷ Up to 32 DWDM / 8 CWDM / 38 mixed optical channels in a single NE
Each client signal is assigned to one of the 32 DWDM optical channels provided by
the tributaries. Each channel is associated to a fixed wavelength chosen in the third
window or C-band (1.550 nm).
Pure CWDM (8-channel) and mixed C/DWDM configurations (up to 38 channels)
can be provided.
Up to 16 bidirectional transponders (i.e. 8 ch. OADM with 1+1 optical ch. protection)
in one shelf.
Fully equipped system with up 32+32 bidirectional wavelengths in one rack (4
shelves per rack).
÷ Flexible and scalable architecture
The 1696MSPAN design allows to begin modestly with a partially equipped
configuration (e.g.: 4 or 8 channels) that can be progressively upgraded as the traffic
demand grows (e.g.: 16, 24, 32 channels). In particular, from the initial configuration,
the transmission capacity can be increased without interrupting the existing traffic.

II-44 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
÷ Protection
A protection at channel level is provided in ring application (Sub-Network
Connection Protection, SNCP) and point-to-point links (1+1). The 4xANY,
2xGE_FC and 8xGE drawers/clients protection is also provided (only in point-to-
point conf.
÷ Supervision
Up to ten extra channels at 1510 nm and up to four 1310 nm, the Optical Supervision
Channel (OSC), can be optionally added to the aggregate signal before being
launched in the fiber. They can be used to supervise the WDM line and/or remote
CPEs (up to ten CPEs).
÷ host SFP (up to 2.67Gbps) and XFP (10Gbps) pluggable optical modules are supported
According to the type, SFP modules are provided on MCC3 and 8xGE client
interfaces, 4xANY_P aggregate interface, WLA1, WLA2, WLA3 and 2xGE_FC
client and line/WDM interfaces.
XFPs are provided on OCC10 client interface, 8xGE line interface and TRBD1996
client & line interface.
Various types of SFP and XFP are provided. For details, refer to Figure 676, Figure
687, Small Formfactor Pluggable (SFP) optical modules, XFP optical modules, and to
the equipping boards description (see chapter 4)
SFP and XFP modules allow to fit the client optical interface with the bitrate
characteristics and/or to use CWDM/DWDM wavelengths.
÷ Automatic power equalization
It consists of an automatic adjustment of the power per channel in order to maintain
the optical power at each node output as flat as possible. This functionality needs
OSMC (measuring the power per channel) and MVAC (adjusting the power value)
boards.
10Gbps backpanel
The 10Gbps backpanel, introduced in rel. 2.2, allows to link two adjacent OCC10s at 10.7 Gbps.
÷ Performance Monitoring
Monitoring the performances of the client signals and the WDM transmission is
available for GBE, SDH and SONET frames. Up to 32 PM per NE are managed.
÷ Management Interfaces
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-45
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
As the product is intended to both ETSI and ANSI market, Q3 and TL1 interfaces are
supported. In ETSI market the NE is managed by the Alcatel-Lucent 1353NM and
1354RM by means of the Q3 interface.
÷ User Interfaces
The product offers user interfaces for various overhead for data channels and orders
wires using (64 kbit/s, 2Mbps, RS232, audio).
÷ Firmware download
The Firmware download ”on going” status is displayed on Craft Terminal.
The 1696MSPAN supports non-traffic affecting firmware download.
Boards supporting non-traffic affecting firmware download: OAC2, OAC2_L,
OCC10_E, OCC10_EC, WLA3, OSMC, OSC, 2xGE_FC, 8xGE and 4xANY_P
(when declared as 4xANY_P).
The NE software automatically performs non-traffic affecting firmware download of
the MCC3, WLA3CD/CDOP, SPVM & OSC 4xANY_P (when declared as
4xANY_P) and OCC10 cards. It is the only firmware download performed by the NE
software in current rel.
N.B. Never unplug or configure a board while this is on Firmware
download state. Should this occur, the board will not restart and may have to
be returned for factory repair.

II-46 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Equipment basic configurations
The 1696MSPAN and 1696MS_C design, allows the following basic configurations of
the equipment:
÷ Line Terminal
÷ Booster + Pre-amplifier Line Terminal
÷ Optical Add and Drop Multiplexer (OADM) or back-to-back terminal (hub)
÷ OADM or back-to-back terminal (hub) repeater
÷ In line repeater
÷ Customer Premises Equipment (CPE).
Line terminal
In line terminal configuration, the 1696MSPAN connects
÷ up to 32 clients signals (1696MS_C = up to 12 channels) to an optical fibre DWDM line
÷ up to 8 clients signals (1696MS_C too) to an optical fibre CWDM line
÷ mixed configuarations (CWDM + DWDM) are allowed too, thus providing up to 32 DWDM
channels plus 6 CWDM channels.
In this configuration, the equipment takes place at both ends of point-to-point links.
U p t o 3 2 D W D M s i g n a l s o r
B & W C l i e n t s i g n a l s
U p t o t o 3 8
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
O n e f i b r e p a ir
M u x
D e m u x
S P V
M u x a n d D e m u x c a n b e
- O A D M o r O M D X i n
D W D M a p p l i c a t i o n s
- C M D X 2 / C D M D X i n
C W D M a p p l i c a t i o n s
U p to 3 2
W D M
s i g n a l s
T P D
( u p to 3 2 )
ì 1 - > 3 2
S P V
U p t o 8 C W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 3 2 D W D M p l u s
6 C W D M s i g n a l s

Figure 14: The 1696MSPAN in line terminal configuration

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-47
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

O n e f i b re p a ir
M u x
D m u x
S P V
T P D
( u p to 3 2 )
D W D M
S P V
U p t o 3 2 D W D M p l u s
6 C W D M s i g n a l s
C W D M
M u x ( e s )
D m u x ( e s )
D W D M
U
P

T
O

3
8

C
L
I
E
N
T

S
I
G
N
A
L
S
A g g r e g a t e
T P D
( u p t o 6 )
U p t o 6 C W D M s i g n a l s
U p to 3 2
D W D M
s i g n a l s

Figure 15: The 1696MSPAN in line terminal configuration (mixed configuration)

In the following some examples of Line Terminal configuration are provided.
Line Terminal basic configuration with two MCC3 transponders
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
B & W
T X
B & W
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
B & W
T X
B & W
D
e
m
u
x
ì 1
ì 1
ì n
ì n
S P V
M C C 3
M C C 3

Figure 16: Line Terminal configuration block diagram with two MCC3
transponders


II-48 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Line Terminal basic configuration with a WLA transponder
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
B & W
T X
B & W
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
B & W
T X
B & W
D
e
m
u
x
ì 1
ì 1
ì n
ì n
S P V
W L A

Figure 17: Line Terminal configuration block diagram with a WLA transponder (2
chs)

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-49
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Line Terminal basic configuration with two 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC, 8xGE
transponders
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
T X
D
e
m
u
x
ì 1
ì 1
ì n
ì n
S P V
4 x A N Y _ P
2 x G E _ F C
8 x G E
B & W
R X
B & W
1
T X
B & W
R X
B & W
2 / 4 / 8
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
T X
B & W
R X
B & W
1
T X
B & W
R X
B & W
2 / 4 / 8
2 c l i e n t s f o r 2 x G E _ F C , 4 c l i e n t s f o r 4 x A N Y _ P , 8 c l i e n t s f o r 8 x G E
4 x A N Y _ P
2 x G E _ F C
8 x G E

Figure 18: Line Terminal block diagram with two 4xANY_P or 2xGE_FC or 8xGE
transponders


II-50 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Booster + Pre-amplifier Line terminal
1 x OAC board by terminal
This configuration is made up of a line terminal + one OAC. It applies only to DWDM
applications.
1 ì 1 - > 3 2
B & W C l i e n t s i g n a l s
U p t o 3 2 c l i e n t s i g n a l s
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
O F A S P V
U p to 3 2
W D M
s i g n a l s
( u p to 3 2 )
2
1
S P V
M u x a n d D e m u x c a n b e
- O A D M o r O M D X i n
D W D M a p p l i c a t i o n s
U p t o 3 2 D W D M s i g n a l s
M u x
D e m u x

Figure 19: Booster + Pre-amplifier Line Terminal (1 x OAC) configuration with
DWDM technology

This configuration is made up of a line terminal + one OAC.
It applies only to mixed (CWDM + DWDM) applications. Only the DWDM channels
are amplified.
O n e f ib re p a i r
M u x
D m u x
S P V
T P D
( u p to 3 2 )
D W D M
S P V
U p t o 3 2 D W D M
p l u s
6 C W D M s i g n a l s
C W D M
M u x ( e s )
D m u x ( e s )
D W D M
U
P

T
O

3
8

C
L
I
E
N
T

S
I
G
N
A
L
S
A g g r e g a t e
U p t o 6 C W D M s i g n a l s
U p to 3 2
D W D M
s i g n a l s
O F A
2
1
T P D
( u p t o 6 )

Figure 20: Mixed (CWDM + DWDM) configuration: Booster + Pre-amplifier LT (1 x
OAC)

2 x OAC board by terminal
This configuration is made up of a line terminal + two OACs. It applies only to
DWDM applications.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-51
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
B & W C l i e n t s i g n a l s
U p u p t o 3 2 c l i e n t s i g n a l s
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
M u x
D e m u x
O F A
( u p to 3 2 )
ì 1 - > 3 2
O F A S P V
A t t e n /
D C U 1 2
1 2
V O A
V O A
S P V
A t t e n /
D C U
M u x a n d D e m u x c a n b e
- O A D M o r O M D X i n
D W D M a p p l ic a t i o n s
U p t o 3 2
D W D M s i g n a l s

Figure 21: The 1696MSPAN in Booster + Pre-amplifier Line Terminal (2 x OACs)
configuration

Optical Add and Drop Multiplexer (OADM) or back-to-back terminal (hub)
Optical Add and Drop Multiplexer (OADM)
In OADM configuration, the 1696MSPAN may add and drop a part of the traffic of an
optical WDM line, in both directions. In this configuration the equipment takes place
as linear add and drop multiplexer in:
÷ point-to-point links
÷ ring networks.
C l i e n t s i g n a l s
n - x
p a s s t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
M u x
D m u x
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
M u x
D m u x
n ì
( u p t o 3 8 )
x a d d e d & d r o p p e d c h a n n e l s
n ì
( u p t o 3 8 )
S P V
S P V
S P V
S P V
M u x a n d D e m u x c a n b e
- O A D M o r O M D X i n
D W D M a p p l ic a t i o n s
- C O A D i n C W D M a p
p l ic a t i o n s
U p t o 3 2 D W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 8 C W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 3 2 D W D M p l u s
6 C W D M s i g n a l s
U p t o 3 2 D W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 8 C W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 3 2 D W D M p l u s
6 C W D M s i g n a l s

Figure 22: The 1696MSPAN in OADM configuration

The OADM configuration, especially in ring network, allows the Sub-Network
Connection Protection (SNCP) of the added and dropped channels.
Back-to-back terminal (hub)

II-52 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
When ALL the DWDM line channels are added and dropped or electrically
regenerated, the 1696MSPAN is a back-to-back terminal or a hub node. There is no
optical pass through channel. SNCP may be performed on all the DWDM line
channels.
C l i e n t s i g n a l s
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
M u x
D m u x
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
M u x
D m u x
n ì
(3 8 m a x )
x a d d e d & d r o p p e d
c h a n n e ls
n ì
(3 8 m a x )
S P V
S P V
S P V
S P V
M u x a n d D e m u x c a n b e
- O A D M o r O M D X i n
D W D M a p p li c .
- C M D X / C D M D X i n
C W D M a p p li c a t i o n s
U p t o 3 2 D W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 8 C W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 3 2 D W D M p l u s
6 C W D M s i g n a l s
U p t o 3 2 D W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 8 C W D M s i g n a l s o r
U p t o 3 2 D W D M p l u s
6 C W D M s i g n a l s

Figure 23: The 1696MSPAN in back-to-back terminal configuration

In the following some examples of OADM / back-to-back terminal configuration are
provided.
The OADM / back-to-back terminal configuration is also possible with 4xANY_P
equipped with coloured SFPs.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-53
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Examples of OADM or back-to-back terminal configurations
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
M C C 3
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
B & W
M C C 3
T X
B & W
R X
B & W
T X
B & W D
e
m
u
x
S P V
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
D
e
m
u
x
S P V

Figure 24: OADM or back-to-back terminal configuration block diagram with two
MCC3

The above configuration is also possible with
÷two 4xANY_P (managing up to four clients each), equipped with WDM SFP
÷two 2xGE_FC (managing up to two clients each), equipped with WDM SFP
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-54 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
B & W
D
e
m
u
x
S P V
W L A
8 x G E *
T X
B & W
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
B & W
T X
B & W
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
D
e
m
u
x
S P V
* I n c a s e o f 8 x G E i s u s e d , u p t o 8 B & W c l i e n t s a r e a v a i l a b l e
Figure 2425: OADM or back-to-back terminal configuration block diagram with
WLA

The above configuration is possible with
÷ one WLA (managing two WDM channels each), equipped with WDM SFP, line side
÷ one 8xGE (managing eigth clients each), equipped with two WDM XFP, line side (one XFP
per WDM line).






8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-55
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OADM or back-to-back terminal configuration with WLA as regenerator for two
chs
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
W D M
W L A
T X
W D M
T X
W D M
R X
W D M
R X
W D M
T X
W D M
D
e
m
u
x
S P V
O n e f i b r e p a i r
M
u
x
S P V
D
e
m
u
x
S P V

Figure 2526: OADM or b-to-b configuration block diagram with WLA as
regenerator for 2 chs

OADM or back-to-back terminal (hub) repeater
1 x OAC board in West side + 1 x OAC board in East side
This configuration is made up of a OADM or back-to-back (hub) terminal + one OAC.
In the example of Figure 27 an OADM repeater configuration is shown. It applies
only to DWDM applications.


II-56 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
C l i e n t s i g n a l s
n - x
p a s s t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
M u x
D m u x
T P D
M u x
D m u x
O F A O F A
n ì
( u p t o 3 2 )
x a d d e d & d r o p p e d
c h a n n e ls
n ì
( u p t o 3 2 )
S P V
S P V S P V
S P V
V O A
V O A
1
2 1
2
O n e f i b r e p a i r
U p t o 3 2
D W D M s i g n a l s
W D M
s i g n a ls
M u x a n d D e m u x c a n b e O A D M o r
O M D X i n D W D M a p p li c a t i o n s

Figure 2627: OADM repeater (1 OAC west side + 1 OAC east side) configuration

OADM or back-to-back terminals can be equipped with amplifiers on West side or
East side or both sides. In case of mix of coarse+dense channels, amplifiers amplify
only dense channels. In this case, Coarse muxes are before the left amplifier and after
the right amplifier. Refer to Figure 20 and Figure 37.
2 x OAC board in West side + 2 x OAC board in East side
This configuration is made up of a OADM or back-to-back (hub) terminal + two
OACs. In the example of Figure 28 an OADM repeater configuration is shown. It
applies only to DWDM applications.
C l i e n t s i g n a l s
n - x
p a s s t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
M u x
D m u x
O n e f i b r e p a ir
T P D
n ì
( u p t o 3 2 )
x a d d e d & d r o p p e d
c h a n n e ls
n ì
( u p t o 3 2 )
M u x a n d D m u x c a n b e O A D M o r O M D X i n D W D M a p p l i c a t i o n s
O F A O F A S P V
1 2
1 2
V O A
1
O F A S P V
S P V
V O A
M u x
D m u x
O F A
2
1 V O A 2
S P V
T O / F R O M M U X / D M U X
T O / F R O M
O F A
V O A
A tte n /
D C U
A tte n /
D C U
A t t e n /
D C U
A t t e n /
D C U
U p t o 3 2 D W D M s i g n a l s
U p t o 3 2
D W D M s i g n a l s

Figure 2728: OADM repeater (2 OACs west side + 2 OACs east side) configuration


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-57
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OADM or back-to-back terminals can be equipped with amplifiers on West side or
East side or both sides. In case of mix of coarse+dense channels, amplifiers amplify
only dense channels. In this case, Coarse muxes are before the left amplifier and after
the right amplifier. Refer to Figure 20 and Figure 37.
In line repeater
In line repeater configuration, the 1696MSPAN is a bidirectional WDM amplifier,
without transponders nor MUX/DEMUX functions. This configuration applies only to
DWDM channels.
In this configuration the equipment takes place as line repeater in:
÷ point-to-point links
÷ ring networks.
O n e f i b r e p a i r
O n e f ib re p a i r
n ì
( u p t o 3 2 )
n ì
( u p t o 3 2 )
A t t e n u a t o r o r D C U
A t t e n u a t o r o r D C U
O F A S P V
V O A
S P V
S P V
S P V
V O A
W D M
s i g n a l s
1
2 1
2
O F A
U p t o 3 2 D W D M s i g n a l s

Figure 2829: The 1696MSPAN in repeater configuration

Customer Premises Equipment (CPE)
A Customer Premises equipment (CPE) is a 1696MS_C or 1696MS located far from a
ring which can be linked to a NE of the ring (1696MS or 1696MS_C) or to another NE
in a point to point link.
In that configuration it is possible to manage a remote NE with no obligation to
multiplex the optical signal (see Figure 34).
Up to 14 supervised CPE links can be installed on one NE in current release.

II-58 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Network architectures
Point-to-point links
A point-to-point link, based on 1696MSPAN, is obtained with:
÷ a 1696MSPAN in line terminal configuration at each end of the link,
÷ eventually, one or more 1696MSPAN in OADM configuration.
L i n e
T e r m i n a l
O A D M
L i n e
T e r m i n a l
C l i e n t
e n d
t r a f f ic
C l i e n t A d d & D r o p t r a f f i c
R e p e a t e r
C l i e n t
e n d
t r a f f ic

Figure 2930: Point-to-point link

Ring networks
A two fibers ring network is obtained with 1696MSPAN equipment in back-to-back
terminal and OADM configurations.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-59
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
O A D M
B - t o - B
C l i e n t e n d t r a f f i c
C lie n t
A d d & d r o p
t r a f f i c
I n L i n e
R e p e a t e r
O A D M
r e p e a t e r
C lie n t
A d d & d r o p
t r a f f i c

Figure 3031: Ring configuration

Ring interconnection (with or without protection)
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
Black & White links
with superv ision


II-60 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 3132: Interconnected rings with data on customer ports and supervision
carried by OSC

Such a ring interconnection is done through interconnection of customer ports of the
adjacent NEs of the interconnected rings. Supervision is transmitted from one ring to
the other with optical insertion of the OSC in one Black & White link through a
SPV_F_C board. The NEs host of the interconnection do not need to be colocated.
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
Superv ision through
interconnected LAN_Q boards
LAN_Q
LAN_Q

Figure 3233: Interconnected rings with data on customer ports and LAN_Q
management


Such a ring interconnection is done through interconnection of customer ports of the
adjacent NEs of the interconnected rings. Supervision is transmitted from one ring to
the other through the electrical connection of the LAN_Q boards (only the DCC). This
type of interconnection can only be performed in ETSI market. The NEs host of the
interconnection need to be colocated.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-61
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
CPE configurations
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
NO OSC
OSC
NE
NE NE
NE
NE

Figure 3334: CPE configuration

CPE consists in remote 4xANY, 2xGE_FC, WLA or MCC transponders. Management
is performed through OSC. Three different channel configurations can be transmitted
to/from a CPE:
 one Black & White channel (1310 nm)
 one colored channel (1550 nm)
 one 1310 nm and one 1550 nm channels
 up to 8 CWDM channels.

II-62 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
CPE
CPE
NE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE

Figure 3435: “Bicycle wheel” configuration: NE on a ring adressing 10
supervised CPE links

One NE situated on a ring can support several CPE links (up to 10 supervised CPE
links).
Interworking with other Alcatel-Lucent NEs
4xANY concentrator
As the 4xANY concentrator realizes a real STM-16 frame, the concentrated signal can
pass trough an ADM network.
2xGbE_FC
As the 2xGE_FC uses Virtual Concatenation and frames the virtual concatenated
group in STM-16 frame (or SONET OC-48 frame), the concentrated signal can pass
trough an ADM network.
The interworking with other Alcatel-Lucent boards or any other provider equipment is
possible if the corresponding board uses GFP-T mapping and Virtual concatenation
using the VC-4-7v virtual group as for GbE clients (and in further release, VC-4-6v as
for Fibre Channel or FICON clients).

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-63
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

1696MS CWDM/DWDM as CPE
Taking advantage of the CWDM features of release 2.2A (MCC3, WLA1, WLA2,
WLA3, 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC, CMDX2, CDMDX, COAD boards), it is possible to
implement the transmission on CWDM/DWDM wavelengths.
Figure 37 shows a CPE link based on CWDM technology.
MCC3 in the core ring enables to generate CWDM wavelengths on the client side.
In the CPE, 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC or WLA1/2/3 boards give the signal back to the
customer in a B&W wavelength.
SPV is inserted/extracted in the 1510nm channel CMDX2, COAD, CDMDX
Input/Output if the 1310nm port is not available, or in the 1310nm port of the CMDX2,
COAD, CDMDX or F1310 filter Input/Output (when 1310nm port is available).
C W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
M C C 3
M C C 3
D W D M
M u x / D e m u x
M C C 3
M C C 3
M u x / D e m u x
D W D M
C W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
4 X A N Y _ P
W L A 3
W L A 2
4 X A N Y _ P
S P V S P V
C W D M
1 6 9 6 M S 1 6 9 6 M S

Figure 3536: CPE link based on CWDM technology



II-64 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
C W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
M C C 3
M C C 3
D W D M
M u x / D e m u x
M C C 3
M C C 3
M u x / D e m u x
D W D M
C W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
4 X A N Y _ P
W L A 3
W L A 2
4 X A N Y _ P
S P V S P V
C W D M
1 6 9 6 M S 1 6 9 6 M S

Figure 3637: CPE link based on CWDM technology with 1310nm port

1696MS Mixed CWDM/DWDM as CPE
Cascade of Coarse and Dense multiplexer-demultiplexer is possible in order to
transmit through a single fiber both coarse and dense channels. Dense channels may be
amplified but not the coarse ones.
On is shown mixed transmissions based on CWDM and DWDM technologies. Dense
multiplexers or amplifiers can be connect to coarse extra port (if exists) or 1530 or
1550 coarse channel ports. 1310 nm SPV is inserted/extracted in the SPV I/O ports of
the COAD_S.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-65
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
C W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
S P V
C W D M + D W D M
D W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
O A C
C W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
S P V
C W D M + D W D M
D W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
O A C
D W D M o n l y
D W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
C W D M
M u x /
D e m u x
D W D M o n l y
D W D M o n l y
O A C
D W D M o n l y
C W D M + D W D M

Figure 3738: Mixed transmission based on CWDM and DWDM technologies

Host systems (ADM..)
Host systems can be all data equipments whose optical output signals have the
following bit-rates
÷ between 100 and 2.7 Gbps
÷ 10 Gbps.
They can be :
÷ SDH/SONET (STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, STM-16/OC-48, STM-64/OC-192) equipments
÷ IP routers
÷ Fast Ethernet, GbE, 10 GbE WAN, 10 GbE LAN, FC, FICON, ESCON... equipments

II-66 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
1696MS
4 x ANY
Tx
Rx Tx
Rx Tx
Rx
MUX/
DEMUX
SCHEME
Tx1
Rx1
Tx
Rx
Tx
Rx
CLIENT SYSTEM
Tx
Rx Tx
Rx Tx
Rx Tx8
Rx8
CLIENT SYSTEM
SDH/ETH/FC...
Tx
Rx
100Mto 2.5Gbps
10GBE WAN
2.5Gbps B&W
1Gbps B&W
100Mbps to 2.7Gbps B&W
CLIENT SYSTEM
Tx
Rx
SONET
OCC10
Tx
Rx Tx
Rx TxN
RxN
10Gbps SDH
10Gbps B&W
10Gbps B&W
2.5Gbps
WDMSIGNAL
Tx
Rx
CLIENT SYSTEM
GBE/FICON
Tx
Rx
CLIENT SYSTEM
FC/ESCON/FE
Tx1
Rx1
Tx4
Rx4
GBE/FICON
FC/ESCON/FE
UP TOFOUR
10Gbps
WDMSIGNAL
10Gbps
WDMSIGNAL
AGGREGATE
MULTIPLEXED
SIGNAL
U P T O 8 C W D M ì
CLIENT SYSTEM
Tx
Rx
OCC10
Tx
Rx Tx
Rx Tx7
Rx7
10Gbps LAN
10Gbps B&W
10Gbps
WDMSIGNAL
STM1/4, OC3/12,
STM1/4, OC3/12,
Tx
Rx
GBE/FC/FICON
CLIENT SYSTEM
MCC3
Tx
Rx Tx6
Rx6
100Mto 2.7G
WDMSIGNAL
Tx2
Rx2
2
x
G
E
_
F
C
Tx
Rx Tx4
Rx4
2.5Gbps
WDMSIGNAL
MCC3
ì 1
ì 4
ì 6
ì 7
ì 8
ì N
4 x ANY
Tx
Rx Tx2
Rx2
2.5Gbps
WDMSIGNAL
Tx
Rx
CLIENT SYSTEM
GBE/FICON
Tx
Rx
CLIENT SYSTEM
FC/ESCON/FE
Tx1
Rx1
Tx4
Rx4
GBE/FICON
FC/ESCON/FE
UP TOFOUR
STM1/4, OC3/12,
STM1/4, OC3/12,
ì 2
100Mbps to 1.25Mbs B&W
Tx
Rx
GBE/FICON
CLIENT SYSTEM
FC/ESCON/FE
STM1/4/16, OC3/12/48
Tx
Rx
WLA2
Tx
Rx Tx3
Rx3
100M to 2.7G
WDM SIGNAL
ì 3
WLA3
WLA1
Tx
Rx
1Gbps B&W
GBE/FC/FICON
CLIENT SYSTEM
Tx1
Rx1
Tx
Rx
1Gbps B&W
GBE
CLIENT SYSTEM
Tx8
Rx8
8xGE
Tx
Rx Tx5
Rx5
10Gbps
WDM SIGNAL
ì 5
Tx
Rx
1Gbps B&W
GBE
CLIENT SYSTEM Tx1
Rx1
100Mbps to 1.25Mbps B&W
100Mbps to 2.7Gbps B&W
U P T O 3 2 D W D M ì
U P T O 3 8 C / D W D M ì
UP TOEIGHT
OCC10

Figure 3839: Connection to host equipments
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-67
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

Protection scenario
O-SNCP
In a ring, the SNCP at OCh level can be provided either in back-to-back terminals or in
OADM equipment, as shown in Figure 40 below.
At the transmit side, the signal is broadcasted on both arms of the ring and the
available signal is selected at the receive side (when failure of the other signal).
b a c k - t o - b a c k t e rm i n a l
M u x
D m u x
M u x
D m u x
S p l i t a n d s e l e c t p e r f o r m e d i n o p t i c a l
d o m a i n ( b y s w i t c h i n g - o f f t h e u s e r T x )
O A D M o r b a c k - t o - b a c k
S p l i t a n d s e l e c t p e r f o r m e d i n o p t i c a l
d o m a i n ( b y s w i t c h i n g - o f f t h e u s e r T x )
a d d e d c h a n n e l s d ro p p e d c h a n n e l s

Figure 3940: Optical SNCP protection scheme: with back-to-back terminals or
OADM

The split and select function is optically performed.
The protection is optically performed, too; the function is ensured by 2 optical splitters.

II-68 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
The selection is done by switching-off the user Tx corresponding to the path in failure
and re-activating the protecting one (see Figure 41).
W D M
W D M T x
W D M T x W D M R x
W D M R x u s e r T x
u s e r T x
u s e r R x
u s e r R x
o p t i c a l s p l i t t e r o p t i c a l c o u p l e r
o p t i c a l o p t i c a l o p t i c a l e l e c t r i c a l e l e c t r i c a l
w o r k i n g
p r o t e c t i n g
l a s e r : O F F
l a s e r : O N

Figure 4041: Optical SNCP way of working


Table 4.1 O-SNCP Supported protection schemes
CONFIGURATION O-SNCP PROTECTION
MCC3; MCC3 + OAC
MCC3 + 4xANY_P only MCC3 is protected
MCC3 + 2xGE_FC only MCC3 is protected
WLAxx_OP + 2xGE_FC only WLA is protected
4xANY_P each client/drawer can be protected
2xGE_FC each client can be protected
8xGE each client can be protected
OCC10; OCC10 + OAC
TRBD1996; TRBD1996 + OAC Only TRBD1996 is protected
WLAxx_OP the two channels are 1+1 protected, not the board

Optical Transmission Section Protection
OTSP protection scheme is carried out using the OMSP board.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-69
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
In a point-to-point link, with a splitter an a switch located after the amplifiers, it is
possible to protect the line. The amplifiers are not mandatory.
M
u
x
D
e
m
u
x
M
u
x
D
e
m
u
x
S u b - N e t w o r k
O M S P O M S P

Figure 4142: OTSP protection scheme in a point-to-point network configuration

After being multiplexed, the signal is amplified (or not) and broadcasted onto 2 lines.
At reception, before being demultiplexed, the MAIN line (port #2) is selected by the
OMSP board.
Switching occurs on ILOS detection on OMSP board on MAIN path (port #2) and no
ILOS on OMSP board on SPARE path (port #3).
The OSC, if present, is inserted in the amplifier boards. If amplifiers are not present,
OSC is inserted in Mux/DeMux boards. Thus the OSC passes through the OMSP
board, it is then OTSP-protected.

II-70 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

5 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION
Overview
Purpose
The purpose of this section is outlined in the contents below.
Contents
This chapter covers these topics.
Rack design II-72
1696MS shelf physical configuration II-73
1696MS_C (compact shelf) physical configuration II-111
Equipment connections II-148
Units front view II-152

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-71
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The 1696MSPAN has been designed to offer a record size integration to meet the
challenging requirements of the metropolitan environment. A fully loaded
1696MSPAN system with 32 protected channels can be housed in one standard ETSI
or ANSI racks.
The 1696MSPAN employs a common shelf type for the different network elements.
Up to four shelves can be fit into a single rack.

II-72 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Rack design
The 1696MSPAN mechanical design allows to put up to four shelves in a single rack.
It is compatible with the following mechanical standards
÷ a 2000 mm high ETSI rack,
÷ a 1950 mm high NEBS 2000 rack.
The depth is compliant with the 300 mm deep ETSI rack (no limitations in ANSI
rack).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-73
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Top rack unit
Air deflector
600 mm
2
0
0
0
Fiber storage
Power Distribution Unit
Air deflector
600 mm
1
9
5
0
OPTINEX RACK
NEBS 2000 RACK
(ETSI)

Figure 4243: Rack organization, 32 channel bi-directional terminal



II-74 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
1696MS shelf physical configuration
The 1696MSPAN shelf is made up by an empty shelf and the boards and units
installed in it.
One 1696MSPAN system is composed by one mandatory main/master shelf and up to
three slave/expansion shelves. The board composition determines the shelf type:
master or slave.
1696MS Empty shelf
1696MS shelf organization
The shelf is organized into three parts (one main and two extension), hosting 49 boards
or unit slots:
÷ the main part, which is the upper part and comprises the slots from 1 to 24; here are located
the 285 mm high boards performing the elaboration of the signal.
This part hosts the equipment and shelf controller, up to 16 transponders, up to 11 TDM
concentrators (4xANY_P), optical amplifiers, one mux/demux for LT or two mux/demux or
OADM boards (east/west) for hub/OADM application, optical supervisory channel...
÷ the first extension part, which is the middle part and comprises the slots from 25 to 48; here
are located the 88 mm high boards, herebelow listed
 two redundant -48V power supply boards
 one LAN access board for the CT or the EML (LAN_Q) connection (in master shelf
only)
 one LAN access board for inter-shelf communication (LAN_I)
 one house-keeping board with 8 x input access + 8 x output access (HK) (in master shelf
only)
 one remote alarms board (RAI) (in master shelf only)
 two user interface boards (UIC) (in master shelf only)
 one optical protection channel board (OPC) per protected channel (optical SNCP)
÷ the second extension part, which is the bottom part and comprises slot 49, where are located
the fans.
All the optical and electrical connectors are located on the front of the units to be
easily accessed.
This chapter illustrates the physical structure, layout and composition, coding and
partition of the shelf.
The Equipment shelf front view is illustrated here below, in Figure 44 and in Figure
45.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-75
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The units codes and partition are listed in Table 5.1 1696MS boards and units listTable
5.1 1696MS boards and units listTable 5.1 1696MS boards and units listTable 5.1
1696MS boards and units list.
M a i n p a r t ( s l o t 1 t o 2 4 )
F i r s t e x t e n s i o n p a r t ( s l o t 2 5 t o 4 8 )
S e c o n d e x t e n s i o n p a r t ( s l o t 4 9 )


II-76 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
1696MS Shelf dimensions
FANS
21'' (533.4 mm)
2
8
5
4
0
4
4
3
96 TE(24 x 4 TEwide slots)
8
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
49
1
5

Figure 4344: Shelf dimensions

1696MS Shelf configuration rules
The board composition and placement of a shelf respects some constraints at the
hardware, software and functional levels.
If general rules are followed, a certain number of standard configurations can be
obtained in which boards can be exchanged without functionality loss.
1696MS configuration constraints
Optical Sub-Network Channel Protection requires:
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-77
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
÷ transponder boards (TRBD 1996, MCC, OCC10, 2xGE_FC) must be placed in consecutive
slots: [4,5] or [6,7] or [8,9] or [10,11] or [14,15] or [16,17] or[18,19] or [20,21]
÷ each Optical Protecting Channel boards (OPC) must be placed
- when protecting transponders, in one of the two slots, located under the
corresponding transponder (MCC/OCC10) pair (e.g.: the OPC in slot 28 or 29
corresponds to the slots 4-5). The transponder above the OPC is the main one and
the other is the protecting transponder (e.g.: OPC in slot 28 implies main
transponder in slot 4 and protecting one in slot 5)
- when two 2xGE_FC boards are used in client protection configuration, the
2xGE_FC on the right side always contains the SFP MAIN (or protected), and the
board on the left side, the SFP SPARE (or protecting). If the 2xGE_FC boards are
provisioned in slots #n and #n+1, then:
÷ client #1, is protected using OPC in slot #n+25 (on the right side)
÷ client #2, is protected using OPC in slot #n+24 (on the left side)
- when protecting 4xANY_P client signals, in the four slots located below the
corresponding 4xANY_P pair; the 4xANY_P on the right side contains the
MAIN/protected drawers. Starting from the left the first OPC protects drawer 2, the
second one drawer 1, the third one drawer 3, the fourth one drawer 4; in case of
4xANY_P in slots 6,7,8,9, the OPC in slot 30 protects drawer 2, that in slot 31
protects drawer 1, that in slot 32 protects drawer 3, that OPC in slot 33 protects
drawer 4
÷ if 4xANY_P are used with few channels, all the boards are preferably put in a single shelf
÷ if TDM concentrators are used with more than 8 channels, 4xANY_P boards are preferably
put in one dedicated shelf
÷ using MVAC (for power adjustment of external colored wavelengths, of channel or band
optical passthrough and for transponder post-emphasis, channel/band loop power adjustment)
the boards allocation depends on the needed configuration (for the boards location refer to
installation handbook).
÷ MVAC10_2 is mandatory in case of 8xGE or TRBD1996 use, for DWDM XFP post-
emphasis.
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-78 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
1696MS Typical shelf configuration
Figure 45 shows a typical configuration of a fully equipped shelf and Table 5.1
1696MS boards and units listTable 5.1 1696MS boards and units listTable 5.1 1696MS
boards and units listTable 5.1 1696MS boards and units list, resumes the possibilities
that satisfy the configuration constraints.
FANS
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
49
H
K
M
u
x
/
D
e
m
u
x

o
r

O
A
D
M
M
u
x
/
D
e
m
u
x

o
r

O
A
D
M
O
p
t
i
c
a
l

a
m
p
l
i
f
i
e
r
O
p
t
i
c
a
l

a
m
p
l
i
f
i
e
r
(*)
O
S
M
C
R
A
I
P
S
C
S
P
V
M
(X)
U
I
C
U
I
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
(*) Master
shelf only
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

c
o
n
t
r
o
l
e
r

Figure 4445: Typical fully equipped shelf

In the first extension part, except for the PSC and the LAN boards, the placement of
the boards has no hardware limitation. However, here is the most frequently used
configuration:
÷ the slots 28 to 35 and 38 to 45 are dedicated to the Optical Protection Channel board (OPC),
÷ the slot 36 hosts the HouseKeeping board (HK),
÷ the slot 37 hosts the Remote Alarm Interface board (RAI),
÷ the slots 46 and 47 hosts the User Interface Card (UIC).
Mandatory boards are:
÷ Slot 1 is dedicated to ESC board (Master and expansion (SC) shelves).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-79
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
÷ Slots 25 and 48 are dedicated to the Power Supply Cards (Master and Expansion shelves).
÷ Slot 26 of the master shelf is dedicated to the LAN_Q card.
÷ Slot 27 of the slave shelf is dedicated to the LAN_I card.
÷ Slot 49 hosts the FANs card (Master and Expansions).
N.B. Particular setting of the LAN board (slot 26) on the Master shelf:
On this board, the rotary switch SW3 corresponding to the ”Equipment Type” must
be set in 5 value (hexadecimal), otherwise the Shelf Controller will not start.
When the straps on the board are forced (by pass state) to be LAN #26 or LAN #27
board, take care to insert the LAN board in the correct slot.
N.B. the slot 2 can be used for OSMC; it is an optional card.
1696MS Part list
Table 5.1 1696MS boards and units listTable 5.1 1696MS boards and units listTable
5.1 1696MS boards and units listTable 5.1, 1696MS boards and units list, in the
following paragraph lists the names and codes of the items and units making up the
Equipment Shelf (see 1696MS Shelf configuration rules – section, 1696MS shelf and
boards designation and reference).
Furthermore, for any item the position and the maximum quantity that can be allocated
inside a single shelf, are indicated too.
Such table reports the following information :
- Item Name
- The ”Acronym” identifying the units
- ANV part numbers (3ALXXXXX XXXX)
- Maximum quantity per each shelf
- Position of the unit inside the equipment. Refer to Figure 44 and Figure 45 for slot
numbering.
- Number of explanatory notes
Table 5.2 1696MS explanatory notesTable 5.2 1696MS explanatory notesTable 5.2
1696MS explanatory notesTable 5.2 1696MS explanatory notes reports the
explanatory notes.

II-80 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
1696MS shelf and boards designation and reference

Table 5.1 1696MS boards and units list
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MECHANICAL STRUCTURE
1696MSPAN shelf 3AL 86607 AA-- - -- [1]
Shelf 1696MSPAN 10G 3AL 95270 AA-- - -- [2]
1696MSPAN FB shelf 3AL 86607 AC-- - --
Shelf FB 1696MSPAN 10G 3AL 95270 AB-- - -- [2]
21” D.C.U. assembled support 3AN 44747 AA-- 2 --

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARIES
Enhanched Multirate CH 19x.x00-
19x.x00 with SFP optical
modules, client side
MCC3 192.0-192.1 3AL 95150 AA-- 16 4->11
14->21
[3]
MCC3 192.2-192.3 3AL 95150 AB--
MCC3 192.5-192.6 3AL 95150 AC--
MCC3 192.7-192.8 3AL 95150 AD--
MCC3 193.0-193.1 3AL 95150 AE--
MCC3 193.2-193.3 3AL 95150 AF--
MCC3 193.5-193.6 3AL 95150 AG--
MCC3 193.7-193.8 3AL 95150 AH--
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-81
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARIES
MCC3 194.2-194.3 3AL 95150 AJ--
MCC3 194.4-194.5 3AL 95150AK--
MCC3 194.7-194.8 3AL 95150 AL--
MCC3 194.9-195.0 3AL 95150 AM--
MCC3 195.2-195.3 3AL 95150 AN--
MCC3 195.4-195.5 3AL 95150 AP--
MCC3 195.7-195.8 3AL 95150 AQ--
MCC3 195.9-196.0 3AL 95150 AR--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.000 OCC10 _E 3AL 95238 AA-- 16 4->11
14->21
[4]
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.100 3AL 95238 AC--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.200 3AL 95238 AE--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.300 3AL 95238 AG--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.500 3AL 95238 AN--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.600 3AL 95238 AQ--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.700 3AL 95238 AS--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.800 3AL 95238 BA--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.000 3AL 95238 BE--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.100 3AL 95238 BG--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.200 3AL 95238 BL--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.300 3AL 95238 BN--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.500 3AL 95238 BS--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.600 3AL 95238 CA--

II-82 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARIES
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.700 3AL 95238 CC--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.800 3AL 95238 CE--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.200 3AL 95238 CP--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.300 3AL 95238 CR--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.400 3AL 95238 CT--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.500 3AL 95238 DB--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.700 3AL 95238 DF--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.800 3AL 95238 DH--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.900 3AL 95238 DM--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.000 3AL 95238 DP--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.200 3AL 95238 DT--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.300 3AL 95238 EB--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.400 3AL 95238 ED--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.500 3AL 95238 EF--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.700 3AL 95238 EM--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.800 3AL 95238 EP--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.900 3AL 95238 ER--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 196.000 3AL 95238 ET--
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1530NM OCC10_EC 8DG 81002 AA-- 16 4->11
14->21
[5]
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1550NM 8DG 81002 AB--
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1570NM 8DG 81002 AC--
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1590NM 8DG 81002 AD--
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-83
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARIES
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1610NM 8DG 81002 AE--
TRBD1996 TRBD1996 3AL97706 AA-- 16 4->11
14->21

DUAL BASIC WLA MODULE-
3R
WLA1C 3AL 97529 BA-- 16 4->11
14->21
[6]
DUAL ENH WLA MODULE-
2X3R
WLA2C 3AL 97657 AA--
DUAL ENH WLA MODULE -
2X3R W/ OPC
WLA2C_OP 3AL 97657 AB-- [7]
DUAL C/DWLA3 CARD-SFP WLA3CD 3AL 97795 BA-- [8]
DUAL C/DWLA3 CARD-SFP-
OPC
WLA3CDOP 3AL 97795 BB-- [9]
2XGE 2xGE_FC 3AL 97800 AA-- [10]
8xGE IN 10G 8xGE 3AL 97875 AA-- [11]
4xANY Host fully pluggable 4xANY_P 3AL 95063 AA-- 11 2;4;6;8;
10;12;
14;16;
18;20;
22
[12]
[13]

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARY SUBSYSTEM
4 X ANY SDH/SONET
cartridge/2
SDH-SONET_1310
Drawer
3AL 95284 AA-- -- -- [14]

II-84 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARY SUBSYSTEM
4 X ANY 1310nm LS cartridge LF_1310_2 Drawer 3AL 86674 AA-- -- -- [15]
4 X ANY HS cartridge HF_1310 Drawer 3AL 86672 AA-- -- -- [16]
4 X ANY LS optical cartridge LF_850 Drawer 3AL 86869 AA-- -- -- [17]
[13]
4 X ANY 850nm HS cartridge HF_850 Drawer 3AL 86870 AA-- -- -- [18]
[13]
4 X ANY Electrical DV cartridge 3AL 95267 AA-- -- -- [19]
Multiple attenuator card MVAC 3AL 86892 AA-- 18 4->21 [20]
MVAC10 MVAC10 3AL 97848 AA-- 20 2->21
MVAC10_2 3AL97848AB-- 20 2->21

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
B&W SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX Supervisory Channel 2M 1AB 20986 0001 -- -- [21]
OPTO TRX SFP S-1.1 W/DDM S-1.1DDM 1AB 19467 0004 -- -- [22]
OPTO TRX SFP L-1.1 L-1.1 1AB 19467 0002 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP L-1.2 L-1.2 1AB 19467 0003 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP S-4.1 DDM S-4.1DDM 1AB 19636 0004 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP L-4.1 DDM L-4.1DDM 1AB 19636 0006 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP L-4.2 DDM L-4.2DDM 1AB 19636 0007 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP I-16.1 DDM I-16.1DDM 1AB 19637 0005 -- --
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-85
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
B&W SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX SFP S-16.1 DDM S-16.1DDM 1AB 19637 0006 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP L-16.1 DDM L-16.1DDM 1AB 19637 0008 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP L-16.2 DDM L.16.2DDM 1AB 19637 0009 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP S-16.1
ANYRATE DDM
S-16-ADDM 1AB 19637 0007 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP 100 BASE LX 100B LX 1AB 21471 0001 -- --
OPTO TRX 1.25GBE SFP LX
DDM
1GbELXDDM 1AB 18728 0031 -- --
OPTO TRX 1.25GBE SFP SX
DDM
1GbESXDDM 1AB 18728 0033 -- --
OPTO TRX 1.25GBE SFP-ZX
DDM
1GbEZXDDM 1AB 18728 0042 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP FC/2FC MM
DDM
FC/2FCmm 1AB 18728 0037 -- --
OPTO TRX SFP FC/2FC SM
DDM
FC/2FCsm 1AB 18728 0038 -- --

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
B&W XFP MODULES
XFP I-64.1/10GBE BASE L XI641 1AB 21454 0001 -- -- [23]
XFP 10GBE BASE S 10GBase-S 1AB 21454 0002 -- --
XFP S-64.2B/10GBE BASE E XS642B 1AB 21728 0001 -- --


II-86 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
CWDM SFP MODULES
CWDM 1470NM PIN SFP DDM CWP147 1AB 19634 0009 -- -- [24]
CWDM 1490NM PIN SFP DDM CWP149 1AB 19634 0010 -- --
CWDM 1510NM PIN SFP DDM CWP151 1AB 19634 0011 -- --
CWDM 1530NM PIN SFP DDM CWP153 1AB 19634 0012 -- --
CWDM 1550NM PIN SFP DDM CWP155 1AB 19634 0013 -- --
CWDM 1570NM PIN SFP DDM CWP157 1AB 19634 0014 -- --
CWDM 1590NM PIN SFP DDM CWP159 1AB 19634 0015 -- --
CWDM 1610NM PIN SFP DDM CWP161 1AB 19634 0016 -- --
CWDM 1470NM APD SFP DDM CWA147 1AB19635 0026 -- -- [25]
CWDM 1490NM APD SFP DDM CWA149 1AB 19635 0027 -- --
CWDM 1510NM APD SFP DDM CWA151 1AB 19635 0028 -- --
CWDM 1530NM APD SFP DDM CWA153 1AB 19635 0029 -- --
CWDM 1550NM APD SFP DDM CWA155 1AB 19635 0030 -- --
CWDM 1570NM APD SFP DDM CWA157 1AB 19635 0031 -- --
CWDM 1590NM APD SFP DDM CWA159 1AB 19635 0032 -- --
CWDM 1610NM APD SFP DDM CWA161 1AB 19635 0033 -- --

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM SFP MODULES
PTO TRX SFP DWDM CH600 DWA600 1AB 23141 0003 -- -- [26]
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH590 DWA590 1AB 32141 0004
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-87
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH580 DWA580 1AB 23141 0005
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH570 DWA570 1AB 23141 0006
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH550 DWA550 1AB 23141 0008
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH540 DWA540 1AB 23141 0009
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH530 DWA530 1AB 23141 0010
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH520 DWA520 1AB 23141 0011
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH500 DWA500 1AB 23141 0013
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH490 DWA490 1AB 23141 0014
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH480 DWA480 1AB 23141 0015
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH470 DWA470 1AB 23141 0016
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH450 DWA450 1AB 23141 0018
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH440 DWA440 1AB 23141 0019
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH430 DWA430 1AB 23141 0020
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH420 DWA420 1AB 23141 0021
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH380 DWA380 1AB 23141 0025
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH370 DWA370 1AB 23141 0026
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH360 DWA360 1AB 23141 0027
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH350 DWA350 1AB 23141 0028
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH330 DWA330 1AB 23141 0030
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH320 DWA320 1AB 23141 0031
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH310 DWA310 1AB 23141 0032
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH300 DWA300 1AB 23141 0033

II-88 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH280 DWA280 1AB 23141 0035
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH270 DWA270 1AB 23141 0036
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH260 DWA260 1AB 23141 0037
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH250 DWA250 1AB 23141 0038
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH230 DWA230 1AB 23141 0040
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH220 DWA220 1AB 23141 0041
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH210 DWA210 1AB 23141 0042
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH200 DWA200 1AB 23141 0043

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM XFP MODULES
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch600
XL-64.2C 1AB 35663 0001 -- -- [27]
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch590
1AB 35663 0002
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch580
1AB 35663 0003
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch570
1AB 35663 0004
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch550
1AB 35663 0006
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch540
1AB 35663 0007
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-89
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM XFP MODULES
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch530
1AB 35663 0008
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch520
1AB 35663 0009
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch500
1AB 35663 0011
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch490
1AB 35663 0012
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch480
1AB 35663 0013
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch470
1AB 35663 0014
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch450
1AB 35663 0016
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch440
1AB 35663 0017
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch430
1AB 35663 0018
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch420
1AB 35663 0019
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch380
1AB 35663 0023
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch370
1AB 35663 0024
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch360
1AB 35663 0025
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch350
1AB 35663 0026

II-90 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM XFP MODULES
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch330
1AB 35663 0028
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch320
1AB 35663 0029
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch310
1AB 35663 0030
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch300
1AB 35663 0031
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch280
1AB 35663 0033
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch270
1AB 35663 0034
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch260
1AB 35663 0035
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch250
1AB 35663 0036
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch230
1AB 35663 0038
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch220
1AB 35663 0039
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch210
1AB 35663 0040
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch200

1AB 35663 0041


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-91
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MULTIPLEXERS
1x8 Mux/Demux 300 - 380 + EXP
+ SPV
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS 3AL 86615 AA-- 8 2;3;4;5;
6;12;13;
22
[28]
1x8Mux/Demux 300-380+EXP OMDX8100_M_L1_X 3AL 86615 AJ-- [29]
1x8 Mux/Demux 200-280 OMDX8100_M_L2 3AL 86615 AB-- [30]
1x8 Mux/Demux 520-600 OMDX8100_M_S1 3AL 86615 AC--
1x8 Mux/Demux 420-500 OMDX8100_M_S2 3AL 86615 AD--
OADM 8 CH 300-380 + SPV OADM8100_M_L1_S 3AL 86637 AA-- 8 2;3;4;5;
6;12;13;
22
[31]
[32]
OADM 8 CH 200-280 + SPV OADM8100_M_L2_S 3AL 86637 AB--
OADM 8 CH 520-600 + SPV OADM8100_M_S1_S 3AL 86637 AC--
OADM 8 CH 420-500 + SPV OADM8100_M_S2_S 3AL 86637 AD--
OADM 4 CH 200-230 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch20-
23_S
3AL 86637 BC-- 8 2;3;4;5;
6;12;13;
22
[33]
[32]
OADM 4 CH 250-280 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch25-
28_S
3AL 86637 BD--
OADM 4 CH 300-330 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch30-
33_S
3AL 86637 BA--
OADM 4 CH 350-380 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch35-
38_S
3AL 86637 BB--
OADM 4 CH 420-450 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch42-
45_S
3AL 86637 BG--
OADM 4 CH 470-500 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch47-
50_S
3AL 86637 BH--

II-92 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MULTIPLEXERS
OADM 4 CH 520-550 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch52-
55_S
3AL 86637 BE--
OADM 4 CH 570-600 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch57-
60_S
3AL 86637 BF--
OADM 2 CH 300-310 + SPV OADM2100_M_30-31_S 3AL 86778 AB-- 8 2;3;4;5;
6;12;13;
22
[34]
OADM 2 CH 320-330 + SPV OADM2100_M_32-33_S 3AL 86778 AC--
OADM 2 CH 350-360 + SPV OADM2100_M_35-36_S 3AL 86778 AD--
OADM 2 CH 370-380 + SPV OADM2100_M_37-38_S 3AL 86778 AE--
OADM 2 CH 470-480 + SPV OADM2100_M_47-48_S 3AL 86778 AF--
OADM 1 CH 300 + SPV OADM1100_M_30_S 3AL 86777 AJ-- 8 2;3;4;5;
6;12;13
22
[35]
OADM 1 CH 310 + SPV OADM1100_M_31_S 3AL 86777 AK--
OADM 1 CH 320 + SPV OADM1100_M_32_S 3AL 86777 AL--
OADM 1 CH 330 + SPV OADM1100_M_33_S 3AL 86777 AM--
OADM 1 CH 350 + SPV OADM1100_M_35_S 3AL 86777 AN--
OADM 1 CH 360 + SPV OADM1100_M_36_S 3AL 86777 AP--
OADM 1 CH 370 + SPV OADM1100_M_37_S 3AL 86777 AQ--
OADM 1 CH 380 + SPV OADM1100_M_38_S 3AL 86777 AR--
OADM 1 CH 470 + SPV OADM1100_M_47_S 3AL 86777 BE--
OADM 1 CH 480 + SPV OADM1100_M_48_S 3AL 86777 BF--
Mux-Demux 1310-1550+SPV SPV_F_1310_1550 3AL 86779 AA-- 5 2;3;12;1
3;22
[36]
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-93
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MULTIPLEXERS
1510 SPV COUPLER SMALL SPV_F_C 3AL 86779 BA-- 16 28B35
38B45
[37]
2F 8CH MDX w/o OSC w/o LOS CMDX-U 3AL 97538 AB-- 8 2;3;4;5;
6;8;10;1
2;13;
14;16;
18;20;
22
[38]
2F 8CH MDX w/ OSC w/o LOS CMDX-U-S 3AL 97769 AA--
2F 8CH MDX2 w/o OSC w/ LOS CMDX2-U 3AL 97654 AA--
2F 8CH MDX2 w/ OSC w/ LOS CMDX2-U-S 3AL 97772 AA--
2F 7CH CDMDX2E CDMDX2-U 3AL 97794 AA-- [39]
2F 7CH CDMDX2E W/ 1310
FILTER
CDMDX2-U-S 3AL 97794 AB--
OADM2E 1CH 1470 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1470_S 3AL 97771 AA-- 8 2; 3; 4;
5; 6; 8;
10; 12;
13; 14;
16; 18;
20; 22
[40]
OADM2E 1CH 1490 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1490_S 3AL 97771 AB--
OADM2E 1CH 1510 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1510_S 3AL 97771 AC--
OADM2E 1CH 1530 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1530_S 3AL 97771 AD--
OADM2E 1CH 1550 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1550_S 3AL 97771 AE--

II-94 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MULTIPLEXERS
OADM2E 1CH 1570 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1570_S 3AL 97771 AF--
OADM2E 1CH 1590 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1590_S 3AL 97771 AG--
OADM2E 1CH 1610 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1610_S 3AL 97771 AH--
OADM2E 2CH 1470-1490 UNI
W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1470-1490_S 3AL 97771 BA--
OADM2E 2CH 1510-1530 UNI
W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1510-1530_S 3AL 97771 BB--
OADM2E 2CH 1550-1570 UNI
W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1550-1570_S 3AL 97771 BC--
OADM2E 2CH 1590-1610 UNI
W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1590-1610_S 3AL 97771 BD--
OADM2E 4CH 1470-1490-1510 -
1530 UNI W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1470-1530_S 3AL 97771 CA-- 8 2&3;4&
5;6&7;8
&9;10;
12&13;
16&17;
18&19;
20&21;
22&23

OADM2E 4CH 1550-1570-1590 -
1610 UNI W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1550-1610_S 3AL 97771 CB--
F1310 FILTER F1310 3AL 86779 BB-- 16 28->35
38->45
[41]


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-95
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
OPTICAL AMPLIFIERS
OFA +17 dBm (22/9) OAC2 3AL 86703 AC-- 8 4; 5; 12;
13; 20;
21; 22;
23
[42]
OFA +17 dBm (28/9) OAC2_L 3AL 86703 AD--
1696MS boards and units list
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
CONTROLLER
ESC/2 ESC2 3AL 86661 AB-- 1 1; 24 [43]
ESC/3 ESC3 3AL 86661 AC-- 1 1; 24
FLASH CARD 80 MB MEM-DEV 1AB 15205 0001 1 1 [44]
FLASH CARD 256 MB MEM-DEV 1AB 17634 0002 1 1
SPV-M + OW SPVM2 3AL 86606 AB-- 6 2;4;6;8;
10;14;
16;18;
20;22;
23
[45]
SPVM3 3AL 86606 BB--
SPVM_H SPVM_H 3AL 86606 AC-- 6 [46]
SPVM3_H 3AL 86606 BC-- 6
Optical Supervisory Channel OSC 3AL 97540 AA-- 2 29;33;
35;39;
43
[47]
LAC (LAN Access card) LAN_Q or LAN_I 3AL 86653 AA-- 1 26 [48]

II-96 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
CONTROLLER
Housekeeping card HK 3AL 86668 AA-- 1 36 [49]
Alarm Card RAI 3AL 87009 AA-- 1 37 [50]
UAC (User Access Card) UIC 3AL 86654AA-- 2 46;47 [51]
OSM_C (Monitoring Card) OSMC 3AL 86893AA-- 4 2;12;
13;23
[52]

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
SWITCHING MATRIX
EBRIDGE EBRIDGE 3AL 97710 AA-- 2 10, 18 [57]

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
POWER SUPPLY
Power Supply Card PSC3 3AL 86652 AB-- 2 25;48 [58]
1696MS boards and units list
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
FANS
CO ENH FAN MODULE FANC 3AL 86625 AB-- 1 49 [59]
CO NO-DUST FILTER - 3AL 86633 AA-- 1 49
CO METALLIC GRID FILTER - 3AL 95106 AA-- 1 49
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-97
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
OPTICAL COMPENSATION DEVICES
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 3Km DCM-3 1AB 21083 0001 - - [60]

Low loss SMF C+band DCM 5Km DCM-5 1AB 21083 0002
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 10Km DCM-10 1AB 21083 0003
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 15Km DCM-15 1AB 21083 0004
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 20Km DCM-20 1AB 21083 0005
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 25Km DCM-25 1AB 21083 0006
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 30Km DCM-30 1AB 21083 0007
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 40Km DCM-40 1AB 21083 0008
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 50Km DCM-50 1AB 21083 0009
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 60Km DCM-60 1AB 21083 0010
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 70Km DCM-70 1AB 21083 0011
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 80Km DCM-80 1AB 21083 0012
Low loss SMF C+band DCM 90Km DCM-90 1AB 21083 0013
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
100Km
DCM-100 1AB 21083 0014
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
120Km
DCM-120 1AB 21083 0015

II-98 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
Circuit breaker 15A 72VDC - 1AB 16271 0006 2 - [61]
Alarm chain cable - 3AL 86750 AA-- 1 - [62]
HK user cable - 3AL 86751 AA-- 1 - [63]
ANSI & NEBS installation kit - 3AL 86725 AA-- 1 - [64]
1696MS Optinex installation kit - 3AL 86772 AA-- 1 - [65]
KIT - Optical kit 8-channel - 3AL 95184 AA-- 2 - [66]
Jumper kit 4 lambda OADM - 3AL 86827 AA-- 2 - [67]
Optical kit 4xANY intra-shelf - 3AL 86863 AA-- 4 - [68]
Opt. kit 4xANY intra-shelf Prot - 3AL 86864 AA-- 4 - [69]
Air deflector ETSI - 3AN 51293 AA-- 3 -
UAC user cable - 3AL 86753 AA-- 1 - [70]
Opto jumper SMF MU/PC-SC/PC
L = 3MT
- 1AB 1675400010 16 - [71]
SFP MODULE PLUGIN TOOL - 3AL 81728
AAAA
1 - [72]
KIT - OPC connection SM - 3AL 95185
AAAA
8 - [73]
KIT - OPC connection MM - 3AL 95186
AAAA
8 - [74]
Jumper SM MU/PC-LC/PC cable - 1AB 18577 0004 16 - [75]
KIT-Common optical amplif. - 3AL 95136
AAAA
1 - [76]
KIT-Common optical not amplif - 3AL 95137
AAAA
1 - [77]
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-99
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
OPTICAL KIT 8 CHANNEL
WLA
- 8DG 17471 AA-- 1 -
OPTICAL KIT 8 CHANNEL
WLA
- 8DG 17472 AA-- 1 -
OPTICAL KIT 8 CHANN
4xANY
- 8DG 17473 AA-- 1 -
COMMON OPTICAL NOT
AMPL
- 8DG 17474 AA-- 1 -
WLA UPGRADE KIT - 8DG 17475 AA-- 1 -
4xANY UPGRADE KIT - 8DG 17476 AA-- 1 -
WLA PROTECTED KIT - 8DG 17477 AA-- 1 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
390MM
- 1AB 18240 0005 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
540MM
- 1AB 18240 0009 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
600MM
- 1AB 18240 0011 4 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
650MM
- 1AB 18240 0013 1 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
680MM
- 1AB 18240 0014 2 -
OPTO JUMPER SM MU/PC-
LC/PC CABLE
- 1AB 18577 0003 2 -
OPTO JUMPER SM MU/PC-
LC/PC CABLE
- 1AB 18577 0004 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0005 2 -

II-100 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
OPTO JUMPER SM MU/PC-
LC/PC CABLE
- 1AB 18577 0006 2 -
JUMPER SM MU/LC 2MM
LSZH 270MM
- 1AB 18577 0008 2 -
JUMPER SM MU/LC 2MM
LSZH 350MM
- 1AB 18577 0009 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0012 2 -
JUMPER MU/PC-LC/PC SM
L=700MM
- 1AB 18577 0013 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0050 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0051 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0052 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0053 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 21512 0001 4 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 21512 0005 1 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY MM - 1AB 22779 0001 16 -
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2MM 1700MM
- 1AB 18240 0049 2 -
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2MM 1400MM
- 1AB 18240 0046 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
360MM
- 1AB 18240 0004 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
350MM
- 1AB 18240 0003 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
320MM
- 1AB 18240 0002 2 -
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-101
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
280MM
- 1AB 18240 0001 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
710MM
- 1AB 18240 0015 3 -
OPC connector SM WITH MCC3 - 3AL 86608 AA-- 1 -
OPC_850 connector - 3AL 86608 AB-- 1 -
OPC connection SM with drawers - 3AL 86608 AC-- 1 -
Dummy plate 4TE for PBA - 3AN 50555 AA-- 22 -
Dummy plate 4TE for UTILITY - 3AN 50556 AA-- 22 -

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
Opto atten MU/PC 1dB plug type 1AB 20480 0001 -
Opto atten MU/PC 2dB plug type 1AB 20480 0002
Opto atten MU/PC 3dB plug type 1AB 20480 0003
Opto atten MU/PC 4dB plug type 1AB 20480 0004
Opto atten MU/PC 5dB plug type 1AB 20480 0005
Opto atten MU/PC 6dB plug type 1AB 20480 0006
Opto atten MU/PC 7dB plug type 1AB 20480 0007
Opto atten MU/PC 8dB plug type 1AB 20480 0008
Opto atten MU/PC 9dB plug type 1AB 20480 0009

II-102 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
Opto atten MU/PC 10dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0010
Opto atten MU/PC 11dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0011
Opto atten MU/PC 12dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0012
Opto atten MU/PC 13dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0013
Opto atten MU/PC 14dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0014
Opto atten MU/PC 15dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0015
Opto atten MU/PC 20dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0016
POWER SUPPLY CABLE-CO 3AL 86752 AB--
RAI - TRU CABLE 3AL 86769 AA--
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2 MM 770 MM
1AB 18240 0041 -
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2 MM 810 MM
1AB 18240 0042 -
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2 MM 500 MM
1AB 18240 0050 1 [78]
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2 MM 650 MM
1AB 18240 0013 8 [79]
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2 MM 650 MM
1AB 18240 0012 2 [80]
REMOVAL TOOL MU/PC 1AD 03860 0002 1 [81]
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-103
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
PLUG_IN ATTEN.
SOFTWARE [82]

Table 5.2 1696MS explanatory notes
Note Explanation
[1] It is the equipment shelf, including the back panel. Up to four subracks can be housed in an ETSI
and NEBS compliant rack
[2] Backpanel able to transmit 10G data, able to link two adjacent OCC10s
[3] It is a universal bidirectional multi-clock 3R transponder supporting all the most common bit rates
(from 100 Mbps to 2.5 Gbps) and tunable over two coloured wavelenghts in C band. In case of
protection, 2 adjacent MCCs and 1 x OPC are required. The VOA allows to adjust the output
optical power.
The client optical interface is an SFP module (S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2, S-4.1, L-4.1, L-4.2, S-16.1, I-
16.1, L-16.1, L-16.2, CWDM, GbEthernet, FC, 2 FC...)
[4] 10Gbps transponder ITU-T G.709 compliant, designed for 3R transport of 10 Gbps native signals.
The client interface is a B&W XFP module (some types available), accepting the following
signals
÷ 9.953Gbps (STM-64/OC-192 to serve as UNI and non-SDH/SONET signals
(10GbeWAN)
÷ 10.3125 Gbps (10Gbe LAN)
÷ 10.709 Gbps (NNI), future rel.
[5] CWDM version for 10Gbps line. It can be connected to the 1530nm or 1550nm port of CWDM
Mux/Demux (CMDX, CDMDX) or extra port of CDMDX
[6] Multi-rate units (discrete rates in the 0.125->2.7Gbps range) carrying two independent optical
channels. They are double transponders in one slot. The four optical interfaces are B&W and/or
CWDM SFPs. WLA1C is the low cost version, not able to perform PM
[7] Multi-rate unit (discrete rates in the 0.125->2.7Gbps range) carrying one protected optical

II-104 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Note Explanation
channel. It is a double transponder in one slot. The four optical interfaces are B&W and/or
CWDM SFPs
[8] Multi-rate unit (discrete rates in the 0.125->2.7Gbps range) carrying two independent optical
channels. It is a double transponder in one slot. The four optical interfaces are B&W, DWDM
and/or CWDM SFPs
[9] Multi-rate unit (discrete rates in the 0.125->2.7Gbps range) carrying one protected optical
channel. It is a double transponder in one slot. The four optical interfaces are B&W, DWDM
and/or CWDM SFPs
[10] It performs the aggregation of 2 x GbE/FC/FICON client signals into an SDH/SONET frame
(STM-16/OC-48). The optical interfaces are B&W, DWDM and/or CWDM, provided by SFP
modules
[11] Bidirectional data board with 8 pluggable (SFP) B&W or CWDM user interfaces and 2 pluggable
(XFP) B&W or DWDM line interfaces, performing the concentration of eight GbE clients into a
10GbE WAN, using a Layer 2 switch. It is also able to select some GbE signals to add/drop or to
pass-through. It can also be a transponder
[12] TDM concentrator multiplexing any mix of up to four client signals (100Mbps->1.25Gbps) into a
2.5 Gbps aggregate optical channel, SDH/SONET framing standard (STM-16/OC-48) compliant.
The aggregate optical interface can be B&W (I-S-L type) or CWDM or DWDM type, provided by
an SFP module
[13] To take into account more stringent EMI requirement with the compact shelf using, the end of
Alcatel-Lucent code must be:
÷ 4xANY High speed 850 nm cartridge HF-850_Drawer 3AL 86870 AAAG
÷ 4xANY Low speed 850 nm cartridge LF-850_Drawer 3AL 86869 AAAG
[14] 2
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting STM-1/OC-3 and STM-4/OC-
12.
If it is set as STM-1, up to four drawers can be housed in one 4xANY board; if it is set as STM-4,
up to three drawers can be housed. STM-1 drawers can be plugged on any slot. STM-4 drawers
can be plugged only on ports #3 and #4; for 3 x STM-4 configuration only, port #1 is available,
too
[15] 2
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Fast Ethernet, FDDI, ESCON,
DV.
Up to four low frequency (FE, FDDI, ESCON, DV) drawers can be housed on any port of one
4xANY
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-105
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Note Explanation
[16] 2
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Gigabit Ethernet, FICON and
FC
Up to two high frequency drawers can be housed only on ports #3 and #4 of a 4xANY board
[17] 1
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Fast Ethernet, FDDI, ESCON,
DV
Up to four low frequency (FE, FDDI, ESCON, DV) drawers can be housed on any port of a
4xANY
[18] 1
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Gigabit Ethernet, FICON and
FC
Up to two high frequency drawers can be housed only on ports #3 and #4 of a 4xANY board
[19] 2
nd
window plug-in electrical cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Digital Video signal
at 270 Mbps. Up to four drawers can be housed on any port of one 4xANY
[20] Allow to manually adjust the optical power budget. Each MVAC board includes two VOAs,
EACH MVAC10 includes ten VOAs.
[21] L-1.1 B&W SFP specialized for SPV/OSC. Plugged on OSC board. L-1.1 SFP (1AB 19467 0002)
can also be plugged on OSC board.
[22] STM1/4/16, GBE, FE, Fiber Channel (2FC, 1FC).... B&W SFP optical modules; they can be
fitted in 4xANY_P (aggregate side, STM-16 only), MCC3, WLA1, WLA2, WLA3, 2xGE_FC
(both line and client sides), 8xGE (client side) and OSC (L-1.1); refer to Figure 676 for further
details
[23] 10GbE B&W XFP optical modules; they can be fitted in OCC10_E and OCC10_EC, client side
and 8xGE, line side (refer to Figure 687 for further details)
[24] Multi-rate (100Mbps to 2.7Gbps) PIN CWDM SFPs. They can be plugged in 4xANY_P,
(aggregate/WDM side), MCC3, 8xGE (user side), 2xGE_FC, WLA1, WLA2, WLA3 (both line
and user sides); refer to Figure 676 for further details
[25] Multi-rate (100Mbps to 2.7Gbps) APD CWDM SFPs. Refer to point [24] above for SFPs placing
[26] Multi-rate (100Mbps to 2.7Gbps) APD DWDM SFPs. They can be plugged in 4xANY_P, line
side, 2xGE_FC and WLA3 (aggregate and client sides); refer to Figure 676 for SFPs placing
[27] APD DWDM XFPs at 10Gbps for CBR client. They are plugged in 8xGE, line side; refer to
Figure 687 for further details
[28] 8 x L1 channels DWDM Mux/Demux with expansion (LB/SB combiner/splitter) and Supervision,

II-106 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Note Explanation
for hub nodes. Slots 4,5,6 are available in master shelf only. Starting MUX if 32 channels hub
extension is required without amplifiers
[29] 8 x L1 channels DWDM Mux/Demux with expansion (LB/SB combiner/splitter), for hub nodes.
Slots 4,5,6 are available in master shelf only. Starting MUX if 32 supervised channels hub
extension is required when amplifiers are used
[30] 8 x L2/S1/S2 channels DWDM Mux/Demux for hub nodes, used to upgrade the L1 Mux/Demux.
Slots 4,5,6 are available in master shelf only
[31] Allows to add/drop 8 supervised DWDM channels in L1 (30B38)/L2 (20B28)/S1 (52B60)/S2
(42B50) band. Slots 4,5,6 are available in master shelf only.
[32] Can be used also as DWDM MUX/DEMUX. Slots 4,5,6 are available in master shelf only.
[33] Allows to add/drop the 4 supervised DWDM channels shown in its own acronym. Slots 4,5,6 are
available in master shelf only.
[34] Allows to add/drop the 2 supervised DWDM channels shown in its own acronym. Slots 4,5,6 are
available in master shelf only.
[35] Allows to add/drop the supervised DWDM channel shown in its own acronym. From 25 to 38 are
long band channels. From 47 to 57 are short band channels. Slots 4,5,6 are available in master
shelf only.
[36] Allows to mux/demux a 1310nm channel, a 1550nm multiplexed signal and the SPV/OSC
(1510nm) channel. This board allows to supervise a CPE
[37] Allows to mux/demux a SPV/OSC (1510nm) channel and a 1310nm or 1550nm channel. This
board allows to supervise a CPE
[38] 8-channel CWDM Mux/Demux. S indicates the presence of the 1310nm OSC filter. 2 indicates
the presence of LOS detector. Only slots 2, 3, 12, 13, 22 are available in expansion sheves
[39] It is able to mux/demux 6 CWDM channels with an extra DWDM (multiplexed) port. CDMDX2-
U-S is also able to insert/extract the 1310nm OSC. Slots 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 are available in master shelf
only
[40] 1-channel/2-channel/4-channel CWDM OADM mux/demuxes. Each board manages both west
and east sides as two multiplexers and two demultiplexers are integrated in each board. All the
boards are also able to insert/extract the 1310nm supervision signal and to provide LOS
monitoring.
The 4-channel OADM board is two-slot wide (8TE), the other boards are one-slot wide (4TE).
Mixed cascades with DWDM mux/demux(es) are foreseen.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-107
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Note Explanation
As regards 1 and 2-channel OADM, slots 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 are available in master shelf only.
As regards 4-channel OADM, in expansion shelves only slots 2&3, 12&13 and 22&23 are
available
[41] It multiplexes one (multiplexed, DWDM/CWDM) C-band signal with the 1310nm OSC channel
[42] Double-stage optical amplifiers able to amplify all the channels in C band. Slots 22 and 23 are
available in expansion shelves only. OAC2_L provide long spans transmission. OAC2_L reduce
power dissipation
[43] It includes both the equipment and shelf controller functionalities. It has to be fitted in expansion
shelves, too, to only perform the shelf controller function. Instead, in slot 24 it is only used to
have a back-up of the slot 1 flash memory, in TL1 management case (North America).
ESC2 is recommended for greenfield deployments from R.2.2A.
ESC3 is recommended for greenfield deployments from R.3.2 and further
[44] The flash card contains the equipment data base.
It must be equipped only on ESC board plugged in slot 1 of the master shelf
[45] 1510nm Optical Supervisory Channel card managing up to 2 x 2048 supervision streams, 2
external 2Mps user interfaces and the EOW (audio channel). Hosted in master shelf only
The SPVM2/3 in slot 23 is exclusively linked to an OADM/OMDX or OAC: it is dedicated to MS
supervision. The other SPVMs are dedicated to up to 10 CPE links supervision (SPVM has 2 x
SPV ports)
[46] Depopulated SPVM with one 1510 nm laser, managing 1 x OSC channel
[47] Low cost 1310nm Optical Supervisory Channel card managing up to 2 x 2048 supervision
streams (2 x SPV ports). Optical interfaces are two customized L-1.1 SFP modules. In master
shelf only.
[48] Provide the Q3 management interface allowing to the NMS to supervise the equipment:
÷ plugged in slot #26 of the master shelf, it is used as LAN_Q to connect the NMS
÷ plugged in slot #27, it is used as LAN_I to inter connect the expansion shelves.
The LAN board code 3AL 86653 AAAD or later must be used for LAN_I installation in slot 27
of the extension shelf. Any variant of 3AL 86653AA-- may be used for LAN_Q in slot 26 of the
master shelf
[49] Hosted in master shelf only, provides 8 input accesses and 8 output accesses
[50] Fitted in master and expansion shelves, it is used for monitoring the rack alarms

II-108 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Note Explanation
[51] Hosted in master shelf only, manages G.703 user channels. For any SPVM, two cards are required
[52] The Optical Spectrum Monitoring Card measures the power of each channel. Coupled with
MVAC provides automatic power equalization
[53] SM optical splitter with connectors, performing passive OCh (linear config.) or O-SNCP (ring
config) protection. It is linked to 2 adjacent MCC/OCC/2XGE_FC boards and plugged below the
main one.
[54] MM optical splitter with connectors. In addition to the features provided by the SM splitter (ref.
[53]), it manages the HWF led on its front plate and the LOS alarm
[55] MM optical splitter with connectors, used for protection of 4xANY drawers with 850nm
transceiver
[56] Protects the OTS (path) between two NE by selecting (switching) the incoming multiplexed
signal
[57] It performs short circuit from TDM bus to 2M bus so that 2Mbps SPV signals are sent/received
by ESC board to/from OSC small board. In Master shelf only
[58] Power Supply Card for central office shelf. PSC3s work in “1+1” protection meaning that only
one PSC is active at once
[59] It is equipped with three fans; an anti-dust filter has to be put just below the fans
[60] Dispersion Compensating Modules providing chromatic dispersion compensation. The number in
the acronym refers to the SMF distance for which the module provides compensation. DCMs can
be placed either in the inter-stage of an optical amplifier or in the booster and preamplifier of a
link. One DCM simultaneously compensates for the chromatic dispersion of all the (up to 32)
1696 channels
[61] To be used for external subrack power protection with optinex subrack only
[62] Allows the chain connection of the rack alarms, between the SUB-D 9p and RJ45 connectors of
two RAI cards in two different shelves
[63] Used to perform the HK connections from the 25p connector of the HK card to the DDF
[64] Used for equipment installation in ANSI & NEBS rack
[65] Used for equipment installation in OPTINEX rack
[66] The kit contains the fibers to connect 8 transponders to the 8-channel MUX/DEMUX
(OMDX/OADM) following the installation rules. 2 kits are needed to connect a shelf equipped
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-109
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Note Explanation
with 16 transponders
[67] The kit contains the fibers to connect 8 wavelenght adapters and SPVM to the 4-channel MUX
following the installation rules. Optimized solution can be ordered using single MU-MU jumpers
[68] Required to connect 4xANY HOST to MCC in the same shelf, following installation rules
[69] Required to connect 4xANY HOST to the optical splitter (MCC protection) in the same shelf,
following the installation rules
[70] Used to perform the (2Mbps and 64Kbps) AUX/service channels connection from the 50pin
connector of the UIC card to the DDF
[71] MU-SC/PC jumper for plug-in attenuator manager in ODF
[72] Used to extract the SFP modules (plugged in 4xANY_P and MCC3)
[73] It includes the 4 jumpers allowing to connect a SM OPC with a couple of transponders, providing
1+1 protection. 8 codes are needed in a fully equipped transponder shelf with sixteen
OCC10/MCC (8 + 8).
[74] It includes the 4 jumpers allowing to connect a MM OPC with a couple of transponders,
providing 1+1 protection. 8 codes are needed in a fully equipped transponder shelf with sixteen
OCC10/MCC (8 + 8).
[75] It includes the 4 jumpers allowing to connect an OPC with a couple of 4xANY drawers, providing
1+1 protection. 16 codes are needed in a fully equipped shelf with 32 (16 + 16) 4xANY drawers
in eigth 4xANY
[76] Allows the common connection in amplified systems, like the Mux/Demux connection with OAC,
connection between two stages of the same OAC, connection between two different OACs and
extra or pass-through channel connections (Extra IN/OUT connector of the Mux-Demux pair).
For details refer to the installation handbook
[77] Allows the common connection in non-amplified systems, like the OSC channel (IN/OUT
connector of SPVM) and extra or pass-through channel connections (Extra IN/OUT connector of
the Mux-Demux pair). For details refer to the installation handbook
[78] Used to connect the OSMC to the the OMDX/OADM for monitoring
[79] Used to connect the OSMC to the OAC monitoring points (stage1 IN/OUT, stage 2 IN/OUT)
[80] Used to connect the OMDX/OADM to the OAC
[81] Used to remove the opto attenuator plug-in

II-110 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Note Explanation
[82] Details concerning the software part number are given in the Operator’s Handbook
1696MS shelf front view

Figure 4546: Example of Master shelf front view


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-111
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

Figure 4647: Shelf front view with cover

1696MS_C (compact shelf) physical configuration
The 1696MS_C shelf is a ”Compact WDM” architecture.
It is a compact 6 slots shelf with possible expansion to 3 compact shelves (1 master
shelf plus 2 expansion shelves).
It is dedicated to receive the units developped for the 1696MSPAN shelf.
As the 1696MS, the compact shelf has two redundant power feeds for -48V.
This architecture enables point to point and ring applications
÷ up to 12 channels in LT configuration
÷ up to 4 channels in OADM configuration
(colored or black and white) monitored by the SPVM board.

II-112 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
1696MS_C rack version powered from 48V DC voltage source from the rack
connected to the Power Supply Card.

Figure 4748: 1696MS_C Rack version

1696MS_C table version

In a table version using, the operator should wear a wrist-strap bracelet
connected to the mechanical ground (available on the rear of the shelf) for
each handling a board, optical connectors or a part of the shelf.
Figure 4849: 1696MS_C Table version with and without cover

Main features provided by the 1696MS_C shelf
 It is very easy to use due its small size (6 unit slots versus 24 in the 1696MSPAN shelf)
 Independent stand alone 1696MS_C shelf can be used
 Units of the 1696MS_C are set horizontally
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-113
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
 Up to 12 1696MS_C shelves can be set in a 2000 mm high ETSI rack, or a 2150 mm
high ANSI rack, or a 1950 mm high NEBS 2000 rack.
1696MS_C Empty shelf
1696MS_C Shelf organization
The 1696MS_C shelf is organized into three parts (one main part and two extensions
parts), hosting 13 boards or unit slots:
÷ the main part, which is the middle part and comprises the slots from 1 to 6; here are located
the 285 mm high boards performing the elaboration of the signal.
This part hosts the equipment and shelf controller, up to 4 transponders, up to 2 TDM
concentrators (4xANY), one mux/demux for LT or two mux/dmux or OADM boards
(east/west) for hub/OADM application, optical supervisory channel board (optimized
application with SPVM_Half, that is a depopulated SPVM supporting one transceiver at 1510
nm instead of two, is possible for point to point and spur configuration)...
÷ the first extension part, which is the right part and comprises the slots from 7 to 12; here are
located the 88 mm high boards, herebelow listed
- two redundant -48V power supply boards
- one LAN access board for the CT or the EML (LAN_Q) connection
- one house-keeping board with 8 x input access + 8 x output access (HK)
- one remote alarms board (RAI)
- one optical protection channel board (OPC) per protected channel
÷ the second extension part, which is the left part and comprises slot 13, where are located the
fans.
All the optical and electrical connectors are located on the front of the units to be
easily accessed.
This chapter illustrates the physical structure, layout and composition, coding and
partition of the shelf.
The shelf front view is illustrated below in Figure 51 and in Figure 52.
The units codes and partition are listed in Table 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units
listTable 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units listTable 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units
list.

II-114 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
F i r s t e x t e n s i o n p a r t ( s l o t 7 t o 1 2 )
S e c o n d e x t e n s i o n p a r t ( s l o t 1 3 )
Main part (slot 1 to 6)

Figure 4950: 1696 MS_C - Mechanical structure

1696MS_C Shelf dimensions
Shelf size:
÷ the size of the 1696MS_C shelf is 446.2mm (19” width) x 274mm (depth with cover) x 132.4
mm (heigth)
÷ the depth is compliant with the 300 mm deep ETSI rack (no limitation in ANSI rack).
Rack partionning
In current release one master shelf and up to two expansion shelves are managed.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-115
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
19''(446.2 mm)
Slot 6
Slot 5
Slot 4
Slot 3
Slot 2
Slot 1
F A N _C
PSC
PSC
MASTER
1 2
11
1 0
9
8
7
13

ESC
Fiber drawer
LAN_Q
1
3
2
.
4
3
0
0
8
8
N . B . d a r k b o a r d s a r e m a n d a t o r y
Slot 6
Slot 5
Slot 4
Slot 3
Slot 2
Slot 1
F A N _C
PSC
PSC
1 2
11
1 0
9
8
7
13

I-link_S
I-link_M
SLAVE

Figure 5051: 1696 MS_C - Main shelf board arrangement

1696MS_C Shelf configuration rules
The board composition and placement of a shelf respects some constraints at the
hardware, software and functional levels.
If general rules are followed, a certain number of standard configurations can be
obtained in which boards can be exchanged without functionality loss.
The main configurations available are:
 OADM 1/2/4 channels (protected back-to-back) configuration with/without OPC
 up to 12 channels Line Terminal
 Remote 4xANY + protected MCC
 Remote 4xANY + protected MCC on 1550 nm
 SPVM Manager
 2 channels Line Terminal (MCC + 4xANY)...

II-116 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
 Local spur (up to two x 4xANY to save cost of one supervision unit).
Amplified configurations are allowed, by means of OAC2 and OAC2_L.
The 4xANY drawers 1+1 protection is also allowed, by means of OPCs.
1696MS_C configuration constraints
Optical Sub-Network Channel Protection requires:
÷ transponders (MCC, OCC10, 2xGE_FC, TRBD1996) must be placed in consecutive slots
[2,3] or [4,5]
÷ 4xANY_P unit must be placed in a 2-slots space beginning with an even address ([2,3] or
[4,5]); if two 4xANY are used, they must be installed in in slots ([2,3] and [4,5]);
÷ if 4xANY is associated with a MCC all the board are put in a single compact shelf.
÷ each Optical Protecting Channel board (OPC) must be placed in one of the two slots, located
on the right side of the corresponding MCC/OCC10/TRBD1996 pair (e.g.: the OPC in slot 9
or 10 corresponds to the slots 2-3). The MCC/OCC10/TRBD1996 on the left of the OPC is
the main one and the other is the MCC/OCC10/TRBD1996 in protection (e.g.: OPC in slot 9
implies main MCC/OCC10/TRBD1996 in slot 3 and protecting MCC/OCC10/TRBD1996 in
slot 2).
÷ when two 2xGE_FC boards are used in client protection configuration, the 2xGE_FC on the
right side always contains the SFP MAIN (or protected), and the 2xGE_FC on the left side,
the SFP SPARE (or protecting). If the 2xGE_FC boards are provisioned in slots #n and #n+1,
then:
- client #1, is protected using OPC in slot #n+7 (on the right side)
- client #2, is protected using OPC in slot #n+6 (on the left side)
÷ when protecting 4xANY client signals, the OPCs have to be fitted in the four slots located on
the right of the 4xANY couple; the OPC in slot 8 protects drawer #2, the OPC in slot 9
protects drawer #1, the OPC in slot 10 protects drawer #3, the OPC in slot 11 protects drawer
#4;
÷ when expansion shelves are used
- in slot 6 of the master shelf have to be plugged the I-Link_M board
- in slot 1 of each expansion shelf have to be plugged the I-Link_S board
N.B. There is no specific NE configuration. The behavior is always the same.
The OADM is equivalent to the back-to back terminal.
1696MS_C typical shelf configuration
Figure 52 shows a typical configuration of an equipped 1696MS_C Master shelf and
Table 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units listTable 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-117
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
listTable 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units list resumes the possibilities that satisfy the
configuration constraints.

Figure 5152: Typical 1696MS_C equipped shelf

For Hardware and/or Software organization, boards are located on dedicated slots.
The position of the boards on the 1696MS_C shelf are:
÷ ESC board (mandatory): dedicated slot 1 of master shelf
÷ I-link_M card (mandatory, only when expansion shelves are used): dedicated slot 6 of master
shelf
÷ I-link_S card (mandatory): dedicated slot 1 of each expansion shelf
÷ PSC/PSC2 cards : dedicated small slots (mandatory equipped) 7 and 12
÷ SPVM cards slot #4, #5, or #6
- SPVM in slot #4 must be provisioned to supervise the multiplexed signal
- SPVM boards set in slot #5 and #6 are dedicated to an application with no
multiplexed signal
÷ LAN_Q card (mandatory): dedicated small slot 8
÷ HK card can be installed in small slot 11
÷ RAI card can be installed in small slots 9 or 10
÷ OAC2 and OAC2_L cards can be installed in slot 2, 3
÷ FAN_C card (mandatory): dedicated slot 13.
Mandatory boards are:
÷ ESC board in slot 1 of master shelf
÷ LAN_Q card in slot 8 of master shelf
÷ I-link_M card in slot 6 of the master shelf (only when expansion shelves are used)
÷ I-link_S card in slot 1 of each expansion shelf
÷ PSC/PSC2 cards in slots 7 and 12

II-118 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
÷ FAN_C card in slot 13.
1696MS_C Part list
In Table 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units listTable 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units
listTable 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units listTable 5.3 (1696MS_C boards and units
list) of the following paragraph are listed, named and coded the items and units making
up the Equipment Shelf.
Furthermore, for any item the position and the maximum quantity that can be allocated
inside the equipment, are indicated too.
 Such table reports the following information :
 Item Name
 The ”Acronym” identifying the units
 ANV part numbers (3ALXXXXX XXXX)
 Maximum quantity per each shelf
 Position of the unit inside the equipment. Refer to Figure 51 for slot numbering.
 Number of explanatory notes
Table 5.4 1696MS_C explanatory notesTable 5.4 1696MS_C explanatory notesTable
5.4 1696MS_C explanatory notesTable 5.4 1696MS_C explanatory notes reports the
explanatory notes.
1696MS_C shelf and boards designation and reference

Table 5.3 1696MS_C boards and units list
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MECHANICAL STRUCTURE
METRO SPAN COMPACT
SHELF/3
3AL 97679 AB-- - -- 1

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-119
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
TRIBUTARIES
Enhanched Multirate CH 19x.x00-
19x.x00 with SFP optical
modules, client side
MCC3 192.0-192.1 3AL 95150 AA-- 4 2->6 2
MCC3 192.2-192.3 3AL 95150 AB--
MCC3 192.5-192.6 3AL 95150 AC--
MCC3 192.7-192.8 3AL 95150 AD--
MCC3 193.0-193.1 3AL 95150 AE--
MCC3 193.2-193.3 3AL 95150 AF--
MCC3 193.5-193.6 3AL 95150 AG--
MCC3 193.7-193.8 3AL 95150 AH--
MCC3 194.2-194.3 3AL 95150 AJ--
MCC3 194.4-194.5 3AL 95150AK--
MCC3 194.7-194.8 3AL 95150 AL--
MCC3 194.9-195.0 3AL 95150 AM--
MCC3 195.2-195.3 3AL 95150 AN--
MCC3 195.4-195.5 3AL 95150 AP--
MCC3 195.7-195.8 3AL 95150 AQ--
MCC3 195.9-196.0 3AL 95150 AR--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.000 OCC10 _E 3AL 95238 AA-- 4 2->6 3
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.100 3AL 95238 AC--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.200 3AL 95238 AE--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.300 3AL 95238 AG--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.500 3AL 95238 AN--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.600 3AL 95238 AQ--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.700 3AL 95238 AS--

II-120 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARIES
OCC10 XFP APD CH 192.800 3AL 95238 BA--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.000 3AL 95238 BE--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.100 3AL 95238 BG--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.200 3AL 95238 BL--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.300 3AL 95238 BN--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.500 3AL 95238 BS--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.600 3AL 95238 CA--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.700 3AL 95238 CC--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 193.800 3AL 95238 CE--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.200 3AL 95238 CP--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.300 3AL 95238 CR--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.400 3AL 95238 CT--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.500 3AL 95238 DB--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.700 3AL 95238 DF--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.800 3AL 95238 DH--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 194.900 3AL 95238 DM--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.000 3AL 95238 DP--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.200 3AL 95238 DT--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.300 3AL 95238 EB--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.400 3AL 95238 ED--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.500 3AL 95238 EF--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.700 3AL 95238 EM--
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-121
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARIES
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.800 3AL 95238 EP--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 195.900 3AL 95238 ER--
OCC10 XFP APD CH 196.000 3AL 95238 ET--
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1530NM OCC10_EC 8DG 81002 AA-- 4 2->6 4
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1550NM 8DG 81002 AB--
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1570NM 8DG 81002 AC--
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1590NM 8DG 81002 AD--
OCC-10_XFP_CWDM 1610NM 8DG 81002 AE--
TRBD1996 TRBD1996 3AL97706 AA-- 4 2->6
DUAL BASIC WLA MODULE-
3R
WLA1C 3AL 97529 BA-- 4 2->6 5
DUAL ENH WLA MODULE-
2X3R
WLA2C 3AL 97657 AA--
DUAL ENH WLA MODULE -
2X3R W/ OPC
WLA2C_OP 3AL 97657 AB-- 6
DUAL C/DWLA3 CARD-SFP WLA3CD 3AL 97795 BA-- 7
DUAL C/DWLA3 CARD-SFP-
OPC
WLA2CDOP 3AL 97795 BB-- 8
2xGE 2xGE_FC 3AL 97800 AA-- 9
8xGE IN 10G 8xGE 3AL 97875 AA-- 10
4xANY Host fully pluggable 4xANY_P 3AL 95063 AA-- 2 2;4 11, 12



II-122 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
TRIBUTARY SUBSYSTEM (4xANY DRAWERS)
4 X ANY SDH/SONET
cartridge/2
SDH-SONET_1310
Drawer
3AL 95284 AA-- -- -- 13
4 X ANY Low speed cartridge LF_1310_2 Drawer 3AL 86674 AA-- -- -- 14
4 X ANY High speed optical
cartridge
HF_1310 Drawer 3AL 86672 AA-- -- -- 15
4 X ANY Low speed optical
cartridge
LF_850 Drawer 3AL 86869 AA-- -- -- 16, 12
4 X ANY High speed optical
cartridge
HF_850 Drawer 3AL 86870 AA-- -- -- 17, 12
4 X ANY Electrical DV cartridge 3AL 95267 AA-- -- -- 18

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
B&W SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX Supervisory Channel 2M 1AB 20986 0001 -- 19
OPTO TRX SFP S-1.1 W/DDM S-1.1DDM 1AB 19467 0004 16 -- 20
OPTO TRX SFP L-1.1 L-1.1 1AB 19467 0002 --
OPTO TRX SFP L-1.2 L-1.2 1AB 19467 0003 --
OPTO TRX SFP S-4.1 DDM S-4.1DDM 1AB 19636 0004 --
OPTO TRX SFP L-4.1 DDM L-4.1DDM 1AB 19636 0006 --
OPTO TRX SFP L-4.2 DDM L-4.2DDM 1AB 19636 0007 --
OPTO TRX SFP I-16.1 DDM I-16.1DDM 1AB 19637 0005 --
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-123
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
B&W SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX SFP S-16.1 DDM S-16.1DDM 1AB 19637 0006 --
OPTO TRX SFP L-16.1 DDM L-16.1DDM 1AB 19637 0008 --
OPTO TRX SFP L-16.2 DDM L.16.2DDM 1AB 19637 0009 --
OPTO TRX SFP S-16.1
ANYRATE DDM
S-16-ADDM 1AB 19637 0007 --
OPTO TRX SFP 100 BASE LX 100B LX 1AB 21471 0001 --
OPTO TRX 1.25GBE SFP LX
DDM
1GbELXDDM 1AB 18728 0031 --
OPTO TRX 1.25GBE SFP SX
DDM
1GbESXDDM 1AB 18728 0033 --
OPTO TRX 1.25GBE SFP-ZX
DDM
1GbEZXDDM 1AB 18728 0042 --
OPTO TRX SFP FC/2FC MM
DDM
FC/2FCmm 1AB 18728 0037 --
OPTO TRX SFP FC/2FC SM
DDM
FC/2FCsm 1AB 18728 0038 --

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
B&W XFP MODULES
XFP I-64.1/10GBE BASE L XI641 1AB 21454 0001 4 -- 21
XFP 10GBE BASE S X10GBase-S 1AB 21454 0002 --
XFP S-64.2B/10GBE BASE E XS642B 1AB 21728 0001 --


II-124 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
CWDM SFP MODULES
CWDM 1470NM PIN SFP DDM CWP147 1AB 19634 0009 -- -- 22
CWDM 1490NM PIN SFP DDM CWP149 1AB 19634 0010 -- --
CWDM 1510NM PIN SFP DDM CWP151 1AB 19634 0011 -- --
CWDM 1530NM PIN SFP DDM CWP153 1AB 19634 0012 -- --
CWDM 1550NM PIN SFP DDM CWP155 1AB 19634 0013 -- --
CWDM 1570NM PIN SFP DDM CWP157 1AB 19634 0014 -- --
CWDM 1590NM PIN SFP DDM CWP159 1AB 19634 0015 -- --
CWDM 1610NM PIN SFP DDM CWP161 1AB 19634 0016 -- --
CWDM 1470NM APD SFP DDM CWA147 1AB19635 0026 -- -- 23
CWDM 1490NM APD SFP DDM CWA149 1AB 19635 0027 -- --
CWDM 1510NM APD SFP DDM CWA151 1AB 19635 0028 -- --
CWDM 1530NM APD SFP DDM CWA153 1AB 19635 0029 -- --
CWDM 1550NM APD SFP DDM CWA155 1AB 19635 0030 -- --
CWDM 1570NM APD SFP DDM CWA157 1AB 19635 0031 -- --
CWDM 1590NM APD SFP DDM CWA159 1AB 19635 0032 -- --
CWDM 1610NM APD SFP DMM CWA161 1AB 19635 0033 -- --

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH600 DWA600 1AB 23141 0003 -- -- 24
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH590 DWA590 1AB 23141 0004
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-125
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH580 DWA580 1AB 23141 0005
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH570 DWA570 1AB 23141 0006
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH550 DWA550 1AB 23141 0008
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH540 DWA540 1AB 23141 0009
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH530 DWA530 1AB 23141 0010
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH520 DWA520 1AB 23141 0011
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH500 DWA500 1AB 23141 0013
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH490 DWA490 1AB 23141 0014
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH480 DWA480 1AB 23141 0015
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH470 DWA470 1AB 23141 0016
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH450 DWA450 1AB 23141 0018
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH440 DWA440 1AB 23141 0019
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH430 DWA430 1AB 23141 0020
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH420 DWA420 1AB 23141 0021
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH380 DWA380 1AB 23141 0025
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH370 DWA370 1AB 23141 0026
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH360 DWA360 1AB 23141 0027
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH350 DWA350 1AB 23141 0028
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH330 DWA330 1AB 23141 0030
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH320 DWA320 1AB 23141 0031
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH310 DWA310 1AB 23141 0032
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH300 DWA300 1AB 23141 0033

II-126 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM SFP MODULES
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH280 DWA280 1AB 23141 0035
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH270 DWA270 1AB 23141 0036
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH260 DWA260 1AB 23141 0037
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH250 DWA250 1AB 23141 0038
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH230 DWA230 1AB 23141 0040
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH220 DWA220 1AB 23141 0041
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH210 DWA210 1AB 23141 0042
OPTO TRX SFP DWDM CH200 DWA200 1AB 23141 0043

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM XFP MODULES
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch600
XL-64.2C 1AB 32141 0003 -- -- 25
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch590
1AB 32141 0004
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch580
1AB 32141 0005
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch570
1AB 32141 0006
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch550
1AB 32141 0008
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch540
1AB 32141 0009
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-127
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM XFP MODULES
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch530
1AB 32141 0010
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch520
1AB 32141 0011
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch500
1AB 32141 0013
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch490
1AB 32141 0014
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch480
1AB 32141 0015
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch470
1AB 32141 0016
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch450
1AB 32141 0018
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch440
1AB 32141 0019
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch430
1AB 32141 0020
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch420
1AB 32141 0021
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch380
1AB 32141 0025
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch370
1AB 32141 0026
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch360
1AB 32141 0027
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch350
1AB 32141 0028

II-128 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
DWDM XFP MODULES
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch330
1AB 32141 0030
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch320
1AB 32141 0031
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch310
1AB 32141 0032
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch300
1AB 32141 0033
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch280
1AB 32141 0035
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch270
1AB 32141 0036
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch260
1AB 32141 0037
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch250
1AB 32141 0038
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch230
1AB 32141 0040
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch220
1AB 32141 0041
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch210
1AB 32141 0042
Opto TRX 10G XFP DWDM
ch200
1AB 32141 0043


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-129
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MULTIPLEXERS
1x8 Mux/Demux 300-380 + EXP
+ SPV
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS 3AL 86615 AA-- 3 4;5:6 26
1x8Mux/Demux 300-380+EXP OMDX8100_M_L1_X 3AL 86615 AJ-- 27
1x8 Mux/Demux 200-280 OMDX8100_M_L2 3AL 86615 AB-- 28
1x8 Mux/Demux 520-600 OMDX8100_M_S1 3AL 86615 AC--
1x8 Mux/Demux 420-500 OMDX8100_M_S2 3AL 86615 AD--
OADM 8 CH 300-380 + SPV OADM8100_M_L1_S 3AL 86637 AA-- 3 4;5;6 29,
30,
31
OADM 8 CH 200-280 + SPV OADM8100_M_L2_S 3AL 86637 AB--
OADM 8 CH 520-600 + SPV OADM8100_M_S1_S 3AL 86637 AC--
OADM 8 CH 420-500 + SPV OADM8100_M_S2_S 3AL 86637 AD--
OADM 4 CH 200-230 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch20-
23_S
3AL 86637 BC-- 3 4;5;6 32,
30
OADM 4 CH 250-280 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch25-
28_S
3AL 86637 BD--
OADM 4 CH 300-330 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch30-
33_S
3AL 86637 BA--
OADM 4 CH 350-380 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch35-
38_S
3AL 86637 BB--
OADM 4 CH 420-450 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch42-
45_S
3AL 86637 BG--
OADM 4 CH 470-500 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch47-
50_S
3AL 86637 BH--
OADM 4 CH 520-550 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch52-
55_S
3AL 86637 BE--

II-130 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MULTIPLEXERS
OADM 4 CH 570-600 + SPV OADM4100_M_ch57-
60_S
3AL 86637 BF--
2 channels OADM with SPV card OADM2100_M_30-31_S 3AL 86778 AB-- 3 4;5;6 33
OADM2100_M_32-33_S 3AL 86778 AC--
OADM2100_M_35-36_S 3AL 86778 AD--
OADM2100_M_37-38_S 3AL 86778 AE--
OADM2100_M_47-48_S 3AL 86778 AF--
1 channel OADM with SPV cards OADM1100_M_25_S 3AL 86777 AE-- 3 4;5;6 34
OADM1100_M_30_S 3AL 86777 AJ--
OADM1100_M_31_S 3AL 86777 AK--
OADM1100_M_32_S 3AL 86777 AL--
OADM1100_M_33_S 3AL 86777 AM--
OADM1100_M_35_S 3AL 86777 AN--
OADM1100_M_36_S 3AL 86777 AP--
OADM1100_M_37_S 3AL 86777 AQ--
OADM1100_M_38_S 3AL 86777 AR--
OADM1100_M_47_S 3AL 86777 BE--
OADM1100_M_48_S 3AL 86777 BF--
OADM1100_M_57_S 3AL 86777 BN--
Supervision Filter card
(SPV_F_1310_1550)
SPV_F_1310_1550 3AL 86779 AA-- 2 5;6 35
Supervision Filter card SPV_F_C 3AL 86779 BA-- 4 8->11 36
2F 8CH MDX w/o OSC w/o LOS CMDX-U 3AL 97538 AB-- 3 2;4;5;6 37
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-131
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MULTIPLEXERS
2F 8CH MDX w/ OSC w/o LOS CMDX-U-S 3AL 97769 AA--
2F 8CH MDX2 w/o OSC w/ LOS CMDX2-U 3AL 97654 AA--
2F 8CH MDX2 w/ OSC w/ LOS CMDX2-U-S 3AL 97772 AA--
2F 7CH CDMDX2E CDMDX2-U 3AL 97794 AA-- 38
2F 7CH CDMDX2E W/ 1310
FILTER
CDMDX2-U-S 3AL 97794 AB--
OADM2E 1CH 1470 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1470_S 3AL 97771 AA-- 3 2; 4; 5;
6
39
OADM2E 1CH 1490 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1490_S 3AL 97771 AB--
OADM2E 1CH 1510 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1510_S 3AL 97771 AC--
OADM2E 1CH 1530 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1530_S 3AL 97771 AD--
OADM2E 1CH 1550 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1550_S 3AL 97771 AE--
OADM2E 1CH 1570 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1570_S 3AL 97771 AF--
OADM2E 1CH 1590 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1590_S 3AL 97771 AG--
OADM2E 1CH 1610 UNI W/
1310 FILTER
COAD2-1610_S 3AL 97771 AH--
OADM2E 2CH 1470-1490 UNI
W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1470-1490_S 3AL 97771 BA--
OADM2E 2CH 1510-1530 UNI
W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1510-1530_S 3AL 97771 BB--

II-132 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
MULTIPLEXERS
OADM2E 2CH 1550-1570 UNI
W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1550-1570_S 3AL 97771 BC--
OADM2E 2CH 1590-1610 UNI
W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1590-1610_S 3AL 97771 BD--
OADM2E 4CH 1470-1490-1510 -
1530 UNI W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1470-1530_S 3AL 97771 CA-- 2&3;
4&5

OADM2E 4CH 1550-1570-1590 -
1610 UNI W/ 1310 FILTER
COAD2-1550-1610_S 3AL 97771 CB--
F1310 FILTER F1310 3AL 86779 BB-- 4 8->11 40

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
OPTICAL AMPLIFIERS
OFA +17 dBm (22/9) OAC2 3AL 86703 AC-- 2 2,3 41
OFA +17 dBm (28/9) OAC2_L 3AL 86703 AD--

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
CONTROLLER
ESC/2 ESC2 3AL 86661 AB-- 1 1 42
ESC/3 ESC3 3AL 86661 AC-- 1 1
FLASH CARD 80 MB MEM-DEV 1AB 15205 0001 1 1 43
FLASH CARD 256 MB MEM-DEV 1AB 17634 0002 1 1
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-133
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
CONTROLLER
SPVM + OW SPVM2 3AL 86606 AB-- 3 4;5;6 44
SPVM3 3AL 86606 BB--
SPVM_H SPVM_H 3AL 86606 AC-- 3 4;5;6 45
SPVM3_H 3AL 86606 BC--
Optical Supervisory Channel OSC 3AL 97540 AA-- 2 9;11 46
LAN Access card LAN_Q 3AL 86653 AA-- 1 8 47
Housekeeping card HK 3AL 86668 AA-- 1 11 48
Rack Alarm Interface board RAI 3AL 87009 AA-- 1 9;10 49
I-LINK MASTER I-LINK_M 3AL 86805 AA-- 1 6 50
I-LINK_SLAVE I-LINK_S 3AL 86808 AA-- 1 1

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
SWITCHING PROTECTION
SM-OPC CONNECTORS OPC 3AL 86708 AC-- 4 8->11 51
MM-OPC CONNECTORS OPC 3AL 86708 AD-- 52
MM_OPC_850 OPC 3AL 95113 AA-- 53
OMS PROTECTION OMSP 3AL 97541 AA-- 54




II-134 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
SWITCHING MATRIX
EBRIDGE EBRIDGE 3AL 97710 AA-- 1 2 55

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
POWER SUPPLY
PSC2_COMPACT PSC2 3AL 86888 AA-- 2 7;12 56
Power Management Unit PMU 3AL 86825 AA-- 1 - 57
Batteries for PMU 3AL 95210 AA--
Power supply BOX - 3AL 95239 AA-- - - 58

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
FANS
COMPACT FAN FAN_C 3AL 86802 AA-- 1 13 59
COMPACT DUST FILTER - 3AN 51151 AA-- 1 13





8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-135
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
OPTICAL COMPENSATION DEVICES
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
3Km
DCM-3 1AB 21083 0001 - - 60
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
5Km
DCM-5 1AB 21083 0002
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
10Km
DCM-10 1AB 21083 0003
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
15Km
DCM-15 1AB 21083 0004
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
20Km
DCM-20 1AB 21083 0005
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
25Km
DCM-25 1AB 21083 0006
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
30Km
DCM-30 1AB 21083 0007
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
40Km
DCM-40 1AB 21083 0008
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
50Km
DCM-50 1AB 21083 0009
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
60Km
DCM-60 1AB 21083 0010
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
70Km
DCM-70 1AB 21083 0011
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
80Km
DCM-80 1AB 21083 0012
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
90Km
DCM-90 1AB 21083 0013

II-136 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
OPTICAL COMPENSATION DEVICES
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
100Km
DCM-100 1AB 21083 0014
Low loss SMF C+band DCM
120Km
DCM-120 1AB 21083 0015

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
Circuit breaker 15A 72VDC - 1AB 16271 0006 2 - 61
HK user cable - 3AL 95073 AA-- 1 - 62
I-Link cable - 3AL 95179 AA-- 2 - 63
Cable from BOX to PMU 3AL 95263 AA-- 2
Cable from BOX to PSC/PSC2 - 3AL 95264 AA-- 2 - 64
Cable from PMU to FAN 3AL 95266 AA-- 2
SFP MODULE PLUGIN TOOL - 3AL 81728
AAAA
1 - 65
JUMPER SMF MU/MU CABLE
2MM 1700MM
- 1AB 18240 0049 4 - 66
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
360MM
- 1AB 18240 0004 4 - 67
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
450MM
- 1AB 18240 0007 4 -
KIT - OPC connection SM - 3AL 95185
AAAA
2 - 68
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-137
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
KIT - OPC connection MM - 3AL 95186
AAAA
2 - 69
Jumper SM MU/PC-LC/PC cable - 1AB 18240 0004 4 - 70
OPTICAL KIT 8 CHANNEL
WLA
- 8DG 17471 AA-- 1 -
OPTICAL KIT 8 CHANNEL
WLA
- 8DG 17472 AA-- 1 -
OPTICAL KIT 8 CHANN
4xANY
- 8DG 17473 AA-- 1 -
COMMON OPTICAL NOT
AMPL
- 8DG 17474 AA-- 1 -
WLA UPGRADE KIT - 8DG 17475 AA-- 1 -
4xANY UPGRADE KIT - 8DG 17476 AA-- 1 -
WLA PROTECTED KIT - 8DG 17477 AA-- 1 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
390MM
- 1AB 18240 0005 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
540MM
- 1AB 18240 0009 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
600MM
- 1AB 18240 0011 4 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
650MM
- 1AB 18240 0013 1 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
680MM
- 1AB 18240 0014 2 -
OPTO JUMPER SM MU/PC-
LC/PC CABLE
- 1AB 18577 0003 2 -

II-138 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
OPTO JUMPER SM MU/PC-
LC/PC CABLE
- 1AB 18577 0004 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0005 2 -
OPTO JUMPER SM MU/PC-
LC/PC CABLE
- 1AB 18577 0006 2 -
JUMPER SM MU/LC 2MM
LSZH 270MM
- 1AB 18577 0008 2 -
JUMPER SM MU/LC 2MM
LSZH 350MM
- 1AB 18577 0009 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0012 2 -
JUMPER MU/PC-LC/PC SM
L=700MM
- 1AB 18577 0013 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0050 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0051 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0052 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 18577 0053 2 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 21512 0001 4 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY SM - 1AB 21512 0005 1 -
OPTO CABLE ASSY MM - 1AB 22779 0001 16 -
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2MM 1700MM
- 1AB 18240 0049 2 -
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2MM 1400MM
- 1AB 18240 0046 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
360MM
- 1AB 18240 0004 2 -
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-139
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
350MM
- 1AB 18240 0003 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
320MM
- 1AB 18240 0002 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
280MM
- 1AB 18240 0001 2 -
JUMPER SMF MU/PC-MU/PC
710MM
- 1AB 18240 0015 3 -
OPC connector SM WITH MCC3 - 3AL 86608 AA-- 1 -
OPC_850 connector - 3AL 86608 AB-- 1 -
OPC connection SM with drawers - 3AL 86608 AC-- 1 -
Dummy plate 4TE for PBA - 3AN 50555 AA-- 6 -
Dummy plate 4TE for UTILITY - 3AN 50556 AA-- 6 -

NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
POWER SUPPLY CABLE-
COMPACT
- 3AL 95074 AA-- 1 -
1696MS_C ANSI install. kit - 8DG 17425 AA-- 1 -
Kit for C_shelf install on ETSI
rack
- 8DG 17422 AA-- 1 -
Kit for C_shelf install on desk - 8DG 17423 AA-- 1 -
Opto atten MU/PC 1dB plug type 1AB 20480 0001 -

II-140 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
Opto atten MU/PC 2dB plug type 1AB 20480 0002
Opto atten MU/PC 3dB plug type 1AB 20480 0003
Opto atten MU/PC 4dB plug type 1AB 20480 0004
Opto atten MU/PC 5dB plug type 1AB 20480 0005
Opto atten MU/PC 6dB plug type 1AB 20480 0006
Opto atten MU/PC 7dB plug type 1AB 20480 0007
Opto atten MU/PC 8dB plug type 1AB 20480 0008
Opto atten MU/PC 9dB plug type 1AB 20480 0009
Opto atten MU/PC 10dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0010
Opto atten MU/PC 11dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0011
Opto atten MU/PC 12dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0012
Opto atten MU/PC 13dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0013
Opto atten MU/PC 14dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0014
Opto atten MU/PC 15dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0015
Opto atten MU/PC 20dB plug
type
1AB 20480 0016
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2 MM 770 MM
1AB 18240 0041 -
JumperSM MU/MU cable 2mm
810
1AB 18240 0042 -
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-141
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
NAME ACRONYM ANV
Part Number
Max
Q.ty
SLOT Note
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
JUMPER SM MU/MU CABLE
2 MM 650 MM
1AB 18240 0012 2
REMOVAL TOOL MU/PC
PLUG_IN ATTEN.
1AD 03860 0002 1 71
SOFTWARE 72

Table 5.4 1696MS_C explanatory notes
Note Explanation
1 It is the equipment shelf, including the back panel.
2 It is a universal bidirectional multi-clock 3R transponder supporting all the most common bit rates
(from 100 Mbps to 2.5 Gbps) and tunable over two coloured wavelenghts in C band. In case of
protection, 2 adjacent MCCs and 1 x OPC are required. The VOA allows to adjust the output
optical power.
The client optical interface is an SFP module (refer to Figure 676)
3 10Gbps transponder, ITU-T G.709 compliant, designed for 3R transport of 10 Gbps native
signals. The client interface is a B&W XFP module (some types available), accepting the
following signals
÷ 9.953Gbps (STM-64/OC-192 to serve as UNI and non-SDH/SONET signals
(10GbeWAN)
÷ 10.3125 Gbps (10Gbe LAN)
÷ 10.709 Gbps (NNI), future rel.
4 CWDM version for 10Gbps line. It can be connected to the 1530nm or 1550nm port of CWDM
Mux/Demux (CMDX, CDMDX) or extra port of CDMDX
5 Multi-rate units (discrete rates in the 0.125->2.7Gbps range) carrying two independent optical
channels. They are double transponders in one slot. The four optical interfaces are B&W and/or
CWDM SFPs. WLA1C is the low cost version, not able to perform PM
6 Multi-rate unit (discrete rates in the 0.125->2.7Gbps range) carrying one protected optical

II-142 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Note Explanation
channel. It is a double transponder in one slot. The four optical interfaces are B&W and/or
CWDM SFPs
7 Multi-rate unit (discrete rates in the 0.125->2.7Gbps range) carrying two independent optical
channels. It is a double transponder in one slot. The four optical interfaces are B&W, DWDM
and/or CWDM SFPs
8 Multi-rate unit (discrete rates in the 0.125->2.7Gbps range) carrying one protected optical
channel. It is a double transponder in one slot. The four optical interfaces are B&W, DWDM
and/or CWDM SFPs
9 It performs the aggregation of 2 x GbE client signals into an SDH/SONET frame (STM-16/OC-
48). The optical interfaces are B&W, DWDM and/or CWDM, provided by SFP modules
10 Bidirectional data board with 8 pluggable (SFP) B&W or CWDM user interfaces and 2 pluggable
(XFP) B&W or DWDM line interfaces, performing the concentration of eight GbE clients into a
10GbE WAN, using a Layer 2 switch. It is also able to select some GbE signals to add/drop or to
pass-through. It can also be a transponder
11 TDM concentrator multiplexing any mix of up to four client signals (100MbpsB1.25 Gbps) into a
2.5 Gbps aggregate optical channel, SDH/SONET framing standard (STM-16/OC-48) compliant.
The aggregate optical interface can be B&W (I-S-L type) or CWDM or DWDM type, provided by
an SFP module
12 To take into account more stringent EMI requirement with the compact shelf using, the 4xANY
and 4xANY_S, the end of Alcatel-Lucent code must be:
÷ 4xANY High speed 850 nm cartridge HF-850_Drawer 3AL 86870 AAAG
÷ 4xANY Low speed 850 nm cartridge LF-850_Drawer 3AL 86869 AAAG
13 2
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting STM-1/OC-3 and STM-4/OC-
12.
If it is set as STM-1, up to four drawers can be housed in one 4xANY board; if it is set as STM-4,
up to three drawers can be housed. STM-1 drawers can be plugged on any slot. STM-4 drawers
can be plugged only on ports #3 and #4; for 3 x STM-4 configuration only, port #1 is available,
too
14 2
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Fast Ethernet, FDDI, ESCON,
DV.
Up to four low frequency (FE, FDDI, ESCON, DV) drawers can be housed on any port of one
4xANY
15 2
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Gigabit Ethernet, FICON and
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-143
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Note Explanation
FC
Up to two high frequency drawers can be housed only on ports #3 and #4 of a 4xANY board
16 1
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Fast Ethernet, FDDI, ESCON,
DV
Up to four low frqeuency (FE, FDDI, ESCON, DV) drawers can be housed on any port of a
4xANY
17 1
nd
window plug-in cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Gigabit Ethernet, FICON and
FC
Up to two high frqeuency drawers can be housed only on ports #3 and #4 of a 4xANY board
18 2
nd
window plug-in electrical cartridge for 4xANY concentrator, supporting Digital Video signal
at 270 Mbps. Up to four drawers can be housed on any port of one 4xANY
19 L-1.1 B&W SFP specialized for SPV/OSC. Plugged on OSC board. L-1.1 SFP (1AB 19467 0002)
can also be plugged on OSC board.
20 STM1/4/16, GBE, FE, Fiber Channel (2FC, 1FC).... B&W SFP optical modules; they can be
fitted in 4xANY_P (aggregate side, STM-16 only), MCC3, WLA1, WLA2, WLA3, 2xGE_FC
(both line and client sides), 8xGE (client side) and OSC (L-1.1); refer to Figure 676 for further
details
21 10GbE B&W XFP optical modules; they can be fitted in OCC10_E and OCC10_EC, client side
and 8xGE, line side (refer to Figure 687 for further details)
22 Multi-rate (100Mbps to 2.7Gbps) PIN CWDM SFPs. They can be plugged in 4xANY_P,
(aggregate/WDM side), MCC3, 8xGE (user side), 2xGE_FC, WLA1, WLA2, WLA3 (both line
and user sides); refer to Figure 676 for further details
23 Multi-rate (100Mbps to 2.7Gbps) APD CWDM SFPs. Refer to point [24] above for SFPs placing
24 Multi-rate (100Mbps to 2.7Gbps) APD DWDM SFPs. They are plugged in 4xANY_P, aggregate
side, 2xGE_FC and WLA3 (aggregate and client sides); refer to Figure 676 for SFPs placing
25 APD DWDM XFPs at 10Gbps for CBR client. They are plugged in 8xGE, line side; refer to
Figure 687 for further details
26 8 x L1 channels DWDM Mux/Demux with expansion (LB/SB combiner/splitter) and Supervision,
for hub nodes. Slots 4,5,6 are available in master shelf only. Starting MUX if 32 channels hub
extension is required without amplifiers
27 8 x L1 channels DWDM Mux/Demux with expansion (LB/SB combiner/splitter), for hub nodes.

II-144 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Note Explanation
Slots 4,5,6 are available in master shelf only. Starting MUX if 32 supervised channels hub
extension is required when amplifiers are used
28 8 x L2/S1/S2 channels DWDM Mux/Demux for hub nodes, used to upgrade the L1 Mux/Demux
29 Allow to add/drop 8 supervised DWDM channels in L1 (30B38)/L2 (20B28)/S1 (52B60)/S2
(42B50) band
30 Can be used also as DWDM MUX/DEMUX
31 SW managed in future releases
32 Allow to add/drop the 4 supervised DWDM channels shown in its own acronym
33 Allow to add/drop the 2 supervised DWDM channels shown in its own acronym
34 Allow to add/drop the supervised DWDM channel shown in its own acronym. From 25 to 38 are
long band channels: from 47 to 57 are short band channels
35 Allow to mux/demux a 1310nm channel, a 1550nm multiplexed signal and the SPV/OSC
(1510nm) channel. This board allows to supervise a CPE
36 Insert/extract the SPV channel to/from a 1310nm or 1550nm channel, allowing to supervise a
CPE; slot 8 is available in expansion shelf only
37 8-channel CWDM Mux/Demux. S indicates the presence of the 1310nm OSC filter. 2 indicates
the presence of LOS detector. Only slots 4, 5, 6 are available in expansion sheves
38 It is able to mux/demux 6 CWDM channels with an extra DWDM (multiplexed) port. CDMDX2-
U-S is also able to insert/extract the 1310nm OSC. Slot 2 is available in master shelf only
39 1-channel/2-channel/4-channel CWDM OADM mux/demuxes. Each board manages both west
and east sides as two mux/demuxes are integrated in each board. All the boards are also able to
insert/extract the 1310nm supervision signal and to provide LOS monitoring.
The 4-channel OADM board is two-slot wide (8TE), the other boards are one-slot wide (4TE).
Mixed cascades with DWDM mux/demux(es) are foreseen.
As regards 1 and 2-channel OADM, slot 2 is available in master shelf only.
As regards 4-channel OADM, in expansion shelves only slots 2&3 are available
40 It multiplexes one channel in C-band (one of the 32 DWDM channels or one of the 8 CWDM
channels) with the 1310nm OSC channel. Slot 8 is available in expansion shelves only
41 Double-stage optical amplifiers able to amplify all the channels. OAC2 provides short span
transmission. OAC2_L provides long spans transmission
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-145
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Note Explanation
42 It includes both the equipment and shelf controller functionalities. It has to be fitted in expansion
shelves, too, to only perform the shelf controller function.
ESC2 is recommended for greenfield deployments from R.2.2A.
ESC3 is recommended for greenfield deployments from R.3.2 and further
43 The flash card contains the equipment data base
44 1510nm Optical Supervisory Channel card managing up to 2 x 1510nm OSC, 2 external 2Mps
user interfaces and the EOW (audio channel).
The SPVM2/3 board in slot 4 is exclusively linked to an OADM/OMDX. Another SPVM2 can be
installed whether in slot #5 or #6 but not in both slots #5 and #6
45 Depopulated SPVM with one 1510 nm laser, managing 1 x OSC channel
46 Low cost 1310nm Optical Supervisory Channel card managing up to 2 x 2048 supervision
streams (2 x SPV ports). Optical interfaces are two customized L-1.1 SFP modules. In master
shelf only
47 Provide the Q3 management interface allowing to the NMS to supervise the equipment. It is
directly connected to the manager
48 Hosted in master shelf only, provides 8 input accesses and 8 output accesses
49 Fitted in master and expansion shelves, it is used for monitoring the rack alarms
50 Allow the communication between the master shelf and the up to two expansion shelves, by
means of a direct connection from I-LINK_M (slot 6 of master shelf) and I-LINK_S (slot 1 of
each exp. shelf)
51 SM optical splitter with connectors, performing passive OCh (linear config.) or O-SNCP (ring
config) protection. It is linked to 2 adjacent MCC/OCC/2XGE_FC boards and plugged below the
main one. Slot 8 is available in expansion shelves only
52 MM optical splitter with connectors. In addition to the features provided by the SM splitter (ref.
51), it manages the HWF led on its front plate and the LOS alarm. Slot 8 is available in expansion
shelves only
53 MM optical splitter with connectors, used for protection of 4xANY drawers with 850nm
transceiver. Slot 8 is available in expansion shelves only.
54 Protects the OTS (path) between two NE by selecting (switching) the incoming multiplexed
signal. Slot 8 is available in expansion shelves only

II-146 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Note Explanation
55 It performs short circuit from TDM bus to 2M bus so that 2Mbps SPV signals are sent/received
by ESC board to/from OSC small board. In Master shelf only
56 PSC2 is an evolution of the PSC card for the compact shelf but supply less power. It works in
“1+1” protection meaning that only one board is active at once; it can be plugged both in master
and slave shelves
57 External module transforming the alternative 110/230V voltage into a -48V continuous wave,
thus allowing a 1696MS_C to be plugged directly to a power supply (avoiding the usage of a
telecom rack for feeding)
58 For power distribution; it is used only in table version
59 FAN module for compact shelf. It is equipped with two fans; an anti-dust filter has to be put on
the left side of the fans
60 Dispersion Compensating Modules providing chromatic dispersion compensation. The number in
the acronym refers to the SMF distance for which the module provides compensation. DCMs can
be placed either in the inter-stage of an optical amplifier or in the booster and preamplifier of a
link. One DCM simultaneously compensates for the chromatic dispersion of all the 1696 channels
61 To be used for external subrack power protection with optinex subrack only
62 Used to perform the HK connections from the 25p connector of the HK card to the DDF
63 Used to connect I-link_M (in master shelf) with I-Link_S (one per each slave shelf)
64 Power supply cable used only in table version. It has to be connected between the BOX and the
power supply card (input power connector)
65 Used to extract the SFP modules (plugged in 4xANY_P and MCC3)
66 Used to connect each other boards located in different shelves; i.e. the OCC10/MCC with the
relevant MUX/DEMUX and/or the MUX/DEMUX with the OAC
67 Used to connect each other boards located in the same shelf; i.e. the OCC10/MCC with the
relevant MUX/DEMUX and/or the MUX/DEMUX with the OAC
68 It includes the 4 jumpers allowing to connect a SM OPC with a couple of transponders, providing
1+1 protection. 2 codes are needed in a fully equipped transponder shelf with four OCC10/MCC
(2 + 2).
69 It includes the 4 jumpers allowing to connect a MM OPC with a couple of transponders,
providing 1+1 protection. 2 codes are needed in a fully equipped transponder shelf with four
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-147
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Note Explanation
OCC10/MCC (2 + 2).
70 It includes the 4 jumpers allowing to connect an OPC with a couple of 4xANY drawers, providing
1+1 protection. 4 codes are needed in a fully equipped shelf with 8 (4 + 4) 4xANY drawers in two
4xANY
71 Used to remove the opto attenuator plug-in
72 Details concerning the software part number are given in the Operator’s Handbook
FAN_C board
A particular board adapted for the compact shelf is available. It also enables to manage
the Power Monitoring Unit to feed the shelf with the alternative mains supply.

Figure 5253: Fan_C board



II-148 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Equipment connections
The external connections of the 1696MSPAN may fall into the following categories:
÷ optical
÷ management
÷ maintenance
÷ power supply
÷ user interfaces.
All the equipment connections are detailed in the Installation Handbook.
Units front view in this handbook presents the front view of all the cards, where the
connection points can be identified.
In the following some general indication and reference to the relevant front view are
given.
Optical connections
Optical connections made with simple MU connectors
See Figure 54. The optical connections are made with simple MU connectors on:
÷ MCC3 board WDM side, see Figure 56.
÷ OPC boards, see Figure 976.
÷ SPV-M boards, see Figure 865 and Figure 876.
÷ MVAC boards, see Figure 654.
÷ OMSP board, see Figure 987.

Figure 5354: Simple MU optical connector


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-149
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Optical connections made with double MU connectors
See Figure 55. The optical connections are made with double MU connectors on:
÷ OMDX and OADM boards, see Multiplexers front view.
÷ CMDX(2) and CDMDX2 boards, see Figure 776 and Figure 787.
÷ COAD2 boards, see from Figure 798 to Figure 810.
÷ OAC boards, see Figure 843.
÷ OCC10 boards WDM side, see Figure 587.
÷ SPV_F boards, see Figure 754 and Figure 765.
÷ OSMC board, see Figure 9089.
÷ MVAC10 board, see Figure 665.
÷ F1310 board, see Figure 832.

Figure 5455: Double MU optical connector

Optical connections made with LC connectors
The optical connections are made with LC connectors on:
÷ 4xANY_P board client side, see Figure 643.
÷ all the SFP modules (B&W, CWDM, DWDM, refer to Figure 676 for further details),
plugged on
 4xANY_P aggregate side, see Figure 643.
 MCC3 client side, see Figure 576.
 8xGE client side, see Figure 622.
 2xGE_FC both on client and line sides, see Figure 611.
 WLA1C both on client and line sides, see Figure 58.
 WLA2 boards (WLA2M and WLA2M_OP) both on client and line sides, see Figure 59
and Figure 60; only LC/PC connectors must be used, LC/APC connectors must not be
plugged in WLA2 boards

II-150 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
 WLA3 boards (WLA3CD and WLA3CDOP) both on client and line sides, see Figure 59
and Figure 60.
 OSC, see Figure 887.
÷ all the XFP modules (B&W, DWDM, refer to Figure 687 for further details), plugged on
 OCC10 boards client side, see Figure 57.
 8xGE line side, see Figure 62.
Management and maintenance connections
Housekeeping
The housekeeping alarm signal are available on the front panel connector of the HK
board. It is a 25 pin SUB-D Female connector.
Note: 25 pin SUB-D connector is connected to GNDM by the 2 screw’s holes
called pin 26 and pin 27.
See Figure 943.
Rack Alarm Interfaces
The rack alarm interface signals are available on the two front panel connectors of the
RAI board. These two interfaces are:
÷ A 9 pins SUB-D female connector, which provides the interface between the master shelf and
the TRU (or PDU),
÷ A 6 pins RJ11 connector, which provides the interface between two shelves.
See Figure 94.
LAN accesses
The LAN board provides LAN accesses on both RJ-45 and BNC connectors.
*LAN access code 3AL 86653 AAAD or later must be used for LAN_I
installations in slot 27. Any variant of 3AL 86653AA may be used for
LAN_Q in master slot 26.
See Figure 932.
“Q3” Interface
At the ESC front panel, a 9-pin SUB-D female connector provides an access to an
”Q3” interface. It allows to connect a Craft Terminal.
See Figure 854.



8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-151
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
1696MS_C Intershelf link
The 15-pin SUB-D female connector, located on the front panel of the I-link_M and I-
link_S boards, allows to link the SPI bus and the card presence signal from slave to
master 1696MS_C shelves.
“DBG” Interface Connector
8-pin RJ45 connectors at the front-panel of the ESC board, are used for the “DBG”
interface (factory tests).
See Figure 854.
Power supply connections
Power supply voltage is distributed to the shelves on a 3 pin SUB-D connector, in front
panel of each PSC.
See Figure 998.
It is also available on the M1 and M2 connectors of the Power Monitoring Unit.
User interfaces
The user interfaces are available on the front panel connector of the UIC(s).
52 pin SCSI-2 Female connector of the UIC.
Note: 50 pin SUB-D connector is connected to GNDM by the 2 screw’s holes
called pin 51 and pin 52.
See Figure 965.

II-152 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Units front view
The following paragraphs show the units front views and the relevant access points
(Leds, switches etc.) together with legenda and meaning.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-153
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Tributaries front view
U s e r T x ( S F P ) * *
U s e r R x ( S F P ) * *
W D M R x
W D M T x
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
l a b e l
3
A
L
9
5
1
5
0
A
X
A b n o r m a l T x L E D
A b n o r m a l R x L E D
O u t O f S e r v ic e L E D
P o w e r f a i l u r e L E D
A P S D r e s t a r t
p u s h - b u t t o n
ACRONYM
4;5;6;7;
MCC3
8;9;10;11
N a m e
14;15;16;17;
18;19;20;21
M e a n i n g
G r e e n
R e d l e d
T h e p o w e r l e d i s G r e e n t o i n d i c a t e p o w e r o p e r a t i o n a l .
I t i s R e d w h e n t h e i n t e r n a l p o w e r s u p p l y i s s w i t c h e d - o f f ( i . e .
a t u n i t s t a r t - u p ) o r w h e n i t i s f a i l e d .
Y e l l o w l e dT h i s l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d b y
t h e s o f t w a r e
Y e l l o w l e d
R x a b n o r m a l : p r o b l e m o n t h e r e c e i v e s i d e , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e c o n
f i g u r a t i o n . T h e L E D i s O N w h e n
1 ) A d d / D r o p c o n f i g u r a t i o n : W D M R x a l a r m s o r U s e r T x a l a r m s
I L O S _ W D M , L O F _ S D H _ W D M , L O C _ U S E R _ T X , D E G _ O U T _ S F P
2 ) P a s s - t h r o u g h c o n f i g u r a t i o n . : W D M R x a l a r m s
I L O S _ W D M , L O F _ S D H _ W D M
3 ) S h u t - d o w n o f t h e S F P T x
Y e l lo w le d
T x a b n o r m a l : p r o b l e m o n t h e t r a n s m i t s i d e , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e c o n
f i g u r a t i o n . T h e L E D i s O N w h e n
1 ) A d d / D r o p c o n f i g u r a t i o n : U s e r R x a l a r m s o r W D M T x a l a r m s
I L O S _ U s e r ( o n S F P ) , L O F _ S D H _ U s e r , L O S _ W D M _ T x ,
D E G _ O U T _ W D M , T O R _ W D M
2 ) P a s s - t h r o u g h c o n f i g u r a t i o n : W D M T x a l a r m s
L O S _ W D M _ T x , D E G _ O U T _ W D M , T O R _ W D M
3 ) S h u t - d o w n o f t h e W D M T x
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
U s e r R x - U s e r R e c e p t i o n : c l i e n t i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m c l i e n t ) *
U s e r T x - U s e r T r a n s m i s s i o n : c l i e n t o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o c l i e n t ) *
W D M R x - W D M R e c e p t i o n : W D M i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m O M D X / O A D M
W D M T x - W D M T r a n s m i s s i o n : W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l t o
O M D X / O A D M
N . B . * * U s e r T X a n d U s e r R X a c c e s s p o i n t s h a v e t o b e e q u i p p e d w i t h
S m a l l F o r m f a c t o r P l u g g a b l e ( S F P ) o p t i c a l m o d u l e s , s h o w n i n
F i g u r e 6 6 . o n p a g e 1 4 9
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
2; 3; 4; 5; 6
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- O F F w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
- G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- Y E L L O W w h e n t h e b o a r d i s i n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e *
- R E D w h e n H W f a i l u r e , p o w e r s u p p l y f a i l u r e o r f a i l u r e i n c o m m u
n i c a t i o n w i t h t h e b o a r d
Access points description (from top to bottom)
N . B . * N e v e r u n p l u g o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d w h i l e t h i s
i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e b o a r d w i l l
n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r .

Figure 5556: MCC3 front panel



II-154 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
U s e r T x ( X F P ) * *
U s e r R x ( X F P ) * *
W D M R x
W D M T x
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
L e d
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
A b n o r m a l T x L e d
A b n o r m a l R x L e d
O u t O f S e r v i c e L e d
P o w e r fa i l u r e L e d
A P S D r e s t a r t
p u s h - b u t t o n
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n l e d
M a n a g e d b y h a r d w a r e . T h i s l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s
p l u g g e d i n a b s e n c e o f h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e ( H W F )
Y e l l o w l e d
T h i s l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d b y
t h e s o f t w a r e
Y e l l o w l e d
R x a b n o r m a l : p r o b l e m o n t h e r e c e i v e s i d e . M a n a g e d b y S W .
T h e L E D i s O N w h e n
- ( L O S / L O F _ O T N / L O M _ O T N ) _ W D M _ R X
- D E G _ O U T _ U s e r _ T X
- X F P a b s e n t
T h e L E D i s O N o n l y i f t h e a l a r m i s •s h o w n "

Y e ll o w l e d
T x a b n o r m a l : p r o b l e m o n t h e t r a n s m i t s i d e . M a n a g e d b y S W .
T h e L E D i s O N w h e n S D o r
- L O S _ U s e r _ R X
- ( L O S / D E G _ O U T / T O R ) _ W D M _ T X
- X F P a b s e n t
T h e L E D i s O N o n l y i f t h e a l a r m i s •s h o w n "
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . M a n a g e d b y S W . T h e L E D i s
- g r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r a n d w / o f a i l u r e
- y e l l o w w h e n t h e b o a r d i s i n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e *
- r e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n f a i l
u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
U s e r R x - U s e r R e c e p t i o n : c l i e n t i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m c l i e n t )
U s e r T x - U s e r T r a n s m i s s i o n : c l i e n t o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o c l i e n t )
W D M R x - W D M R e c e p t i o n : W D M i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m
O M D X / O A D M
W D M T x - W D M T r a n s m i s s i o n : W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l t o
O M D X / O A D M
N . B . * W h e n a b o a r d i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e , t h e h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
l e d o n t h e f r o n t b o a r d l i g h t s o n y e l l o w c o l o u r . N e v e r u n p l u g o r
m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d w h i l e t h i s L E D i s y e l l o w .
S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e b o a r d w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y h a v e t o
b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r .
* * U s e r T X a n d U s e r R X a c c e s s p o i n t s h a v e t o b e e q u i p p e d w i t h
X F P o p t i c a l m o d u l e s , s h o w n i n F i g u r e 6 7 . o n p a g e 1 5 0
* * * W h e n t h e b o a r d i s c o n f i g u r e d i n l o o p b a c k , t h e R X A a n d T X A
L E D s a r e a l w a y s t u r n e d O F F .
1 0 G b p s f r o n t p a n e l l i n k t o s u b s t i t u t e b a c k p a n e l l i n k s , w h e n
o n l y 2 . 5 G b b a c k p a n e l i s p r e s e n t
1 0 G b p s R x
1 0 G b p s T x
ACRONYM
4;5;6;7;
8;9;10;11 OCC10_E
14;15;16;17;
18;19;20;21
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
2; 3; 4; 5; 6
la b e l
h a n d l e
OCC10_EC
N . B . M a k e s u r e f i b e r s a r e d i s c o n n e c t e d w h e n p l u g g i n g / u n p l u g
g i n g a n O C C 1 0 _ E / O C C 1 0 _ E C c a r d
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 5657: OCC10_E and OCC10_EC front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-155
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
N . B . * * A l l t h e W D M a n d U s e r a c c e s s p o i n t s a r e e q u i p p e d w i t h S F P
o p t i c a l m o d u l e s , s h o w n i n F i g u r e 6 6 . o n p a g e 1 4 9
U s e r T x C H 2 * *
U s e r R x C H 2 * *
U s e r T x C H 1 * *
U s e r R x C H 1 * *
W D M R x C H 2 * *
W D M T x C H 2 * *
W D M R x C H 1 * *
W D M T x C H 1 * *
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
( S P I ) L e d
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
C H 2 A b n o r m a l L e d
C H 1 A b n o r m a l L e d
O u t O f S e r v i c e L e d
P o w e r fa i l u r e L e d
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n l e d
M a n a g e d b y h a r d w a r e . T h e l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s
p l u g g e d i n a b s e n c e o f h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e ( H W F ) .
I t i s O F F w h e n o n e o f t h e l o c a l p o w e r s u p p l y i s i n f a i l u r e
Y e l l o w l e d
T h i s l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
b y t h e s o f t w a r e
Y e l lo w l e d
L e d O N m e a n s p r o b l e m o n c h a n n e l 1 , s u c h a s T X _ F A U L T ,
I L O S o r b o a r d n o t c o n f i g u r e d
Y e l l o w l e d
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
T h e l e d i s G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p r o p e r l y e q u i p p e d ,
p r o v i s i o n e d a n d I n - s e r v i c e .
I t i s R E D b e f o r e s o f t w a r e c o n f i g u r i n g i s f i n i s h e d a n d b e
c o m e s G R E E N w h e n t h e c a r d c o n f i g u r i n g i s f i n i s h e d
C H 2 W D M R e c e p t i o n - C H 2 i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m m u x / d e
m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
C H 2 W D M T r a n s m i s s i o n - C H 2 o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o m u x /
d e m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
ACRONYM
4;5;6;7;
8;9;10;11
WLA1C
14;15;16;17;
18;19;20;21
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
2; 3; 4; 5; 6
l a b e l
h a n d l e
L e d O N m e a n s p r o b l e m o n c h a n n e l 2 , s u c h a s T X _ F A U L T ,
I L O S o r b o a r d n o t c o n f i g u r e d
C H 1 W D M R e c e p t i o n - C H 1 i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m m u x / d e
m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
C H 1 W D M T r a n s m i s s i o n - C H 1 o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o m u x /
d e m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
C H 2 U s e r R e c e p t i o n - C H 2 i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c l i e n t
C H 2 U s e r T r a n s m i s s i o n - C H 2 o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c l i e n t
C H 1 U s e r R e c e p t i o n - C H 1 i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c l i e n t
C H 1 U s e r T r a n s m i s s i o n - C H 1 o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c l i e n t
Access points description (from top to bottom)
N . B . * N e v e r u n p l u g o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d w h i l e
t h i s i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e b o a r d
w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r .

Figure 5758: WLA1C front panel



II-156 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
U s e r T x C H 2 * *
U s e r R x C H 2 * *
W D M R x C H 2 * *
W D M T x C H 2 * *
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
( S P I ) L e d
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
C H 2 A b n o r m a l L e d
C H 1 A b n o r m a l L e d
O u t O f S e r v i c e L e d
P o w e r fa i l u r e L e d
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n l e d
M a n a g e d b y h a r d w a r e . T h e l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s
p l u g g e d i n a b s e n c e o f h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e ( H W F ) .
I t i s O F F w h e n o n e o f t h e l o c a l p o w e r s u p p l y i s i n f a i l u r e
Y e l l o w l e d
T h i s l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
b y t h e s o f t w a r e
Y e l lo w l e d
L e d O N m e a n s p r o b l e m o n c h a n n e l 1 , s u c h a s T X _ F A U L T ,
I L O S , L O F o r b o a r d n o t c o n f i g u r e d
Y e l l o w l e d
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
L E D O F F w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
G R E E N L E D : b o a r d p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d w / o f a i l u r e
R E D L E D : H W f a i l u r e , p o w e r s u p p l y f a i l u r e o r f a i l u r e i n c o m
m u n i c a t i o n w i t h t h e b o a r d
Y E L L O W L E D : t h e b o a r d i s i n F W d o w n l o a d s t a t e *
C H 2 W D M R e c e p t i o n - C H 2 W D M i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m
m u x / d e m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
C H 2 W D M T r a n s m i s s i o n - C H 2 W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o
m u x / d e m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
N . B . * * A l l t h e W D M a n d U s e r a c c e s s p o i n t s a r e e q u i p p e d w i t h S F P
o p t i c a l m o d u l e s , s h o w n i n F i g u r e 6 6 . o n p a g e 1 4 9
ACRONYM
4;5;6;7;
8;9;10;11 WLA2M
14;15;16;17;
18;19;20;21
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
2; 3; 4; 5; 6
l a b e l
h a n d l e
W D M R x C H 1 * *
W D M T x C H 1 * *
U s e r T x C H 1 * *
U s e r R x C H 1 * *
L e d O N m e a n s p r o b l e m o n c h a n n e l 2 , s u c h a s T X _ F A U L T ,
I L O S , L O F o r b o a r d n o t c o n f i g u r e d
C H 1 W D M R e c e p t i o n - C H 1 W D M i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m
m u x / d e m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
C H 1 W D M T r a n s m i s s i o n - C H 1 W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o
m u x / d e m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
C H 2 U s e r R e c e p t i o n - C H 2 B & W i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c l i e n t
C H 2 U s e r T r a n s m i s s io n - C H 2 B & W o u t p u t s ig n a l , t o c l i e n t
C H 1 U s e r R e c e p t i o n - C H 1 B & W i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c l i e n t
C H 1 U s e r T r a n s m i s s io n - C H 1 B & W o u t p u t s ig n a l , t o c l i e n t
WLA3CD
Access points description (from top to bottom)
N . B . * W L A 3 C D o n l y . N e v e r u n p l u g o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f
a b o a r d w h i l e t h i s i s o n F W d o w n l o a d s t a t e . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e
b o a r d w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r .

Figure 5859: WLA2M and WLA3CD front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-157
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
U s e r T x C H 2 *
U s e r R x C H 2 *
W D M R x C H 2 *
W D M T x C H 2 *
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
( S P I ) L e d
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
C H 2 A b n o r m a l L e d
C H 1 A b n o r m a l L e d
O u t O f S e r v i c e L e d
P o w e r fa i l u r e L e d
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n le d
M a n a g e d b y h a r d w a r e . T h e l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s
p l u g g e d i n a b s e n c e o f h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e ( H W F ) .
I t i s O F F w h e n o n e o f t h e l o c a l p o w e r s u p p l y i s i n f a i l u r e
Y e l l o w l e d
T h i s l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
b y t h e s o f t w a r e
Y e l l o w l e d
L e d O N m e a n s p r o b l e m o n c h a n n e l 1 , s u c h a s T X _ F A U L T
o r C D R _ U N L O C K
Y e l l o w l e d
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
N . B . * A l l t h e W D M a n d U s e r a c c e s s p o i n t s a r e e q u i p p e d w i t h S F P
o p t i c a l m o d u l e s , s h o w n i n F i g u r e 6 6 . o n p a g e 1 4 9
ACRONYM
4;5;6;7;
8;9;10;11 WLA2M_OP
14;15;16;17;
18;19;20;21
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
2; 3; 4; 5; 6
l a b e l
h a n d l e
WLA3CD_OP
W D M R x C H 1 *
W D M T x C H 1 *
U s e r T x C H 1 *
U s e r R x C H 1 *
L e d O N m e a n s p r o b l e m o n c h a n n e l 2 , s u c h a s T X _ F A U L T
o r C D R _ U N L O C K
C H 1 a n d C H 2 W D M R e c e p t i o n - W D M i n p u t s i g n a l s
f r o m m u x / d e m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
C H 1 a n d C H 2 W D M T r a n s m i s s i o n - W D M o u t p u t s i g
n a l s , t o m u x / d e m u x o r O A D M b o a r d
C H 2 a n d C H 1 U s e r R e c e p t i o n - B & W i n p u t s i g n a l s , f r o m
c l i e n t
C H 2 a n d C H 1 U s e r T r a n s m i s s i o n - B & W o u t p u t s i g n a l s , t o
c l i e n t
C o u p l e r o u t p u t - B & W o u t p u t s i g n a l t o c l i e n t
S p l i t t e r i n p u t - B & W i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m c l i e n t
C H 2 a n d C H 1 s p l i t t e r o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o U s e r ( B & W )
R x C H 2 a n d U s e r R x C H 1
C H 2 a n d C H 1 c o u p l e r i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m U s e r ( B & W )
T x C H 2 a n d U s e r T x C H 1
C O U P O U T
S P L I T I N
S P L I T O U T C H 2
C O U P I N C H 2
S P L I T O U T C H 1
C O U P I N C H 1
L E D O F F w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
G R E E N L E D : b o a r d p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d w / o f a i l u r e
R E D L E D : H W f a i l u r e , p o w e r s u p p l y f a i l u r e o r f a i l u r e i n c o m
m u n i c a t i o n w i t h t h e b o a r d
Y E L L O W L E D : t h e b o a r d i s i n F W d o w n l o a d s t a t e *
Access points description (from top to bottom)
N . B . * W L A 3 C D O P o n l y . N e v e r u n p l u g o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f
a b o a r d w h i l e t h i s i s o n F W d o w n l o a d s t a t e . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e
b o a r d w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r .

Figure 5960: CWLA2M_OP and CWLA3CDOP front panel




II-158 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Reviewers I need the original source of this
Figure
Figure 6061: 2xGE_FC front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-159
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
L i n e 1 T r a n s m i s s i o n - L i n e / a g g r . o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o m u x / d e m u x
o r O A D M b o a r d ( i f W D M X F P ) o r t o t r a n s p o n d e r ( i f B & W X F P ) .
T h i s p o r t i s u s e d i n c o n c e n t r a t i o n a n d a d d / d r o p m o d e s
R e d l e d
L i n e 2 R x * *
L i n e 2 T x * *
H W F A I L U R E
( S P I ) L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
N . B . * * A l l t h e U s e r a n d L i n e a c c e s s p o i n t s a r e e q u i p p e d w i t h S F P
a n d X F P o p t i c a l m o d u l e s r e s p e c t i v e l y , s h o w n i n F i g u r e 6 6 . o n
p a g e 1 4 9 a n d F i g u r e 6 7 . o n p a g e 1 5 0
ACRONYM
4;5;6;7; 8;9;10;11
14;15;16;17; 18;19;20;21
8xGE 2; 3; 4; 5; 6
l a b e l
L i n e 1 R x * *
L i n e 1 T x * *
N . B . * N e v e r u n p l u g o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d w h i l e
t h i s i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e
b o a r d w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o
r y r e p a i r .
U s e r 3 T x * *
L i n e 1 R e c e p t i o n - L i n e / a g g r . i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m m u x / d e m u x o r
O A D M b o a r d ( i f W D M X F P ) o r f r o m t r a n s p o n d e r ( i f B & W X F P ) .
T h i s p o r t i s u s e d i n c o n c e n t r a t i o n a n d a d d / d r o p m o d e s
U s e r 3 R x * *
U s e r 4 T x * *
U s e r 4 R x * *
U s e r 1 T x * *
U s e r 1 R x * *
U s e r 2 T x * *
U s e r 2 R x * *
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : t r a n s m i s s i o n t o U s e r 1 - o u t p u t s i g
n a l t o C l i e n t 1
L E D O F F : t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
G R E E N L E D : b o a r d p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d w / o f a i l u r e
R E D L E D : o n e o f t h e l o c a l p o w e r s u p p l i e s i s i n f a i l u r e
Y E L L O W L E D : t h e b o a r d i s i n F W d o w n l o a d s t a t e *
Access points description (from top to bottom)
U S E R O O S
L I N E 2 A B N
L I N E 1 A B N
P O W E R O N
P 1
P 2
P 3
P 4
P 5
P 6
P 7
P 8
L 1
L 2
U s e r 7 T x * *
U s e r 7 R x * *
U s e r 8 T x * *
U s e r 8 R x * *
U s e r 5 T x * *
U s e r 5 R x * *
U s e r 6 T x * *
U s e r 6 R x * *
G R E E N L E D : b o a r d p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d w / o f a i l u r e
R E D L E D : o n e ( o r m o r e ) p o w e r s u p p l y i s i n f a i l u r e
G r e e n /
Y e ll o w l e d
L E D O F F : n o s i g n a l f a i l u r e ( L i n e 1 i s O K )
L E D O N : I L O S _ L 1 o r R S _ L O F _ L 1 a l a r m i s r a i s e d
Y e ll o w l e d
L E D O F F : n o s i g n a l f a i l u r e ( L i n e 2 i s O K )
L E D O N : I L O S _ L 2 o r R S _ L O F _ L 2 a l a r m i s r a i s e d
Y e ll o w l e d
L E D O F F : n o s i g n a l f a i l u r e ( a l l u s e r s a r e O K )
L E D O N : I L O S _ u s e r o r L O S y _ u s e r a l a r m i s r a i s e d
o n a n y u s e r p o r t
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : r e c e p t i o n f r o m U s e r 1 - i n p u t s i g n a l
f r o m C l i e n t 1
P 1
T h e s a m e a s P 1 , b u t r e f e r r e d t o U s e r 2 t o 8
P 2
t o
P 8
L 1
L i n e 2 R e c e p t i o n - L i n e / a g g r . i n p u t s i g n a l f r o m m u x / d e m u x
o r O A D M b o a r d ( i f W D M X F P ) o r f r o m t r a n s p o n d e r ( i f B & W
X F P ) . T h i s p o r t i s u s e d i n a d d / d r o p m o d e o n l y
L i n e 2 T r a n s m i s s i o n - L i n e / a g g r . o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o m u x / d e m u x
o r O A D M b o a r d ( i f W D M X F P ) o r t o t r a n s p o n d e r ( i f B & W X F P ) .
T h i s p o r t i s u s e d i n a d d / d r o p m o d e o n l y
L 2
1696MS SLOTS 1696MS_C SLOTS


II-160 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Note: Plug the optical fibers to SFPs after the SFP SW configuration.

Figure 6162: 8xGE front panel

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-161
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Note: Plug the optical fibers to SFPs after the SFP SW
configuration.

Figure 6263Figure 63: TRBD1996 front panel



II-162 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
C l i e n t
s i g n a l
1
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
3
A
L
X
X
X
X
X

X
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e L E D
A b n o r m a l t r a n s m i s s i o n L E D
A b n o r m a l r e c e p t io n L E D
O u t O f S e r v i c e L E D
P o w e r p r e s e n c e L E D
H
A
Z
A
R
D

L
E
V
E
L

1
L
A
S
E
R

P
R
O
D
U
C
T
D r a w e r 1
T x
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
P o w e r p r e s e n c e L E D
C l i e n t
s i g n a l
2
D r a w e r 2
P o w e r
p r e s e n c e
L E D
C l i e n t
s i g n a l
3
D r a w e r 3
P o w e r
p r e s e n c e
L E D
C l i e n t
s i g n a l
4
D r a w e r 4
P o w e r
p r e s e n c e
L E D
T x
R x
T x
R x
T x
R x
S T M 1 6
a g g r e g a t e
s i g n a l * *
R x
R x
T x
ACRONYM
2-3; 4-5; 6-7;
8-9; 10-11;
12-13; 14-15;
16-17; 18-19;
20-21; 22-23
N a m e M e a n i n g
P W R
G r e e n l e d
M a n a g e d b y h a r d w a r e . I t i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s
p l u g g e d a n d n o p o w e r f a i l u r e d e t e c t e d
O O S
Y e l l o w l e d
T h i s l e d i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n
f i g u r e d b y t h e s o f t w a r e
R X A
Y e l l o w
l e d
R x a b n o r m a l : p r o b l e m o n t h e r e c e iv e s i d e . O N m e a n s
- S D d r a w e r s
- I L O S o n S T M - 1 6 s i d e .
M a n a g e d b y s o f t w a r e
T X A
Y e l l o w
l e d
T x a b n o r m a l : p r o b l e m o n t h e t r a n s m i t s i d e . O N m e a n s
- I L O S o n d r a w e r s i d e .
M a n a g e d b y s o f t w a r e .
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d
w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- Y e l l o w w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d i n f i r m w a r e
d o w n l o a d s t a t e *
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y
( O B P S ) i s i n f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
2-3;
4-5
4 X ANY_P
N . B . M a k e s u r e f i b e r s a r e d i s c o n n e c t e d w h e n p l u g g i n g / u n p l u g
g i n g t h e d r a w e r s o r t h e 4 x A N Y h o s t c a r d .
Access points description (from top to bottom)
N . B . * W h e n a b o a r d i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e , t h e h a r d w a r e f a i l
u r e l e d o n t h e f r o n t b o a r d l i g h t s o n y e l l o w c o l o u r . N e v e r u n p l u g
o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d w h i l e t h i s L E D i s y e l
l o w . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e b o a r d w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y
h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r .
* * T h e a g g r e g a t e / W D M i n t e r f a c e i s a B & W ( S T M - 1 6 ) o r C W D M
o r D W D M S F P o p t i c a l m o d u l e ( r e f e r t o F i g u r e 6 6 . o n p a g e 1 4 9 )

Figure 636463: 4xANY front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-163
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
N a m e M e a n i n g
P W R
G r e e n / R e d
l e d
P o w e r a n d h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e l e d . I t i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d
w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n t h e c a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d i n h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
I n p u t s i g n a l s ( c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n 1 a n d 2 ) t o b e a d j u s t e d
b y t h e 2 V O A s o f t h e M V A C b o a r d
3
A
L
8
6
8
9
2
A
A
V O A 1 i n p u t
V O A 1 o u t p u t
V O A 2 i n p u t
V O A 2 o u t p u t
ACRONYM
4;5;6;7;8;9
10;11;12;13
MVAC
14;15;16;17;
18;19;20;21
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
Not used
O u t p u t s i g n a l s ( c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n 1 a n d 2 ) a d j u s t e d /
o p t i m i z e d b y t h e 2 V O A s o f t h e M V A C b o a r d
P o w e r a n d H a r d w a r e f a ilu r e L E D
t o
t o
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 646564: MVAC front panel



II-164 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
P o w e r a n d H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n / R e d
l e d
P o w e r a n d h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e l e d . I t i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d w i t h o u t
f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n t h e c a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d i n h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
I n p u t s i g n a l s ( c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n 1 , 2 . . . t o 1 0 ) t o b e a d j u s t e d
b y t h e t e n V O A s o f t h e M V A C 1 0 b o a r d
V O A 1 i n p u t
V O A 1 o u t p u t
V O A 2 i n p u t
V O A 2 o u t p u t
ACRONYM
4;5;6;7;8;9
10;11;12;13
MVAC10
14;15;16;17;
18;19;20;21
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
Not used
O u t p u t s i g n a l s ( c a b l e c o n n e c t i o n 1 , 2 . . . t o 1 0 ) a d j u s t e d /
o p t i m i z e d b y t h e t e n V O A s o f t h e M V A C 1 0 b o a r d
t o
t o
V O A 3 i n p u t
V O A 3 o u t p u t
V O A 4 i n p u t
V O A 4 o u t p u t
V O A 5 i n p u t
V O A 6 o u t p u t
V O A 7 i n p u t
V O A 7 o u t p u t
V O A 8 i n p u t
V O A 8 o u t p u t
V O A 9 i n p u t
V O A 9 o u t p u t
V O A 1 0 in p u t
V O A 1 0 o u t p u t
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 656665: MVAC10 front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-165
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
SFP optical module
Optical cables
ACRONYM EQUIPPED ONPORT
I N P U T S I G N A L
O U T P U T S I G N A L
B&W STM-16 SFP: S-16.1; I-16.1
4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC (Line side)
MCC3 (client side)
B&W FC SFP : FC/2FCmm; FC/2FCsm
B&W STM-4 SFP: S-4.1; L-4.1; L-4.2
B&W STM-1 SFP: S-1.1; L-1.1; L-1.2
B&W GbESFP: 1GbELX; 1GbESX; 1GbEZX
CWA147 -> CWA161
CWP147 -> CWP161
CWDM SFP:
B&W FESFP: 100BLX
DWA600 -> DWA200
DWDM SFP:
MCC3, 8xGE(Client side)
4xANY_P (Line side)
4xANY_P (Line side)
MCC3 (Client side)
B&W STM16 SFP: L-16.1; L-16.2
WLA3CD(OP) (both sides)
All WLAs (both sides)
2xGE_FC (client side)
OSC (L-1.1 only)
2XGE_FC (both sides)
2XGE_FC (Line side)
All WLAs (both sides)
All WLAs (both sides)
8xGE(client side)
B&W SFP: 2M OSC
Multirate SFP (100M to 2.5G): S-16_A
(1GbEand FC SFP only)
(1GbESFP only)

Figure 666766: SFP optical module



II-166 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
XFP optical module
ACRONYM EQUIPPED ONPORT
B&W STM-64 / 10GbEXFP:
OCC10_E(client side)
B&W 10GbEXFP: X10GBASE-S
XS642; XI641
Output signal
Input signal
OCC10_EC (client side)
8 x G E ( l i n e s i d e )
DWDM XFP: XL-642C
8 x G E ( l i n e s i d e )

Figure 676867: XFP optical module


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-167
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Multiplexers front view
3
7
3
6
3
5
3
3
3
2
3
1
3
0
S
E
X
C
h
#
3
8
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
E x t r a T x i n
E x t ra R x o u t
M o n i t o r i n g
L in e
L i n e T x o u t
L i n e R x i n
E x t r a
c h a n n e l s
S P V T x in
S P V R x o u t
S u p e r v i s i o n
S B T x i n
S B R x o u t
E x p a n s i o n
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
l a b e l
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
M o n i t o r T x o u t
M o n it o r R x o u t
3
A
L
8
6
6
1
5
X
X
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) is i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
ACRONYM
2; 3; 4; 5; 6;
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
12; 13; 22
M o n it o r
T x o u t
O u t p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e m e n t d e
v i c e )
M o n i t o r
R x o u t
I n p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e m e n t d e
v i c e )
L i n e T x o u t L i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o l i n e )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m l i n e )
W D M T x i n
W D M t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d
e r ( C h . 3 0 B 3 8 )
W D M R x
o u t
W D M r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
( C h . 3 0 B 3 8 )
E x t r a T x
i n
E x t r a c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( f r o m o t h e r M u x / D e m u x b o a r d )
E x t r a R x
o u t
E x t r a c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o o t h e r M u x / D e m u x b o a r d )
S P V T x i n S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m S P V M b o a r d )
S P V R x o u t S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o S P V M b o a r d )
1696MS SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
4,5,6
S B T x i n S h o r t B a n d t r a n s m i s s io n c h a n n e ls i n p u t ( f r o m o t h e r M u x / D e m u x )
S B R x o u t S h o r t B a n d r e c e p t i o n c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o o t h e r M u x / D e m u x )
OMDX8100_M_L1_X
N . B . T h e O M D X 8 1 0 0 _ M _ L 1 _ X b o a r d i s n o t p r o v i d e d w i t h
t h e S u p e r v i s i o n ( S P V T x i n / o u t ) a c c e s s p o i n t s
( s h o w n i n f i g u r e )
A c c e s s
c h a n n e l s
2; 3;
12; 13; 22
Master Expansion
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 686968: OMDX8100_M_L1_XS front panel



II-168 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
L in e
E x t r a
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
l a b e l
3
A
L
8
6
6
1
5
X
X
C
h
#
2
8
2
7
2
6
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
0
2
5
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
E x t r a T x i n
E x t ra R x o u t
L in e T x o u t
L i n e R x i n
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
T h i s f r o n t p a n e l i s s i m i l a r t o t h a t o f O M D X 8 1 0 0 _ M _ S 2 a n d S 1 b o a r d s , e x c e p t f o r t h e s e t o f c h a n n e l s ,
i . e . C h . 4 2 t o 5 0 f o r S 2 b a n d a n d C h . 5 2 t o 6 0 f o r S 1 b a n d . T h e s e t o f c h a n n e l s i s p r i n t e d o n t h e f r o n t
p a n e l a n d i n c l u d e d i n t h e a c r o n y m t o i d e n t i f y t h e b o a r d t y p e .
ACRONYM
1696MS SLOTS
OMDX8100_M_L2
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s in
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
L i n e T x o u tL i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o l i n e o r o t h e r M u x / D e m u x )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m l i n e o r o t h e r M u x / D e m u x )
W D M T x i n
W D M t r a n s m i s s io n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d in g t r a n s p o n d e r
( C h . 2 0 B 2 8 f o r L 2 b a n d , 4 2 B 5 0 f o r S 2 b a n d , 5 2 B 6 0 f o r S 1 b a n d )
W D M R x
o u t
W D M r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( C h .
2 0 B 2 8 f o r L 2 b a n d , 4 2 B 5 0 f o r S 2 b a n d , 5 2 B 6 0 f o r S 1 b a n d )
E x t r a T x
i n
E x t r a c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( f r o m o t h e r M u x / D e m u x b o a r d )
E x t r a R x
o u t
E x t r a c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o o t h e r M u x / D e m u x b o a r d )
1696MS_C
SLOTS
OMDX8100_M_S2
OMDX8100_M_S1
4, 5, 6
( s h o w n i n f i g u r e )
A c c e s s
c h a n n e l s
2; 3; 4; 5; 6;
12; 13; 22
2; 3;
12; 13; 22
Master Expansion
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 697069: OMDX8100_M_L2/S2/S1 front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-169
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
T h i s f r o n t p a n e l i s s i m i l a r t o t h a t o f O A D M 8 1 0 0 _ M _ L 2 / S 2 / S 1 _ S b o a r d s , e x c e p t f o r t h e s e t o f c h a n n e l , i . e . C h .
2 0 t o 2 8 f o r L 2 b a n d , C h . 4 2 t o 5 0 f o r S 2 b a n d a n d C h . 5 2 t o 6 0 f o r S 1 b a n d . F o u r d i f f e r e n t b o a r d s a r e s o a v a i l a b l e .
T h e s e t o f c h a n n e l s i s p r i n t e d o n t h e f r o n t p a n e l a n d i n c l u d e d i n t h e a c r o n y m t o i d e n t i f y t h e b o a r d t y p e .
ACRONYM
OADM8100_M_L1_S
( s h o w n i n f i g u r e )
3
7
3
6
3
5
3
3
3
2
3
1
3
0
S
C
h
#
3
8
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
E x t r a T x i n
E x t ra R x o u t
M o n i t o r i n g
L in e
L in e T x o u t
L i n e R x i n
E x t r a
c h a n n e l s
S P V T x in
S P V R x o u t
S u p e r v i s i o n
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
l a b e l
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
M o n it o r T x o u t
M o n it o r R x o u t
3
A
L
8
6
6
3
7
A
X
U n u s e d
U n u s e d
OADM8100_M_L2_S
OADM8100_M_S1_S
OADM8100_M_S2_S
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
M o n i t o r
T x o u t
O u t p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e m e n t d e
v i c e )
M o n it o r
R x o u t
I n p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e m e n t d e
v i c e )
L in e T x o u t L i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o l i n e )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m l i n e )
W D M T x i n
W D M t r a n s m is s io n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d in g t r a n s
p o n d e r : c h . 3 0 B 3 8 ( L 1 b a n d ) , c h . 2 0 B 2 8 ( L 2 ) , c h . 4 2 B 5 0
( S 2 ) , c h . 5 2 B 6 0 ( S 1 )
W D M R x
o u t
W D M r e c e p t io n o u t p u t s ig n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r :
c h . 3 0 B 3 8 ( L 1 b a n d ) , c h . 2 0 B 2 8 ( L 2 ) , c h . 4 2 B 5 0 ( S 2 ) , c h .
5 2 B 6 0 ( S 1 )
E x t r a T x
i n
E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( f r o m o t h e r M u x / D e m u x
b o a r d )
E x t r a R x
o u t
E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o o t h e r M u x / D e m u x
b o a r d )
S P V T x i n S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m S P V M b o a r d )
S P V R x o u tS u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o S P V M b o a r d )
C h a n n e ls
a c c e s s e s
1696MS SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
4, 5, 6
2; 3; 4; 5; 6;
12; 13; 22
2; 3;
12; 13; 22
Master Expansion
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 707170: OADM8100_M_L1_S (L2/S1/S2) front panel



II-170 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
T h i s f r o n t p a n e l i s t h e s a m e f o r a l l O A D M 4 1 0 0 _ M _ c h X X - Y Y _ S f o u r c h a n n e l s b o a r d s , e x c e p t f o r t h e s e t
o f c h a n n e l s : e i g h t s e t s o f 4 c h a n n e l s a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r t h i s b o a r d t y p e ; e i g h t d i f f e r e n t b o a r d s a r e s o a v a i l a b l e .
T h e s e t o f c h a n n e l s i s p r i n t e d o n t h e f r o n t p a n e l a n d i n c l u d e d i n t h e a c r o n y m t o i d e n t i f y t h e b o a r d t y p e .
ACRONYM
OADM4100_M_ch20-23_S
( s h o w n i n f i g u r e )
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
M o n i t o r
T x o u t
O u t p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e
m e n t d e v i c e )
M o n i t o r
R x o u t
I n p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e
m e n t d e v i c e )
L i n e T x o u t L i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o l i n e )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m l i n e )
W D M T x i n
W D M t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s
p o n d e r : c h . 2 0 B 2 3 ; 2 5 B 2 8 ; 3 0 B 3 3 ; 3 5 B 3 8 ; 4 2 B 4 5 ;
4 7 B 5 0 ; 5 2 B 5 5 ; 5 7 B 6 0
W D M R x
o u t
W D M r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r :
c h . 2 0 B 2 3 ; 2 5 B 2 8 ; 3 0 B 3 3 ; 3 5 B 3 8 ; 4 2 B 4 5 ; 4 7 B 5 0 ;
5 2 B 5 5 ; 5 7 B 6 0
E x t r a T x
i n
E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( f r o m o t h e r M u x / D e
m u x b o a r d )
E x t r a R x
o u t
E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o o t h e r M u x / D e
m u x b o a r d )
S P V T x i n S u p e r v is i o n t r a n s m i s s io n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m S P V M b o a r d )
S P V R x o u t S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o S P V M b o a r d )
OADM4100_M_ch25-28_S
OADM4100_M_ch30-33_S
OADM4100_M_ch35-38_S
OADM4100_M_ch42-45_S
OADM4100_M_ch47-50_S
OADM4100_M_ch52-55_S
OADM4100_M_ch57-60_S
C
h
#
3
3
3
2
3
1
3
0
M o n i t o r i n g
L in e
C h a n n e l s
a c c e s s e s
S u p e r v i s i o n
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y l a b e l
3
A
L
8
6
6
3
7
B
A
E x t r a o r
p a s s -
t h r o u g h
c h a n n e l s
S
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
L in e T x o u t
L i n e R x i n
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
M o n it o r T x o u t
M o n it o r R x o u t
E x t r a T x i n
E x t ra R x o u t
S P V T x in
S P V R x o u t
U n u s e d
U n u s e d
1696MS SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
4, 5, 6
2; 3; 4; 5; 6;
12; 13; 22
2; 3;
12; 13; 22
Master Expansion
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 717271: OADM4100_M_chxx-yy_S front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-171
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

T h is f r o n t p a n e l i s t h e s a m e f o r a l l O A D M 2 1 0 0 _ M _ c h x x _ y y _ S t w o c h a n n e l s b o a r d s , e x c e p t f o r t h e s e t
o f c h a n n e l s : f i v e s e t s o f 2 c h a n n e l s a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r t h i s b o a r d t y p e ; f i v e d i f f e r e n t b o a r d s a r e s o a v a i l a b l e .
T h e s e t o f c h a n n e l s i s p r i n t o n t h e f r o n t p a n e l a n d i n c l u d e d i n t h e a c r o n y m t o i d e n t i f y t h e b o a r d t y p e .
ACRONYM
OADM2100_M_30_31_S
( s h o w n i n f i g u r e )
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
M o n i t o r
T x o u t
O u t p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e
m e n t d e v i c e )
M o n i t o r
R x o u t
I n p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e
m e n t d e v i c e )
L i n e T x o u t L i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o l i n e )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m l i n e )
W D M T x i n
W D M t r a n s m i s s io n i n p u t s ig n a l , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s
p o n d e r : c h . 3 0 - 3 1 ; 3 2 - 3 3 ; 3 5 - 3 6 ; 3 7 - 3 8 ; 4 7 - 4 8
W D M R x
o u t
W D M r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s
p o n d e r : c h . 3 0 - 3 1 ; 3 2 - 3 3 ; 3 5 - 3 6 ; 3 7 - 3 8 ; 4 7 - 4 8
E x t r a T x i n
E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( f r o m o t h e r M u x / D e
m u x b o a r d )
E x t r a R x
o u t
E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o o t h e r M u x / D e
m u x b o a r d )
S P V T x i n S u p e r v is i o n t r a n s m i s s io n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m S P V M b o a r d )
S P V R x o u t S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o S P V M b o a r d )
OADM2100_M_32_33_S
OADM2100_M_35_36_S
OADM2100_M_37_38_S
OADM2100_M_47_48_S
3
1
S
C
h
#
3
0
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
E x t r a T x i n
E x t ra R x o u t
M o n i t o r i n g
L in e
L in e T x o u t
L i n e R x i n
C h a n n e l
a c c e s s e s
E x t r a
c h a n n e l s
S P V T x in
S P V R x o u t
S u p e r v i s i o n
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
l a b e l
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
M o n it o r T x o u t
M o n it o r R x o u t
U n u s e d
U n u s e d
3
A
L
8
6
7
7
8
X
X
C h # 1
C h # 2
1696MS SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
4, 5, 6
2; 3; 4; 5; 6;
12; 13; 22
2; 3;
12; 13; 22
Master Expansion
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 727372: OADM2100_M_xx_yy_S front panel



II-172 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

T h is f r o n t p a n e l i s t h e s a m e f o r a l l O A D M 1 1 0 0 _ M _ x x _ S o n e c h a n n e l b o a r d s , e x c e p t f o r t h e c h a n n e l :
1 2 d i f f e r e n t c h a n n e l s a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r t h i s b o a r d t y p e a n d t h e n t w e l v e d i f f e r e n t b o a r d s a r e a v a i l a b l e . T h e
n u m b e r o f t h e c h a n n e l i s p r i n t e d o n t h e f r o n t p a n e l a n d i n c l u d e d i n t h e a c r o n y m t o i d e n t i f y t h e b o a r d t y p e .
ACRONYM
OADM1100_M_25_S
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
M o n i t o r
T x o u t
O u t p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e
m e n t d e v i c e )
M o n i t o r
R x o u t
I n p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s i g n a l ( t o o p t i c a l m e a s u r e
m e n t d e v i c e )
L i n e T x o u t L i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o l i n e )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m l i n e )
W D M T x i n
W D M t r a n s m i s s io n i n p u t s ig n a l , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s
p o n d e r : c h . 2 5 ; 3 0 ; 3 1 ; 3 2 ; 3 3 ; 3 5 ; 3 6 ; 3 7 ; 3 8 ; 4 7 ; 4 8 ; 5 0
W D M R x
o u t
W D M r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d
e r : c h . c h . 2 5 ; 3 0 ; 3 1 ; 3 2 ; 3 3 ; 3 5 ; 3 6 ; 3 7 ; 3 8 ; 4 7 ; 4 8 ; 5 0
E x t r a T x i n
E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( f r o m o t h e r M u x / D e
m u x b o a r d )
E x t r a R x
o u t
E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o o t h e r M u x / D e
m u x b o a r d )
S P V T x i n S u p e r v is i o n t r a n s m i s s io n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m S P V M b o a r d )
S P V R x o u t S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o S P V M b o a r d )
OADM1100_M_30_S
OADM1100_M_31_S
OADM1100_M_32_S
OADM1100_M_33_S
S
C
h
#

x
x
W D M T x i n
W D M R x o u t
E x t r a T x i n
E x t ra R x o u t
M o n i t o r i n g
L in e
L in e T x o u t
L i n e R x i n
C h a n n e l
a c c e s s
E x t r a
c h a n n e l s
S P V T x in
S P V R x o u t
S u p e r v i s i o n
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
l a b e l
M o n it o r T x o u t
M o n it o r R x o u t
3
A
L
8
6
7
7
7
X
X
Add
Drop
OADM1100_M_35_S
OADM1100_M_36_S
OADM1100_M_37_S
OADM1100_M_38_S
OADM1100_M_47_S
OADM1100_M_48_S
OADM1100_M_50_S
1696MS SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
4, 5, 6
2; 3; 4; 5; 6;
12; 13; 22
2; 3;
12; 13; 22
Master Expansion
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 737473: OADM1100_M_xx_S front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-173
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
N a m e M e a n i n g
ACRONYM
1696MS
2; 3; 12
SPV_F_1310_1550
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
5; 6
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
M o n i t o r
T x o u t
O u t p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s ig n a l ( t o o p t ic a l m e a s u r e m e n t
d e v i c e )
M u x I n
D m u x o u t
M o n i t o r i n g
L in e
L in e T x o u t
L i n e R x i n
M o n it o r T x o u t
M o n it o r R x o u t
1310
M u x I n
D m u x o u t
1 5 5 0
S P V T x in
S P V R x o u t
S u p e r v i s i o n
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
l a b e l
3
A
L
8
6
7
7
9
A
A
1
3
1
0
S
Common
13; 22
M o n i t o r
R x o u t
I n p u t p o w e r m e a s u r e m e n t s ig n a l ( t o o p t ic a l m e a s u r e m e n t
d e v i c e )
L in e T x o u t L i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o t h e l i n e )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m t h e l i n e )
M u x i n I n p u t 1 3 1 0 n m s i g n a l
D m u x o u t O u t p u t r e c e p t i o n 1 3 1 0 n m s i g n a l
M u x i n I n p u t 1 5 5 0 n m s i g n a l
D m u x o u t O u t p u t r e c e p t i o n 1 5 5 0 n m s i g n a l
S P V T x i n S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m S P V M b o a r d )
S P V R x o u t S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o S P V M b o a r d )
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 747574: SPV_F_1310_1550 front panel



II-174 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
N a m e M e a n i n g
ACRONYM
1696MS
SPV_F_C
SLOTS
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
S P V T x i n S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s io n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m S P V M b o a r d )
S P V R x o u tS u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o S P V M b o a r d )
3 A L 8 6 7 7 9 B A X X
R x o u t p u t
T x i n p u t
S P V T x in
S P V R x o u t
S u p e r v i s i o n
E x t r a T x i n
E x t ra R x o u t
E x t r a
c h a n n e l s
S
C l i e n t a c c e s s
E x t r a I n I n p u t e x t r a s i g n a l ( 1 3 1 0 o r 1 5 5 0 n m )
E x t r a O u t O u t p u t e x t r a s i g n a l ( 1 3 1 0 o r 1 5 5 0 n m )
L i n e T x o u t L i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o t h e l i n e )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m t h e l i n e )
2 8 B 3 5
3 8 B 4 5
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
1696MS_C SLOTS
Master Expansion
9; 10; 11
8; 9;
10; 11
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 757675: SPV_F_C front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-175
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
C H 1 I N P U T
C H 1 O U T P U T
L in e
L I N E R X I N
L I N E T X O U T
S P V IN ( A D D )
S P V O U T
( D R O P )
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y l a b e l
C H 2 I N P U T
C H 2 O U T P U T
C H 3 I N P U T
C H 3 O U T P U T
C H 4 I N P U T
C H 4 O U T P U T
C H 5 I N P U T
C H 5 O U T P U T
C H 6 I N P U T
C H 6 O U T P U T
C H 7 I N P U T
C H 7 O U T P U T
C H 8 I N P U T
C H 8 O U T P U T
N a m e M e a n i n g
T h e L E D i s G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p lu g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d
w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
T h e L E D i s R E D i n c a s e o f S W r e s e t o r H W f a i l u r e
ACRONYM
2; 3; 4; 5; 6;
CMDX-U
8; 10; 12; 13; 14
L i n e T r a n s m is s io n o u t p u t s ig n a l ( M U X O U T P U T , t o l in e )
L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( D E M U X I N P U T , f r o m l i n e )
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 in p u t . 1 4 7 0 n m W D M in p u t s ig n a l, f r o m
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 o u t p u t . 1 4 7 0 n m W D M o u t p u t s ig n a l , t o
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
1 3 1 0 n m s u p e r v i s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m S P V / O S C b o a r d ( O S C
A D D ) - C M D X ( 2 ) - U - S o n l y
1 3 1 0 n m s u p e r v i s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o S P V / O S C b o a r d ( O S C
D R O P ) - C M D X ( 2 ) - U - S o n l y
1696MS SLOTS 1696MS_C SLOTS
4,5,6
W D M
a c c e s s
c h a n n e l s
2; 3;
12; 13; 22
Master Expansion
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e L e d
S u p e r v i
s i o n
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : C H 2 i n p u t t o C H 8 i n p u t . 1 4 9 0 n m t o 1 6 1 0
n m W D M i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 o u t p u t t o C H 8 o u t p u t . 1 4 9 0 n m t o
1 6 1 0 n m W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
T O
CMDX2-U
16; 18; 20; 22
Master Expansion
2; 4; 5; 6
T h e 1 3 1 0 n m s u p e r v i s i o n c o n n e c t o r s ( S P V I N / O U T ) a r e
a v a i l a b l e o n l y o n C M D X - U - S a n d C M D X 2 - U - S b o a r d s
Access points description (from top to bottom)
CMDX-U-S
CMDX2-U-S

Figure 767776: CMDX(2) boards (all types) front panel



II-176 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

1 4 7 0 C H I N
1 4 7 0 C H O U T
L in e
L I N E R X I N
L I N E T X O U T
S P V IN ( A D D )
S P V O U T
( D R O P )
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y l a b e l
1 4 9 0 C H I N
1 4 7 0 C H O U T
1 5 1 0 C H I N
1 5 1 0 C H O U T
1 5 7 0 C H I N
1 5 7 0 C H O U T
1 5 9 0 C H I N
1 5 9 0 C H O U T
1 6 1 0 C H I N
1 6 1 0 C H O U T
B A N D I N
W D M
a c c e s s
c h a n n e l s
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e L e d
S u p e r
v i s i o n
ACRONYM
2; 3; 4; 5; 6
CDMDX2-U
8; 10; 12; 13; 14
1696MS SLOTS 1696MS_C SLOTS
4,5,6
2; 3; 12; 13
14; 16; 18
Master Expansion
CDMDX2-U-S
16; 18; 20; 22
Master Expansion
2; 4; 5; 6
20; 22
N a m e M e a n i n g
T h e L E D i s G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d
a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
T h e L E D i s R E D i n c a s e o f S W r e s e t o r H W f a i l u r e
L i n e T r a n s m is s io n o u t p u t s ig n a l ( M U X O U T P U T , t o l in e )
L in e R e c e p t io n in p u t s ig n a l ( D E M U X I N P U T , f r o m lin e )
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : 1 4 7 0 n m W D M i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : 1 4 7 0 n m W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o
c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
1 3 1 0 n m s u p e r v i s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m S P V / O S C b o a r d
( O S C A D D ) - C D M D X 2 - U - S o n l y
1 3 1 0 n m s u p e r v is io n o u t p u t s ig n a l, t o S P V / O S C b o a r d ( O S C
D R O P ) - C D M D X 2 - U - S o n l y
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : 1 4 9 0 n m , 1 5 1 0 n m , 1 5 7 0 n m , 1 5 9 0 n m a n d
1 6 1 0 n m W D M i n p u t s i g n a l s , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : 1 4 9 0 n m , 1 5 1 0 n m , 1 5 7 0 n m , 1 5 9 0 n m a n d
1 6 1 0 n m W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l s , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r
T O
T h e 1 3 1 0 n m s u p e r v i s i o n c o n n e c t o r s ( S P V I N / O U T )
a r e a v a i l a b l e o n l y o n C D M D X 2 - U - S b o a r d
E X T R A
B A N D O U T
E X T R A
1 5 2 3 n m - > 1 5 6 0 n m I N P U T e x t r a p o r t , a l l o w i n g t o i n s e r t u p
t o 2 4 D W D M m u l t ip l e x e d c h a n n e l s t o t h e l i n e s i g n a l ( C W D M
M U X I n p u t )
1 5 2 3 n m - > 1 5 6 0 n m O U T P U T e x t r a p o r t a b l e t o e x t r a c t u p
t o 2 4 D W D M m u l t i p l e x e d c h a n n e l s f r o m t h e l i n e s i g n a l
( C W D M D E M U X O u t p u t )
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 777877: CDMDX2-U and CDMDX2-U-S front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-177
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
H a r d w a r e
f a i l u r e L e d
ACRONYM
2; 3; 4; 5; 6
COAD2-xx_S 8; 10; 12; 13; 14
1696MS SLOTS 1696MS_C SLOTS
4,5,6
2; 3; 12; 13
14; 16; 18
Master Expansion
16; 18; 20; 22
Master Expansion
2; 4; 5; 6
20; 22
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 A D D . 1 4 7 1 n m W D M i n p u t s i g n a l ,
f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( E a s t M u x i n p u t )
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 D R O P . 1 4 7 1 n m W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l ,
t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( E a s t D e m u x o u t p u t )
E A S T S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m O S C
b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C A D D
Access points description (from top to bottom)
E A S T C H 1 A D D
E A S T C H 1 D R O P
E A S T E x tr a C H i n ( A D D )
E A S T E x t r a C H o u t ( D R O P )
E A S T L i n e T x o u t
E A T L in e R x in
A c c e s s
C h a n n e l
E A S T S P V T x i n
E A S T S P V R x o u t
S u p e r
v i s i o n
W E S T S P V T x i n
W E S T S P V R x o u t
W E S T C H 1 A D D
W E S T E x t r a C H i n ( A D D )
W E S T E x t r a C H o u t ( D R O P )
W E S T L i n e T x o u t
W E S T L i n e R x i n
A c c e s s
C h a n n e l
W E S T C H 1 D R O P
E A S T S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o O S C b o a r d )
- 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C D R O P
W E S T S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m O S C
b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C A D D
W E S T S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o O S C b o a r d )
- 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C D R O P
E A S T L i n e r e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l - D e m u x i n p u t f r o m L i n e
E A S T L i n e t r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l - M u x o u t p u t t o L i n e
E A S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( i . e . f r o m
W e s t D e m u x e x t r a b a n d o u t p u t ) - E a s t M u x i n p u t
E A S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( i . e . t o W e s t
M u x e x t r a b a n d i n p u t ) - E a s t D e m u x o u t p u t
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 A D D . 1 4 7 1 n m W D M i n p u t s i g n a l ,
f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( W e s t M u x i n p u t )
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 D R O P . 1 4 7 1 n m W D M o u t p u t s i g n a l ,
t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( W e s t D e m u x o u t p u t )
W E S T L i n e r e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l - D e m u x i n p u t f r o m L i n e
W E S T L i n e t r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l - M u x o u t p u t t o L i n e
W E S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( i . e . f r o m
E a s t D e m u x e x t r a b a n d o u t p u t ) - W e s t M u x i n p u t
W E S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( i . e . t o E a s t
M u x e x t r a b a n d i n p u t ) - W e s t D e m u x o u t p u t
E i g t h t y p e s / c o d e s o f 1 - c h a n n e l O A D M b o a r d a r e p r o v i d e d , e a c h o n e
a b l e t o a d d a n d d r o p o n e o f t h e e i g t h w a v e l e n g t h s o f t h e C W D M g r i d .
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- O F F w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t d e c l a r e d
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w / o f a i l u r e
o r f a i l u r e i n c o m m u n i c a t i o n o n t h e b o a r d
- R e d i n c a s e o f H W f a i l u r e , p o w e r s u p p l y f a i l u r e
x x s t a n d s f o r 1 4 7 0 o r 1 4 9 0 o r 1 5 1 0 o r 1 5 3 0 o r 1 5 5 0 o r 1 5 7 0 o r 1 5 9 0 o r 1 6 1 0 ,
a c c o r d i n g t o t h e b o a r d c o d e . I t i n d i c a t e s t h e a d d e d / d r o p p e d w a v e l e n g t h .

Figure 787978: COAD2-xx_S (1-channel OADM) front panel



II-178 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
H a r d w a r e
f a i l u r e L e d
ACRONYM
2; 3; 4; 5; 6
8; 10; 12; 13; 14
1696MS SLOTS 1696MS_C SLOTS
4,5,6
2; 3; 12; 13
14; 16; 18
Master Expansion
16; 18; 20; 22
Master Expans.
2; 4; 5; 6
20; 22
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 , C H 2 A D D . 1 4 7 0 n m , 1 4 9 0 n m W D M
i n p u t s i g n a l s , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g T P D ( E a s t M u x i n p u t )
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 , C H 2 d r o p . 1 4 7 0 n m , 1 4 9 0 n m W D M
o u t p u t s i g n a l s , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g T P D ( E a s t D e m u x o u t p u t )
E A S T S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m O S C
b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C A D D
Access points description (from top to bottom)
E A S T C H 1 A D D
E A S T C H 1 D R O P
E A S T E x tr a C H i n ( A D D )
E A S T E x t r a C H o u t ( D R O P )
E A S T L i n e T x o u t
E A S T L i n e R x i n
A c c e s s
C h a n n e l s
E A S T S P V T x i n
E A S T S P V R x o u t
S u p e r
v i s i o n
W E S T S P V T x i n
W E S T S P V R x o u t
W E S T C H 1 A D D
W E S T E x t r a C H i n ( A D D )
W E S T E x t r a C H o u t ( D R O P )
W E S T L i n e T x o u t
W E S T L i n e R x i n
A c c e s s
C h a n n e l s
W E S T C H 1 D R O P
E A S T S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o O S C b o a r d )
- 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C D R O P
W E S T S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m O S C
b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C A D D
W E S T S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o O S C b o a r d )
- 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C D R O P
E A S T L i n e r e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l - D e m u x i n p u t f r o m L i n e
E A S T L i n e t r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l - M u x o u t p u t t o L i n e
E A S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( i . e . f r o m
W e s t D e m u x e x t r a b a n d o u t p u t ) - E a s t M u x i n p u t
E A S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( i . e . t o W e s t
M u x e x t r a b a n d i n p u t ) - E a s t D e m u x o u t p u t
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 , C H 2 A D D . 1 4 7 0 n m , 1 4 9 0 n m W D M
i n p u t s i g n a l s , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g T P D ( W e s t M u x i n p u t )
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 , C H 2 d r o p . 1 4 7 0 n m , 1 4 9 0 n m W D M
o u t p u t s i g n a l s , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g T P D ( W e s t D e m u x o u t p u t )
W E S T L i n e r e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l - D e m u x i n p u t f r o m L i n e
W E S T L i n e t r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l - M u x o u t p u t t o L i n e
W E S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( i . e . f r o m
E a s t D e m u x e x t r a b a n d o u t p u t ) - W e s t M u x i n p u t
W E S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( i . e . t o E a s t
M u x e x t r a b a n d i n p u t ) - W e s t D e m u x o u t p u t
F o u r t y p e s / c o d e s o f 2 - c h a n n e l O A D M b o a r d a r e p r o v i d e d , e a c h o n e a b l e t o a d d a n d d r o p a p a i r
( 1 4 7 0 - 1 4 9 0 n m , 1 5 1 0 - 1 5 5 3 0 n m , 1 5 5 0 - 1 5 7 0 n m , 1 5 9 0 - 1 6 1 0 n m ) o f w a v e l e n g t h s o f t h e C W D M g r i d .
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- O F F w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t d e c l a r e d
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w / o f a i l u r e
o r f a i l u r e i n c o m m u n i c a t i o n o n t h e b o a r d
- R e d i n c a s e o f H W f a i l u r e , p o w e r s u p p l y f a i l u r e
E A S T C H 2 A D D
E A S T C H 2 D R O P
W E S T C H 2 A D D
W E S T C H 2 D R O P
COAD2-xx-yy_S
x x - y y s t a n d s f o r 1 4 7 0 - 1 4 9 0 o r 1 5 1 0 - 1 5 3 0 o r 1 5 5 0 - 1 5 7 0 o r 1 5 9 0 - 1 6 1 0 , a c c o r d i n g
t o t h e b o a r d c o d e . I t i n d i c a t e s t h e a d d e d / d r o p p e d w a v e l e n g t h s .

Figure 798079: COAD2-xx-yy_S (2-channel OADM) front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-179
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
H a r d w a r e
f a i l u r e L e d
ACRONYM
2&3;4&5;6&7
COAD2-1470-1530_S
8&9;12&13
14&15;16&17
18&19;20&21
22&23;10
1696MS SLOTS 1696MS_C
Master Exp. Master Exp.
2&3
COAD2-1550-1610_S
2&3
22&23
12&13 4&5
4&5
E A S T C H 1 A D D
E A S T C H 1 D R O P
E A S T E x t r a C H i n ( A D D )
E A S T E x t r a C H o u t ( D R O P )
E A S T L i n e T x o u t
E A S T L i n e R x i n
E A S T S P V T x i n
E A S T S P V R x o u t
W E S T S P V T x i n
W E S T S P V R x o u t
E A S T C H 2 A D D
E A S T C H 2 D R O P
E A S T C H 3 A D D
E A S T C H 3 D R O P
E A S T C H 4 A D D
E A S T C H 4 D R O P
W E S T C H 1 A D D
W E S T C H 1 D R O P
W E S T E x t r a C H i n ( A D D )
W E S T E x t r a C H o u t ( D R O P )
W E S T L i n e T x o u t
W E S T L i n e R x i n
W E S T C H 2 A D D
W E S T C H 2 D R O P
W E S T C H 3 A D D
W E S T C H 3 D R O P
W E S T C H 4 A D D
W E S T C H 4 D R O P
A
c
c
e
s
s

C
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
A
c
c
e
s
s

C
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
S
u
p
e
r
v
i
s
i
o
n

Figure 808180: COAD2-xx-yy_S (4-channel OADM) front panel



II-180 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
T w o t y p e s / c o d e s o f 4 - c h a n n e l O A D M b o a r d a r e p r o v i d e d , e a c h o n e a b l e t o a d d a n d d r o p f o u r w a v e
l e n g t h s ( 1 4 7 0 , 1 4 9 0 , 1 5 1 0 a n d 1 5 5 3 0 n m t h e b o a r d s h o w n i n t h e f i g u r e , 1 5 5 0 , 1 5 7 0 , 1 5 9 0 a n d 1 6 1 0 n m
t h e o t h e r o n e ) o f t h e C W D M g r i d .
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 , C H 2 , C H 3 , C H 4 A D D . 1 4 7 0 n m , 1 4 9 0 n m , 1 5 1 0 , 1 5 3 0 n m W D M i n
p u t s i g n a l s , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( E a s t M u x i n p u t s )
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 , C H 2 , C H 3 , C H 4 D R O P . 1 4 7 0 n m , 1 4 9 0 n m , 1 5 1 0 , 1 5 3 0 n m W D M
o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( E A S T D e m u x o u t p u t s )
E A S T S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m O S C b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C A D D
Access points description (from top to bottom)
E A S T S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o O S C b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C D R O P
W E S T S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m O S C b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C A D D
W E S T S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o O S C b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C D R O P
E A S T L i n e r e c e p t i o n in p u t s ig n a l - E A S T D e m u x i n p u t f r o m L in e
E A S T L i n e t r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l - E A S T M u x o u t p u t t o L i n e
E A S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g W e s t D e m u x e x t r a b a n d
o u t p u t o r f r o m a c a s c a d e d D W D M M u x o u t p u t ) - E A S T M u x i n p u t
E A S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g W e s t M u x e x t r a b a n d i n p u t
o r t o a D W D M D e m u x i n p u t ) - E A S T D e m u x o u t p u t
A b o v e c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 , C H 2 , C H 3 , C H 4 A D D . 1 4 7 0 n m , 1 4 9 0 n m , 1 5 1 0 , 1 5 3 0 n m W D M i n p u t
s i g n a l s , f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( W E S T M u x i n p u t s )
B e l o w c o n n e c t o r : C H 1 , C H 2 , C H 3 , C H 4 D R O P . 1 4 7 0 n m , 1 4 9 0 n m , 1 5 1 0 , 1 5 3 0 n m W D M
o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o c o r r e s p o n d i n g t r a n s p o n d e r ( W E S T D e m u x o u t p u t s )
W E S T L i n e r e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l - W E S T D e m u x in p u t f r o m L in e
W E S T L in e t r a n s m is s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l - W E S T M u x o u t p u t t o L i n e
W E S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s i n p u t ( f r o m c o r r e s p o n d i n g E a s t D e m u x e x t r a b a n d
o u t p u t o r f r o m a c a s c a d e d D W D M M u x o u t p u t ) - W E S T M u x i n p u t
W E S T E x t r a o r p a s s - t h r o u g h c h a n n e l s o u t p u t ( t o c o r r e s p o n d in g E a s t M u x e x t r a b a n d
i n p u t o r t o a D W D M D e m u x i n p u t ) - W E S T D e m u x o u t p u t
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- O F F w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t d e c l a r e d
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w / o f a i l u r e
- R e d i n c a s e o f H W f a i l u r e , p o w e r s u p p l y f a i l u r e o r f a i l u r e i n c o m m u n i c a t i o n o n t h e b o a r d

Figure 818281: COAD2-xx-yy_S (4-channel OADM) access points description


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-181
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
N a m e M e a n i n g
ACRONYM
1696MS
F1310
SLOTS
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d w i t h o u t H W f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n S W r e s e t o r H W f a i l u r e
S P V T x i n S u p e r v i s i o n t r a n s m i s s i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( f r o m S P V / O S C b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C A d d
S P V R x o u t S u p e r v i s i o n r e c e p t i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( t o S P V / O S C b o a r d ) - 1 3 1 0 n m S P V / O S C D r o p
L I N E R x I N P U T ( D E M U X I N )
L I N E T x O U T P U T ( M U X O U T )
S P V T x in
S P V R x o u t
S u p e r v i s i o n
E x t r a I N P U T
E x t r a O U T P U T
E x t r a
c h a n n e l
C o m m o n
( L i n e )
E x t r a I n p u t C - B a n d I n p u t s i g n a l ( M u l t i p l e x e d , D / C W D M ) - M U X i n p u t
E x t r a O u t p u t C - B a n d O u t p u t s i g n a l ( M u l t i p l e x e d , D / C W D M ) - D E M U X o u t p u t
L i n e T x o u t L i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l ( M u x o u t p u t t o L i n e )
L i n e R x i n L i n e R e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l ( D e m u x i n p u t f r o m L i n e )
2 8 B 3 5
3 8 B 4 5
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
1696MS_C SLOTS
Master Expansion
9; 10; 11
8; 9;
10; 11
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 828382: F1310 front panel



II-182 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Optical amplifiers front view
3
A
L
8
6
7
0
3
A
X
ACRONYM
1696MS
4; 5;
SLOTS 1696MS_C
SLOTS
2,3 12; 13;
20; 21
4; 5;
12; 13;
20; 21;
22; 23
N a m e M e a n i n g
P W
G r e e n l e d
P o w e r le d m a n a g e d b y H W . I t is O N w h e n
t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d w i t h o u t H W F
O O S
Y e l l o w l e d
M a n a g e d b y S W . I t i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s
p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d b y t h e S W
A B N
Y e l l o w l e d
A b n o r m a l i n p u t s i g n a l a l a r m . C a u s e d b y
1 ) 1 s t s t a g e i n p u t o p t i c a l s i g n a l l e v e l h a s d e
c r e a s e d b e l o w t h e i n p u t s i g n a l l o s s t h r e s h o l d
2 ) O u t p u t s a f e t y s h u t d o w n o t t h e 2 n d s t a g e .
M a n a g e d b y S W
A P S D
Y e l l o w l e d *
M a n a g e d b y S W . T h e L E D i s
- O F F w h e n A P S D e n a b l e
- O N w h e n A P S D d i s a b l e f o r c e d O N o r O F F
H W F
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a ilu r e le d , m a n a g e d b y S W . I t is
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u
r e d a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- y e l l o w w h e n t h e b o a r d i s i n f i r m w a r e d o w n
l o a d s t a t e * *
- R e d w h e n
a ) o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
b ) C _ T Y P E a l a r m i s r a i s e d
I n p u t
O u t p u t
V O A
I n p u t
O u t p u t
S u p e r v i s i o n
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y l a b e l
S t a g e 1
m o n i t o r i n g M o n . T x ( O U T )
M o n . R x ( I N )
S t a g e 2
m o n i t o r i n g M o n . T x ( O U T )
M o n . R x ( I N )
I n p u t
O u t p u t
S t a g e 2
I n p u t
O u t p u t
S t a g e 1
O u t O f S e r v i c e L E D
A b n o r m a l i n p u t s i g n a l a l a r m L E D
A P S D s t a t u s L E D
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e L E D
R e s e t p u s h - b u t t o n
P o w e r O N L E D
N . B . * T h e L E D i s a l w a y s O N b e c a u s e t h e A P S D e n a b l e m o d e i s n o t
s u p p o r t e d
* * W h e n t h e b o a r d i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e , t h e h a r d w a r e
f a i l u r e l e d o n t h e f r o n t b o a r d l i g h t s o n y e l l o w c o l o u r . N e v e r u n
p l u g o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d w h i l e t h i s L E D
i s y e l l o w . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e b o a r d w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d
m a y h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r .
Master Expans
OAC2
L_OAC2
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 838483: OAC2 and OAC2_L front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-183
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Controllers front view
N a m e M e a n i n g
U R G
R e d l e d
U r g e n t A l a r m ( m a j o r o r c r i t i c a l )
N R G
R e d l e d
N o t U r g e n t A l a r m ( m i n o r )
A T D
Y e l l o w l e d
A t t e n d e d A l a r m : a c k n o w l e d g e d U R G o r N U R G
a l a r m ( a l a r m s t o r i n g )
A B N
Y e l l o w l e d
A b n o r m a l c o n d i t i o n
I N D
Y e l l o w l e d
I n d i c a t i v e A l a r m ( w a r n i n g )
ACRONYM
1696MS
1
ESC2
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
1 (master
U R G
N R G
A T D
A B N
I n d i c a t i v e a l a r m L E D
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
E x t r a c t i o n
h a n d l e
3
A
L

8
6
6
6
1
A
A
X
X
A b n o r m a l C o n d i t i o n L E D
A t t e n d e d a la r m L E D
N o t U r g e n t a l a r m L E D
U r g e n t A l a r m L E D
IN D
STATUS
E C
S C
C ra f t
L A T
A C O
R S T
E q u i p m e n t C o n t r o l l e r L E D
S h e l f C o n t r o l l e r L E D
R E S E T p u s h b u t t o n
L a m p T e s t p u s h b u t t o n *
A l a r m C u t O f f p u s h b u t t o n
"DBG" Interf ace
"F" Interf ace f or CT connection
"DBG" Interf ace
E C
G r e e n /
R e d /
Y e l l o w l e d
G r e e n l e d m e a n s c o m m u n i c a t i o n O K b e t w e e n E C / S C
R e d l e d m e a n s n o c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n E C / S C
b u t S C i s s t a r t e d
Y e l l o w l e d m e a n s s t a r t t i m e
S C
G r e e n / R e d
/ Y e l l o w l e d
G r e e n l e d m e a n s S C s t a r t e d
Y e l l o w l e d m e a n s s t a r t t i m e
R e d l e d m e a n s S C d e f a u l t
SUB-D 9 pins connector
RJ45 connector
RJ45 connector
N B : * L A T b u t t o n l i g h t s u p a l l l e d s o f t h e N E e x c e p t f o r t h e E S C o n e s .
W h e n p r e s s i n g R S T b u t t o n , E C & S C L E D s s t a t u s d o e s n ' t c h a n g e
W h e n S C i s r e s t a r t e d , t h e E C l e d i s r e d a n d t h e S C l e d i s g r e e n .
W h e n t h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n b e t w e e n E C & S C i s r e - e s t a b l i s h e d , b o t h E C & S C L E D s a r e g r e e n
shelf only) ESC3
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 848584: ESC front panel



II-184 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
N a m e M e a n i n g
P W R
G r e e n l e d
P o W e R i n g l e d : i t i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p o w e r e d a n d
w i t h o u t H a r d W a r e F a i l u r e ( H W F ) . M a n a g e d b y H W
L B
Y e ll o w l e d
L i n e B u s y l e d : i t i s O N w h e n t h e s p e e c h
c h a n n e l i s b u s y
C C
Y e ll o w l e d
C o n f e r e n c e C a l l l e d : i t i s O N w h e n a c o n f e r e n c e
c a l l i s o c c u r i n g o n t h e s p e e c h c h a n n e l
V L
Y e l l o w l e d
V a c a n t L i n e l e d : i t i s O N w h e n t h e S p e e c h c h a n n e l
i s v a c a n t
ACRONYM
1696MS
2; 16; 18;
SLOTS*
1696MS_C
SLOTS*
4; 5; 6
R x 1 i n p u t
T x 1 o u t p u t
R x 2 i n p u t
T x 2 o u t p u t
O S C 1
O S C 2
E x t r a c t i o n h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y
l a b e l
H a r d W a r e F a i l u r e L E D
V a c a n t L i n e L E D
C o n f e r e n c e C a l l L E D
L i n e B u s y L E D
J 1 : S p e e c h c h a n n e l
h a n d s e t c o n n e c t o r
B o a r d r e s e t
p u s h b u t t o n
L i n e p i c k u p
p u s h b u t t o n
S p e e c h c h a n n e l
n u m b e r
c o d i n g w h e e l s
E x t r a c t i o n h a n d l e
P o w e r O N L E D
SPVM2
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- Y e l l o w w h e n t h e b o a r d i s i n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e *
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
R X 1 i n p u t O S C 1 r e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m O A C , O M D X o r O A D M
T X 1 i n p u t O S C 1 t r a n s m s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o O A C , O M D X o r O A D M
R X 2 i n p u t O S C 2 r e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m O A C , O M D X o r O A D M
T X 2 i n p u t O S C 2 t r a n s m s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o O A C , O M D X o r O A D M
J 1 S p e e c h c h a n n e l h a n d s e t c o n n e c t i o n
N . B . * W h e n a b o a r d i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e , t h e h a r d
w a r e f a i l u r e l e d o n t h e f r o n t b o a r d l i g h t s o n y e l l o w c o l o u r .
N e v e r u n p l u g o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d
w h i l e t h i s L E D i s y e l l o w . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e b o a r d
w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y
r e p a i r .
3
A
L
8
6
6
0
6
A
B
20; 22; 23
* In master shelf only
Access points description (from top to bottom)
SPVM3

Figure 858685: SPVM2 and SPVM3 front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-185
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
N a m e M e a n i n g
P W R
G r e e n l e d
P o W e R i n g l e d : i t i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p o w e r e d a n d
w i t h o u t H a r d W a r e F a i l u r e ( H W F ) . M a n a g e d b y H W
L B
Y e l lo w l e d
L i n e B u s y l e d : i t i s O N w h e n t h e s p e e c h
c h a n n e l i s b u s y
C C
Y e l lo w l e d
C o n f e r e n c e C a l l l e d : i t i s O N w h e n a c o n f e r e n c e
c a l l i s o c c u r i n g o n t h e s p e e c h c h a n n e l
V L
Y e l l o w l e d
V a c a n t L i n e l e d : i t i s O N w h e n t h e S p e e c h c h a n n e l
i s v a c a n t
ACRONYM
1696MS
SPVM_H
SLOTS*
1696MS_C
SLOTS*
4; 5; 6
R x 1 i n p u t
T x 1 o u t p u t
O S C 1
E x tr a c ti o n h a n d l e
O p t i c a l s a f e t y l a b e l
H a r d W a r e F a i l u r e L E D
V a c a n t L i n e L E D
C o n f e r e n c e C a l l L E D
L i n e B u s y L E D
J 1 : S p e e c h c h a n n e l
a n d s e t c o n n e c t o r
B o a r d r e s e t
p u s h b u t t o n
L i n e p i c k u p
p u s h b u t t o n
S p e e c h c h a n n e l
n u m b e r
c o d i n g w h e e l
E x tr a c ti o n h a n d l e
P o w e r O N L E D
G r e e n /
Y e l l o w /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- Y e l l o w w h e n t h e b o a r d i s i n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e *
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s
i n f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
R X 1 i n p u t O S C 1 r e c e p t i o n i n p u t s i g n a l , f r o m O A C , O M D X o r O A D M
T X 1 i n p u t O S C 1 t r a n s m s s i o n o u t p u t s i g n a l , t o O A C , O M D X o r O A D M
J S p e e c h c h a n n e l h a n d s e t c o n n e c t i o n
3
A
L
8
6
6
0
6
A
C
N . B . * W h e n t h e b o a r d i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e , t h e h a r d w a r e
f a i l u r e l e d o n t h e f r o n t b o a r d l i g h t s o n y e l l o w c o l o u r . N e v e r u n
p l u g o r m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d w h i l e t h i s L E D
i s y e l l o w . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e b o a r d w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d
m a y h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r .
2; 16; 18;
20; 22; 23
* In master shelf only
Access points description (from top to bottom)
SPVM3_H

Figure 868786: SPVM_H and SPVM3_H front panel



II-186 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

Figure 878887: OSC front panel

Name Meaning
ACRONYM
1696MS
29*; 33*;
SLOTS**
1696MS_C
SLOTS**
11
Rx1 input
Tx1 output
Rx2 input
Tx2 output
OSC 1*
OSC 2*
HardWare Failure LED
OSC
Green /
Red led
Hardware failure. The LED is
- Green when the board is plugged, config and without failure
- Red when the board is in hardware failure or at Start-up
OSC2 side output signal to OAC, mux/demux or OADM board
** In master shelf only
* OSC can be declared in this slot only if the shelf is a "new shelf"
35; 39*;
43
OSC2 side input signal from OAC, mux/demux or OADM board
OSC1 side output signal to OAC, mux/demux or OADM board
OSC1 side input signal from OAC, mux/demux or OADM board
Access points description (from top to bottom)
N.B. * OSC connectors are equipped with SFP optical modules,
shown in Figure 67.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-187
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
N a m e M e a n i n g
ACRONYM
1696MS
SLOTS**
1696MS_C
SLOTS**
2*
H a r d W a r e F a i l u r e L E D
EBRIDGE
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d w i t h o u t H W f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n S W r e s e t o r h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
* In master shelf only
10; 18*
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 888988: EBRIDGE front panel



II-188 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
3
A
L
8
6
8
9
3
A
A
ACRONYM
1696MS
2; 12;
OSMC
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
13; 23
Not used
P o w e r O N L E D
O u t O f S e r v i c e L E D
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
T h e l e d i s G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d
a n d w i t h o u t H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e ( H W F ) .
I t i s R E D w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d i n H W F .
Y e l l o w l e d T h i s l e d i s O N w h e n a f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d i s b e i n g p e r
f o r m e d
I n p u t p o w e r m o n i t o r i n g p o i n t s g i v i n g t h e p o s s i b i l i t y t o c h e c k
t h e p o w e r i n 8 d i f f e r e n t l o c a t i o n s p e r e a c h c h a n n e l
. . . .
I n p u t s p o w e r
m o n i t o r i n g
I n p u t s p o w e r
m o n i t o r i n g
Access points description (from top to bottom)
N . B . W h e n t h e b o a r d i s o n f i r m w a r e d o w n l o a d s t a t e , t h e O O S L e d
o n t h e f r o n t b o a r d l i g h t s o n y e l l o w c o l o u r . N e v e r u n p l u g o r
m o d i f y t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n o f a b o a r d w h i l e t h i s L E D i s y e l
l o w . S h o u l d t h i s o c c u r , t h e b o a r d w i l l n o t r e s t a r t a n d m a y
h a v e t o b e r e t u r n e d f o r f a c t o r y r e p a i r

Figure 899089: OSMC front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-189
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
3
A
L
8
6
8
9
3
A
A
ACRONYM
1696MS
6 (master
I-Link_M
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
shelf only)
Not used
P o w e r F a i l u r e L E D
E X P . s h e l v e s 1 , 2 ,
3 , C O N N E C T I O N
S T A T U S L E D s
N a m e M e a n i n g
O r a n g e l e d
T h e l e d i s O N w h e n t h e c o n n e c t i o n w i t h s l a v e s h e l f 1 i s
e s t a b l i s h e d
S U B - D 1 5 P , t o b e
c o n n e c t e d t o e x
p a n s i o n s h e l f 1
H W F a i l u r e L E D
S U B - D 1 5 P , t o b e
c o n n e c t e d t o e x
p a n s i o n s h e l f 3
( n o t u s e d i n c u r
r e n t r e l . )
O r a n g e l e d
T h e l e d i s O N w h e n t h e c o n n e c t i o n w i t h s l a v e s h e l f 2 i s
e s t a b l i s h e d
O r a n g e l e d
T h e l e d i s O N w h e n t h e c o n n e c t i o n w i t h s l a v e s h e l f 3 i s
e s t a b l i s h e d ( o n l y 2 s l a v e s h e l v e s a l l o w e d i n c u r r e n t r e l . )
O r a n g e l e d
P o w e r f a i l u r e l e d ; i t i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p r o p e r l y
p o w e r e d
G r e e n / R e d
l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e l e d . I t i s
- G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d
w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R E D w h e n s o f t w a r e r e s e t i s b e i n g p e r f o r m e d
C o n n e c t i o n p o i n t w i t h 1 6 9 6 M S _ C e x p a n s i o n s h e l f 1
C o n n e c t i o n p o i n t w i t h 1 6 9 6 M S _ C e x p a n s i o n s h e l f 2
C o n n e c t i o n p o i n t w i t h 1 6 9 6 M S _ C e x p a n s i o n s h e l f 3
( n o t u s e d i n c u r r e n t r e l e a s e )
S U B - D 1 5 P , t o b e
c o n n e c t e d t o e x
p a n s i o n s h e l f 2
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 909190: I-Link_M front panel



II-190 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
3
A
L
8
6
8
9
3
A
A
ACRONYM
1696MS
1 (slave
I-Link_S
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
shelf only)
Not used
P o w e r F a i l u r e L E D
N O T U S E D
N a m e M e a n i n g
H W F a i l u r e L E D
O r a n g e l e d
P o w e r f a i l u r e l e d ; i t i s O N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p r o p e r l y
p o w e r e d
G r e e n / R e d
l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e l e d . I t i s
- G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d
w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R E D w h e n s o f t w a r e r e s e t i s b e i n g p e r f o r m e d
C o n n e c t i o n p o i n t w i t h 1 6 9 6 M S _ C m a s t e r s h e l f
N O T U S E D
N O T U S E D
S U B - D 1 5 P , t o b e
c o n n e c t e d t o t h e
1 6 9 6 M S _ C m a s
t e r s h e l f
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 919291: I-Link_S front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-191
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
N a m e M e a n i n g
ACRONYM
1696MS
LAC (LAN_Q)
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
8
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n f a i l u r e
( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
R J 4 5
c o n n e c t o r
R J 4 5 a n d
B N C c o n
n e c t o r s
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
LAC (LAN_I)
26
27 -
B N C
c o n n e c t o r s
- i n m a s t e r s h e l f , s l o t 2 6 , o r i n c o m p a c t s h e l f , s l o t 8 ( L A N _ Q ) , t h e s e c o n n e c
t o r s p r o v i d e t h e p h y s i c a l a c c e s s ( Q 3 i n t e r f . ) t o c o n n e c t a n e x t e r n a l s u p e r v i
s i o n e q u i p m e n t ( 1 3 5 3 . . ) . S l o t 2 6 i s l i n k e d t o t h e E S C b o a r d v i a b a c k p a n e l l i n k
- a s e c o n d b o a r d c a n b e p l u g g e d i n m a s t e r s h e l f , s l o t 2 7 ( L A N _ I ) , t o a l l o w
t h e i n t r a - s h e l f c o m m u n i c a t i o n v i a a c a s c a d e ( B N C ) o r H U B ( R J 4 5 ) l i n k w i t h
t h e s a m e c o n n e c t o r o f t h e L A N _ I b o a r d , s l o t 2 7 , o f e a c h e x p a n s i o n s h e l f .
I f a c a b l e i s f i t t e d i n R J 4 5 c o n n . , B N C i s u n a v a i l a b l e a n d v i c e v e r s a
N M S / I N T R A - S H E L F
c o n n e c t i o n s
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 929392: LAN boards front panel



II-192 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
2 5 p i n s S U B - D f e m a l e c o n n e c t o r f o r h o u s e
k e e p i n g a l a r m s ( 8 i n p u t s a n d 8 o u t p u t s )
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
N a m e M e a n i n g
ACRONYM
1696MS
HK
SLOTS*
1696MS_C
SLOTS*
11
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
36
* Master shelf only
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 939493: Housekeeping front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-193
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
ACRONYM
1696MS
RAI
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
9; 10
9 p i n s S U B - D f e m a l e
c o n n e c t o r ( t o P D U / T R U )
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
37
R J 1 1 , 6 p i n s c o n n e c t o r ( t o
t h e 9 p i n s S U B - D f e m a l e
c o n n e c t o r o f t h e s h e l f b e l o w )
R A C K A L A R M S
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n o n e o f t h e O n B o a r d p o w e r s u p p l y ( O B P S ) i s i n
f a i l u r e ( O R o n t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a l a r m s )
9 p i n s S U B - D f e
m a l e c o n n e c t o r
U s e d t o c o n n e c t t h e R A I c a r d o f t h e m a s t e r s h e l f w i t h t h e
P D U / T R U
R J 1 1 6 p i n s
c o n n e c t o r
U s e d f o r i n t r a - s h e l f c o m m u n i c a t i o n . I t h a s t o b e c o n n e c t e d t o
t h e 9 - p i n c o n n e c t o r o f t h e s l a v e s h e l f b e l o w . O n l y f o r 1 6 9 6 M S
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 949594: RAI front panel



II-194 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
ACRONYM
1696MS
UIC
SLOTS*
1696MS_C
SLOTS*
-
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
46; 47
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n t h e b o a r d i s i n h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
5 2 p i n s S C S I - 2
f e m a l e c o n n e c t o r
* Master shelf only
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 959695: UIC front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-195
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Switching protection, power supply and fans front view
ACRONYM
1696MS
OPC
SLOTS
1696MS_C SLOTS
9, 10, 11
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s *
- G r e e n w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R e d w h e n t h e b o a r d i s i n h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e
2 8 B 3 5
3 8 B 4 5
O p t i c a l s a f e t y l a b e l
H a r d W a r e F a i l u r e L E D *
c h a n n e l 1 T x I n p u t
c h a n n e l 2 T x I n p u t
c h a n n e l 1 R x O u t p u t
c h a n n e l 2 R x O u t p u t
R x i n p u t
T x o u t p u t
T o ( T x O u t ) /
F r o m ( R x I N )
C l i e n t
T o ( R x O U T ) /
F r o m ( T x I N )
t r a n s p o n d e r s
o r 4 x A N Y
d r a w e r s
SM & MM OPC
with connectors
3AL86708AC
3AL86708AD
3AL95113AA
Master Expansion
8; 9; 10; 11
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 969796: OPC front panel



II-196 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
ACRONYM
1696MS
OMSP
SLOTS
1696MS_C SLOTS
9, 10, 11
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
2 8 B 3 5
3 8 B 4 5
O p t i c a l s a f e t y l a b e l
H a r d W a r e F a i l u r e L E D *
L i n e 1 I N - C W D M l i n e i n p u t s i g n a l 1 ( f r o m l i n e )
L i n e 2 I N - C W D M l i n e i n p u t s i g n a l 2 ( f r o m l i n e )
L i n e 1 O U T - C W D M l i n e o u t p u t s i g n a l 1 ( t o l i n e )
T X O U T - s e l e c t e d o p t ic a l s i g n a l o u t p u t ( t o D E M U X )
Master Expansion
8; 9; 10; 11
L i n e 2 O U T - C W D M l i n e o u t p u t s i g n a l 1 ( t o l i n e )
R X I N - p r o t e c t e d o p t i c a l s i g n a l i n p u t ( f r o m M U X )
T h e L E D i s G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d ,
c o n f i g u r e d a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
T h e L E D i s R E D i n c a s e o f S W r e s e t o r H W f a i l u r e
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 979897: OMSP front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-197
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
ACRONYM
1696MS
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
7, 12 (master/exp shelves)
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
H a r d w a r e f a i l u r e . T h e L E D i s
- G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d , c o n f i g u r e d a n d w it h o u t f a i l u r e
- R E D w h e n t h e b o a r d i s i n f a i l u r e o r t h e p o w e r s u p p l y c a b l e i s n o t
c o n n e c t e d
H a r d W a r e F a i l u r e L E D
1 ( m a l e ) + V B A T T
2 ( f e m a l e ) G N D
3 ( m a l e ) - V B A T T
3 - p i n S U B - D
c o n n e c t o r
PSC2
PSC3
2 5 , 4 8
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 989998: PSC/PSC2/PSC3 front panel



II-198 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
ACRONYM
1696MS
PMU
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
N a m e M e a n i n g
1 ) G R E E N /
R E D L E D
M A J O R a l a r m . T h e L E D i s
- G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R E D w h e n t h e a l a r m i s p r e s e n t ( r a i s e d o n l y i f P M U _ P r e s e n c e ) . I t i s t h e O R o f
 b o t h r e c t i f i e r s a r e m i s s i n g o r b o t h r e c t i f i e r s i n p u t v o l t a g e < 8 5 V r m s
 b o t h r e c t i f i e r s o u t p u t v o l t a g e < 3 8 V o r > 6 0 V
 b o t h f a n s f r o m P M U c a s e 1 f a i l e d ( O R f a n f r o m P M U c a s e 2 f a i l e d )
 b o t h r e c t i f i e r s t e m p e r a t u r e > 5 5 C o r o u t p u t c u r r e n t < 1 2 A
Placed below the 1696MS_C
N o t u s e d
master shelf
RECTIFIER 1 RECTIFIER 2
CONTROL UNIT
in1 in2
1)
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
5) 3) 4)
2)
6)
7)
3)
2 ) G R E E N /
R E D L E D
M I N O R a l a r m . T h e L E D i s
- G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d a n d w i t h o u t f a i l u r e
- R E D w h e n t h e a l a r m i s p r e s e n t ( r a i s e d o n l y i f P M U _ P r e s e n c e ) . I t i s t h e O R o f
 o n e r e c t i f i e r i s m i s s i n g o r o n e r e c t i f i e r i n p u t v o l t a g e < 8 5 V r m s
 o n e r e c t i f i e r o u t p u t v o l t a g e < 3 8 V o r > 6 0 V
 o n e F A N f r o m P M U c a s e 1 f a i l e d o r o n e r e c t i f i e r t e m p e r a t u r e > 5 5 C
 b a t t e r y p r e s e n t b u t b a t t e r y b r e a k e r o p e n
3 ) G R E E N /
R E D L E D
B A T T E R Y C O N N E C T E D . T h e L E D i s R E D i f b a t t e r y c o n n e c t i o n i s f a i l e d .
T h e L E D i s G R E E N i f b a t t e r y i s c o n n e c t e d .
4 ) G R E E N /
R E D L E D
T E S T B A T T E R Y . T h e L E D i s R E D i f t e s t b a t t e r y i s f a i l e d .
T h e L E D i s G R E E N i f t e s t b a t t e r y i s O K . T h e L E D i s L I T O F F i f n o b a t t e r y c o n n e c t e d
5 ) B A T T E R Y C O N N E C T O R . I t h a s t o b e c o n n c t e d t o t h e ( o p t i o n a l ) b a c k - u p b a t t e r y
6 ) O U T P U T P O W E R C O N N E C T O R S . S U B - D 3 p t o b e c o n n e c t e d t o t h e t w o P S C ( 2 ) c a r d s
7 ) P M U A L A R M S C O N N E C T O R S . S U B - D 1 5 p t o b e c o n n e c t e d t o t h e F A N _ C
8 ) A C I N P U T P O W E R C O N N E C T O R S . T o b e c o n n e c t e d t o t h e p r i m a r y A C p o w e r s u p p l y
( 1 0 0 V / 5 0 - 6 0 H z , 1 1 5 V / 6 0 H z , 2 3 0 V / 5 0 H z )
in1
in2
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
F
A
N
1)
5) 4) 3)
2)
6)
7) 3)
Two different solutions are provided
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 9910099: PMU front panel


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-199
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
N a m e M e a n i n g
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
T h e L E D i s O F F w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
I t i s G R E E N w h e n t h e b o a r d i s p l u g g e d b u t n o t c o n f i g u r e d
I t i s R E D t o i n d i c a t e h a r d w a r e f a i l u r e , p o w e r s u p p l y f a i l u r e o r f a i l u r e i n c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h t h e b o a r d
ACRONYM
1696MS
FANC
SLOTS
1696MS_C
SLOTS
- 49
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
F A N C ( f o r 1 6 9 6 M S )
FAN_C 13 -
1 5 p i n s S U B - D
f e m a l e c o n n e c t o r
( f o r b a t t e r i e s
a l a r m s r a i s i n g )
F A N _ C ( f o r 1 6 9 6 M S _ C )
E X T
P M U
F A N
F I L T E R
H a r d W a r e
F a i l u r e L E D
F A N s s t a t u s L E D s
N e w F A N s o n l y . G R E E N L E D i n d i c a t e s F A N ( 1 , 2 , 3 ) s p e e d i s O K .
R E D L E D i n d i c a t e s F A N ( 1 , 2 , 3 ) s p e e d i s t o o l o w .
O R A N G E L E D i n d i c a t e s F A N ( 1 , 2 , 3 ) s p e e d t o o f a s t .
N e w F A N
G r e e n /
R e d l e d
Access points description (from top to bottom)

Figure 100101100: FANs front panel


II-200 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

6 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Overview
Purpose
The purpose of this section is outlined in the contents below.
Contents
This chapter covers these topics.
General description II-199
System Configuration II-272

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-201
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
General description
This section describes the main functions carried out by the
- 1696MSPAN
- 1696MS_C (CPE, housed in a compact shelf, with reduced functionalities)
Alcatel-Lucent products.
The functions carried out by the NE, can be splitted in some sub-systems here below
listed, and described from the sections Transponder sub-system to Performance
Monitoring sub-system:
- Transponder sub-systemTransponder sub-systemTransponder sub-
systemTransponder sub-system
- TDM client signal concentrator sub-systemTDM client signal concentrator
sub-systemTDM client signal concentrator sub-systemTDM client signal
concentrator sub-system
- Optical MUX/DMUX (Wavelength Division Multiplexing) sub-system
- Optical Fiber Amplification (OFA) sub-system - optional - used in 1696MS only
- Supervision management (Optical Supervisory Channel, OSC) sub-system -
optional
- Automatic Power Equalization sub-system (APE) - optional
- Controller sub-system
- Power supply sub-system
- Protection (O-SNCP) sub-system
- Performance Monitoring sub-system
Before starting with the presentation of the above listed functions / sub-systems, for a
better system comprehension, the 1696MSPAN main configurations (Line Terminal,
OADM, back-to-back terminal, Repeater) and the functions implemented in each of
them are described in the following.
Formatted: Font: Bold
Formatted: Font: Bold

II-202 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Line Terminal configuration
W D M
l i n e
O F A
O F A
E q u i p m e n t a n d
s h e l f c o n t r o l l e r
U s e r
I n t e r f a c e s
P o w e r
s u p p l y
U s e r s e r v i c e a c c e s s e s S t a t i o n b a t t e r i e s
S u p e r v i s i o n
O S C
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r ti o n
3 .6 V
5 .5 V
T o
b o a rd s
4 8 V
T o b o a r d s
S P I b u s
T D M b u s
N E m a n a g e m e n t
a p p l i c a t i o n
L A N - Q 3
2 M b i t / s
2
T r a n s p o n d e r
M U X
D M U X
U p to
3 2
L E G E N D :
O p t i c a l l i n k
E l e c tr i c a l l i n k
O p t i o n a l
f u n c t i o n
4 8 V
U p to
3 2
U p t o 3 2
4 x N Y _ P
2 x G E _ F C
8 x G E
B o o s t e r
P r e - a m p .
U p t o 3 2
( u p t o 1 6 W L A )
C
l
i
e
n
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
s

If needed DCU modules can be used (placed before OFA booster input, in both
directions).
This type of configuration can be provided with one (as shown in current figure) or
two OFAs (see also Booster + Pre-amplifier Line terminal).
In the figure, 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC and 8xGE are equipped with B&W SFP/XFP, line
side. In case they are provided with WDM SFP/XFP, they act as transponders, hence
they are directly connected to the mux/demux
Figure 101102101: Functional synopsis in Line Terminal configuration

In the line terminal configuration all the above functions are needed.
OADM / back-to-back terminal (Hub) configuration
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-203
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
C l i e n t s i g n a l s
W D M
l i n e
( E a s t )
U p t o 3 2
O S C
T r a n s p o n d e r
( W e s t )
D M U X
M U X
O - S N C P
M U X
D M U X
P a s s t h ro u g h t ra f f ic
T r a n s p o n d e r
( E a s t )
E q u i p m e n t a n d
s h e l f c o n tr o l
U s e r
I n t e r f a c e s
P o w e r
s u p p l y
U s e r s e r v i c e a c c e s s e s
S t a t i o n
b a t t e r i e s
P a s s t h ro u g h t ra f f ic
S u p e r v i s i o n
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r ti o n
O S C
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r ti o n
3 .6 V 5 .5 V
T o b o a r d s
W D M
l i n e
( W e s t )
4 8 V
T o b o a r d s
S P I b u s
T D M b u s
N E m a n a g e m e n t
a p p l i c a t i o n
L A N - Q 3
2 M b i t / s
2
B a c k p a n e l
e l e c t r i c a l l i n k s
O F A
O F A
O F A
O F A
L E G E N D :
O p t i c a l l i n k
E l e c tr i c a l l i n k
O p t i o n a l
f u n c t i o n
B o o s t e r
P r e - a m p .
B o o s t e r
P r e - a m p .
8
x
G
E
2
x
G
E
_
F
C
4
x
A
N
Y
_
P

If needed DCU modules can be used (placed before OFA booster input, in both
directions).
This type of configuration can be provided with one (as shown in current figure) or
two OFAs (see also OADM or back-to-back terminal (hub) repeater).
In the figure, 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC and 8xGE are equipped with B&W SFP/XFP, line
side. In case they are provided with WDM SFP/XFP, they act as transponders, hence
they are directly connected to the mux/demux.
Figure 102103102: Functional synopsis in OADM configuration



II-204 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
The hub configuration is similar to the OADM one, but without pass-through channels
(all the channels are added/dropped).
In OADM configuration all the optical transmission functions (transponder, MUX and
DMUX) are duplicated to transmit the client signals in two directions (8xGE also
supports add/drop with one board). This configuration allows optical channel
protection functions (O-SNCP).
In line repeater configuration
W D M
l i n e
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r ti o n
O F A 1
V O A
S t a g e 1
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r ti o n
V O A
W D M
l i n e
O F A 2
S t a g e 1
S t a g e 2
S t a g e 2
O S C
E q u i p m e n t a n d
s h e l f c o n t r o l
U s e r
I n t e r f a c e s
P o w e r
s u p p l y
U s e r s e r v i c e a c c e s s e s
S t a ti o n
b a tt e r i e s
S u p e r v i s i o n
O S C
3 .6 V 5 .5 V
T o b o a r d s
4 8 V
T o b o a r d s
S P I b u s
T D M b u s
N E m a n a g e m e n t
a p p l i c a t i o n
L A N - Q 3
2 M b i t / s
2
L E G E N D :
O p t i c a l l i n k
E l e c tr i c a l l i n k
O p t i o n a l
f u n c t i o n
D C U
D C U

Figure 103104103: Functional synopsis in Repeater configuration

In In line repeater configuration, the MUX/DEMUX and Transponder functions are
not implemented. The equipment acts as an in line amplifier, which allows
nevertheless the Optical Supervision Channel (OSC) and the supervision functions.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-205
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Transponder sub-system
The transponder sub-system is built with
÷ Multi-rate Channel Cards: MCC3
÷ Optical Channel Cards: OCC10 (OCC10_E for DWDM and OCC10_EC for CWDM)
÷ Multi-rate WaveLength Adapters: WLA1, WLA2 and WLA3
÷ G709 transponders : TRBD1996 equiped at both sides with XFP modules ( for SDH or
10GbE WAN or 10GbE LAN signals)
÷ TDM concentrators, if equipped with a WDM SFP, line side: 4xANY_P and 2xGE_FC.
These boards are described in TDM client signal concentrator sub-system.
÷ Ethernet concentrator, if equipped with a WDM XFP, line side: 8xGE. This board is
described in Ethernet concentrator sub-system.
MCC3, OCC10 and TRBD1996OCC10 manage one client signal and one WDM
wavelength each.
WLAs manage two client signals each and two WDM wavelengths (2-
channel/wavelength transponders).
2xGE_FC, 4xANY_P and 8xGE manage two/four/eigth client signals respectively, and
one WDM wavelengths (1-channel/wavelength transponders).
The role of this function is:
÷ At the transmit side (from client to WDM line):
to adapt the client incoming optical signals to a dedicated wavelength and deliver those
optical signals to the multiplexer (MUX) function.
÷ At the receive side (from WDM line to client):
to restitute the client optical signals from the signal delivered by the demultiplexer
(DEMUX) function.
The payload type configuration of the client signal is under control of the operator.
N C l i e n t s i g n a l s
T o M U X f u n c t io n
F r o m D M U X f u n c t i o n
U s e r T x U s e r R x
W D M T x W D M R x
U p t o 3 2
t r a n s p o n d e r s
T r a n s p o n d e r f u n c t i o n
8 x 8 M a tr i x
U p t o 3 2 D W D M c h a n n e ls o r
U p t o 8 C W D M c h a n n e ls

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-206 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Figure 104105104: Line terminal transponder function

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-207
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
In back-to-back and OADM configuration, the transponder function is doubled and it is able to
transmit and receive the clients signals in two directions. It provides optionally Optical Sub-
Network Connection Protection (O-SNCP), see Protection sub-system.
U p t o 3 2 C l i e n t s i g n a l s
T o M U X
fu n c ti o n
F r o m D M U X
fu n c ti o n
W D M R x
M C C
W D M R x
U s e r T x U s e r R x
W D M T x W D M R x
U p to 3 2
t r a n s p o n d e r s
T r a n s p o n d e r f u n c t i o n
8 x 8 M a tr i x
W D M R x
M C C
W D M R x
U s e r T x U s e r R x
W D M T x W D M R x
U p to 3 2
t r a n s p o n d e r s
F r o m D M U X
fu n c ti o n
T o M U X
fu n c ti o n
B a c k - p a n e l
e l e ct ri ca l
lin k s
O - S N C P
: O pti ons
8 x 8 M a tr i x
W e s t East
U p t o 3 2 D W D M c h a n n e ls o r
U p t o 8 C W D M c h a n n e ls
U p t o 3 2 D W D M c h a n n e ls o r
U p t o 8 C W D M c h a n n e ls

Figure 105106105: Back-to-back terminal or OADM transponder function

Client signals
MCC client signals
The MCC3 board accepts all bit rates from 100 Mbit/s to 2.66 Gbit/s in 3R (Re-time,
Re-amplify, Re-shape) mode. However beyond 2.5 Gbit/s the performances may be
degraded.
The typical client signals accepted by the MCC3 board are listed in the following table.

Table 6.1 Example of Client signals - supported bit rates
MCC3
Bit rates (Mbit/s) Signal
100.000 FDDI
125.000 FE / FDDI

II-208 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
MCC3
Bit rates (Mbit/s) Signal
132.815 FC (12–M6-LE-I)
155.520 STM-1 / OC-3
200.000 ESCON
265.620 FC (25–M6-LL-I)
270.000 DTV / HDTV
466.560 OC-9
531.250 FC (50–M5-SL-I)
622.080 STM-4 / OC-12
933.120 OC-18
1062.500 FC (100–SM-LL-I)
FICON / Inter-System Coupling Channel (ISC)
1244.160 OC-24
1250.000 GBE
1866.240 OC-36
2125.000 2FC
2488.320 STM-16 / OC-48
2500.000 INFINIBAND
One CWDM SFP can be plugged on MCC3, client side.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-209
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
WLA1, WLA2 and WLA3 client signals
The WLA boards can accept the following bit rates (from 125 Mbps to 2.666 Gbps) in
3R (Re-time, Re-amplify, Re-shape) mode: 125 Mbps, 155.52 Mbps, 200 Mbps, 270
Mbps, 622.08 Mbps, 1.0625 Gbps, 1.24416 Gbps, 1.25 Gbps, 2.125 Gbps, 2.48832
Gbps, 2.5 Gbps, 2.666 Gbps.
OCC10_E, OCC10_EC, TRBD1996 client signals
OCC10 boards support the following client signals in 3R (Re-time, Re-amplify, Re-
shape) mode:
÷ 9953.28 Gbps (STM-64 / OC-192 / 10GBE WAN), in UNI mode
÷ 10.3125 Gbps (10GBE LAN)
÷10.709 Gbps, in NNI mode (future rel.).
9.9532 Gbps and 10.3125 Gbps B&W client signals in UNI mode are converted into a
10.709 Gbps and 11.0957 Gbps coloured signal, respectively.
OCC10_E and TRBD1996 supports DWDM wavelengths, OCC10_EC supports
CWDM wavelengths.
TRBD1996 boards support the following client signals in 3R (Re-time, Re-amplify,
Re-shape) mode:
÷ 9953.28 Gbps (STM-64 / OC-192 / 10GBE WAN), in UNI mode
÷ 10.3125 Gbps (10GBE LAN)

OCC10_E supports DWDM wavelengths, OCC10_EC supports CWDM wavelengths.
10 Gbps supported interfaces
According to the XFP plugged, client side, the 10Gbps transponders support the
following optical interfaces:
÷ VSR; it complies with the following standards:
• ITU-T G.691 I-64.1
• ITU-T G.693 VSR 2000-2R1
• Bellcore GR253-CORE SR1.
These applications are 2 km target distance supporting B&W 10 Gbps optical tributary
signals with up to 4 dB link budget. The operating wavelength is in the 1300 nm band
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-210 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
÷ S-64.2b; it complies with the ITU-T G.691 standard having a 40 km target distance
supporting B&W 10 Gbps optical tributary signal with up to 11 dB link budget. The
operating wavelength is in the 1550 nm band
÷ 10GBASE-SR, 10GBASE-SW: they comply with the IEE 802.3 standard and have a 300 m
target distance with a 2000 MHz/Km Modal bandwidth, supporting B&W 10.31 Gbps
(10GBE LAN) and 9.95 Gbps (10GBE WAN) optical tributary signals with up to 2.6 dB link
budget. The operating wavelength is 850 nm
÷ 10GBASE-LR, 10GBASE-LW: they comply with the IEE 802.3 standard and have a 10 km
target distance supporting B&W 10.31 Gbps (10GBE LAN) and 9.95 Gbps (10GBE WAN)
optical tributary signals with up to 9.4 dB link budget. The operating wavelength is 1310 nm.
÷ 10GBASE-ER, 10GBASE-EW: they comply with the IEE 802.3 standard and have a 40 km
target distance supporting B&W 10.31 Gbps optical tributary signals (10GBE LAN). The
operating wavelength is 1565 nm.
4XANY_P and 2xGE_FC client signals
Refer toTDM client signal concentrator sub-system.
8xGE client signals
Refer to Ethernet concentrator sub-system.
DWDM optical channels
The 1696MSPAN transmits the 32 possible DWDM channels in the C-band. Table
6.2Table 6.2Table 6.2 gives the nominal central frequencies allocation plan, based on
the 100 GHz channel spacing anchored to a 193.100 THz reference (ITU-T standard
grid).
The C-band is split into 4 sub-bands, which support 8 channels each: the long bands
L1 and L2, and the short bands S1 and S2.
Then, each sub-band is composed of 2 sets of 4 consecutive channels. Each set is
separated from the adjacent sets by one unused channel, except between L1 and S2,
where the separation is 3 unused channels.

Table 6.2 DWDM frequencies allocation plan in C-Band
Band Central frequency
(GHz) (Craft terminal
name)
Channel
Number
Central wavelength (nm)
wavelength deviation : ”0,12 nm (EOL)
@2.5Gbps wavelength deviation : ”0,1 nm
(EOL) @10Gbps
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-211
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Band Central frequency
(GHz) (Craft terminal
name)
Channel
Number
Central wavelength (nm)
wavelength deviation : ”0,12 nm (EOL)
@2.5Gbps wavelength deviation : ”0,1 nm
(EOL) @10Gbps
BLUE
BAND
192,000 20 1561,42
192,100 21 1560,61
192,200 22 1559,79
192,300 23 1558,98
L2
192,500 25 1557,36
192,600 26 1556,55
192,700 27 1555,75
192,800 28 1554,94

193,000 30 1553,33
193,100 31 1552,52
193,200 32 1551,72
193,300 33 1550,92
L1
193,500 35 1549,32
193,600 36 1548,51
193,700 37 1547,72
193,800 38 1546,92
RED
BAND
194,200 42 1543,73
194,300 43 1542,94

II-212 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Band Central frequency
(GHz) (Craft terminal
name)
Channel
Number
Central wavelength (nm)
wavelength deviation : ”0,12 nm (EOL)
@2.5Gbps wavelength deviation : ”0,1 nm
(EOL) @10Gbps
194,400 44 1542,14
194,500 45 1541,35
S2
194,700 47 1539,77
194,800 48 1538,98
194,900 49 1538,19
195,000 50 1537,40

195,200 52 1535,82
195,300 53 1535,04
195,400 54 1534,25
195,500 55 1533,47
S1
195.700 57 1531,90
195.800 58 1531,12
195.900 59 1530,33
196.000 60 1529,55

The Central frequency value (in GHz) is the channel name, visualized on the Craft
Terminal.
The WaveLength Adapter (WLA) provides two independent optical channels or one
optically protected channel, according to the board type.
WLA3 provides two DWDM interfaces. Sixteen WLA3s are required to cover the 32
DWDM channels.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-213
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The TDM concentrators (4xANY_P and 2xGE_FC), the Ethernet concentrator (8xGE),
the Multi-rate Channel Card (MCC3) and the 10 Gbps Optical Channel Cards
(OCC10_E) support one DWDM channel. 32 transponders are required to cover the 32
DWDM channels.
Mixed configuration (MCC3, OCC10, WLA, 2xGE_FC, 8xGE and 4xAny_P in the
same equipment) are allowed.

II-214 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
CWDM optical channels
The 1696MSPAN transmits the eigth possible CWDM channels according to ITU-T
G.694.2. Table 6.3Table 6.3Table 6.3 gives the nominal central frequencies allocation
plan, based on the 20 nm wavelength spacing anchored to a 193.100 THz reference
(ITU-T standard grid).

Table 6.3 CWDM nominal frequencies allocation plan in C-Band
Central wavelength (nm) Central
frequency
(GHz) (Craft
terminal name)
Channel
Number
Wavelength deviation (nm)
1471 204,100 1470 ”6.5
1491 201,300 1490 ”6.5
1511 198,700 1510 ”6.5
1531 195,300 1530 ”6.5
1551 195,500 1550 ”6.5
1571 191,100 1570 ”6.5
1591 188,700 1590 ”6.5
1611 186,300 1610 ”6.5

The WaveLength Adapter (WLA1, WLA2 and WLA3) provides two independent
optical channels or one optically protected channel each, according to the board type
(WLA1 will provide one optically protected channel in future rel.).
WLA1, WLA2 and WLA3 provide up to four CWDM interfaces each one.
Four different WLA1, WLA2 or WLA3 are able to cover the eigth CWDM channels.
TDM concentrators (4xANY_P and 2xGE_FC) support one CWDM channel. Eigth
different boards are required to cover the eigth CWDM channels.
OCC10_EC supports one CWDM channel on 1530nm, 1550nm, 1570nm, 1590nm or
1610nm wavelength.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-215
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
One CWDM SFP can be plugged on MCC3, client side. Eigth different MCC3s
(transponders) are required to cover the eigth CWDM channels.
Mixed configuration (different transponders in the same equipment) are allowed.
TDM client signal concentrator sub-system
Two boards belong to TDM client signal concentrator sub-system: 4xANY_P and
2xGE_FC.
These boards are able to aggregate client signals into a STM-16/OC-48 frame.
4xANY_P
It supports clients signals from 100 Mbps to 2.5 Gbps. Each client signal connected to

The aim of the 4xANY TDM concentration is to save transponders and to optimize the
use of each WDM channel. Client signals from 100Mbps to 1.25Gbps can be
concentrated in one STM-16. For example, 4 x STM-1 client signals can be
concentrated on a unique STM-16 signal and applied to a unique transponder access, if
a B&W SFP is used, aggregate side.
In case of a CWDM or DWDM SFP is plugged on 4xANY_P, aggregate side, the
board is a transponder and can be directly connected to the mux/demux, avoiding the
use of a transponder.
T r a n s p o n d e r
U p t o 4
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
U p t o 4
W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e ls
4 T r a n s p o n d e r s T r a n s p o n d e r
4 x A N Y
T D M
C o n c e n
t r a t o r
1 W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e l
1 T r a n s p o n d e r
1 x S T M 1 6 ( B & W )
U p t o 4
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
4 x A N Y
T D M
C o n c e n
t r a t o r
U p t o 4
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
1 W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e l
1 x C W D M o r D W D M

Figure 106107106: Principle of the 4xANY TDM concentration

The available client signal accesses and their maximum number are:
÷ Low bit rate:
- 4 x Fast Ethernet

II-216 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
- 4 x FDDI
- 4 x ESCON
- 4 x Digital Video
÷ SDH:
- 4 x STM1
- 3 x STM4
÷ High bit rate:
- 2 x Gigabit Ethernet
- 2 x Fiber Channel or FICON
The following mixes are also possible:
- 3 x (FDDI or FE or DV or ESCON or STM1) + 1 x STM4
- 2 x (FDDI or FE or DV or ESCON or STM1) + 2 x STM4
- 2 x (FDDI or FE or DV or ESCON or STM1) + 1 x (FC or GbEth or FICON)
- 1 x (FDDI or FE or DV or ESCON or STM1) + 1 x STM4 +1 x (FC or GbEth or
FICON).
- 2 x (FC or GbEth or FICON).

Low and high bit rates are available at 1310nm and 850nm. SDH bit rates are only
available at 1310nm.
On the aggregate side, the 4xANY_P board is equipped with a SFP optical module
providing the following interfaces, according to the SFP used: I-16.1 or S-16.1 B&W,
APD or PIN CWDM , APD DWDM.
2xGE_FC
The way of working of 2xGE_FC is similar to the 4xANY_P one. The main
differences between them are listed in the following:
÷ 2xGE_FC is able to map 2 x GbE or FC or FICON client signals into an STM-16/OC-48
frame using GFP-T and Virtual Concatenation
÷ SFPs are hosted on both sides
÷ B&W, CWDM and DWDM SFPs can be plugged on both sides
÷ 1+1 protection (on both sides).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-217
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
U p t o 2
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e ls
T r a n s p o n d e r
T D M
C o n c e n
t r a t o r
1 W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e l
1 T r a n s p o n d e r
U p t o 2
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
T D M
C o n c e n
t r a t o r
U p t o 2
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
1 W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e l
1 x C W D M o r D W D M
2 x G E _ F C
2 x G E _ F C
1 x S T M 1 6
( B & W )

Figure 107108107: Principle of the 2xGE_FC TDM concentration


II-218 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Ethernet concentrator sub-system
One board belongs to the Ethernet concentrator sub-system: 8xGE.
This board is able to aggregate up to 8 x 1GbE client signals into a 10 GbE WAN
frame at 9.95 Gbps, in point-to-point application (Concentration configuration). In this
case, only one line interface is used.
It is also able to add/drop a part of the client signals along the path, and to pass-
through the other clients, in multipoint application (add/drop configuaration). In this
case, both line interfaces are used.
The concentrator function is provided by a Layer 2 switch, which tags the Ethernet
streams with an internal VLAN ID and then aggregates, thus sending them to a 10 GbE
B&W transceiver. In order to completely separate the client data streams from each
other, the Layer 2 switch is provisioned in order to have a port based virtual LAN
(VLAN) for each GbE client (see IEEE802.1Q, Annex D).
The client optical interfaces are B&W or CWDM SFPs.
The line optical interfaces are B&W (I-64.1/10G Base-LW in 2nd window or S-
64.2b/10GBase-EW in 3rd window) or DWDM (APD) XFPs.
1+1 client protection is managed via OMSP, only in point-to-point application (see
Figure 110).
8 x G E T R A N S P
I F G . 7 0 9 O R R E G I O N A L
P E R F . A R E R E Q U I R E D
8 x G E T R A N S P
I F G . 7 0 9 O R R E G I O N A L
P E R F . A R E R E Q U I R E D
C O N C E N T R A T IO N C O N F IG U R A T IO N IN P O IN T - T O - P O IN T A P P L IC A T IO N
8 x G E T R A N S P
I F G . 7 0 9 O R R E G I O N A L
P E R F . A R E R E Q U I R E D
8 x G E T R A N S P
I F G . 7 0 9 O R R E G I O N A L
P E R F . A R E R E Q U I R E D
8 x G E
A D D / D R O P C H s
A D D /D R O P C O N F IG U R A T IO N IN M U L T IP O IN T A P P L IC A T IO N
C O N C E N T R A T O R C O N C E N T R A T O R
C O N C E N T R A T O R C O N C E N T R A T O R
A D D / D R O P

Figure 108109108: 8xGE configurations: concentration mode and add/drop mode


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-219
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
This unit allows to save transponders and to optimize the use of each WDM channel.
Client signals are concentrated in one 10GbE WAN applied to a unique transponder
access, if a B&W XFP is used, line side. In case a WDM XFP is used line side, 8xGE
is a transponder and it is directly connected to the mux/demux.
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
8 T r a n s p o n d e r s
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
T r a n s p o n d e r
U p t o 8
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
U p t o 8
W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e ls
T ra n s p o n d e r
8 x G E
1 W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e l
1 T r a n s p o n d e r
1 x S T M 1 6 ( B & W )
U p t o 8
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
8 x G E
U p t o 8
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
1 W D M
o p t i c a l
c h a n n e l
1 x D W D M
1
8
1
8

Figure 109110109: Principle of the 8xGE Ethernet concentration

G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
8 x G E
8 x G E
8 x G E
8 x G E

Figure 110111110: Eight GbE signals protected by OMSP boards in Concentration
mode (point-to-point)


II-220 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
8 x G E
8 x G E
8 x G E
8 x G E
L
I
N
E

#
1
L
I
N
E

#
2
G
b
E

#
1
G
b
E

#
2
G
b
E

#
3
G
b
E

#
4
G
b
E

#
5
G
b
E

#
6
G
b
E

#
7
G
b
E

#
8
U P T O 8 G B E S I G N A L S I N S E R T E D U P T O 4 G B E S I G N A L S I N S E R T E D
U P T O 4 G B E S I G N A L S I N S E R T E D

Figure 111112111: 8xGE in ADD/DROP mode (multipoint)

Wavelength Division Multiplexing sub-system
The optical multiplexer function
÷ receives from the transponder sub-system the colored optical channels
÷ multiplexes them into a WDM signal
÷ launches the WDM signal on the line.
The optical demultiplexer function
÷ receives the WDM line signal
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-221
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
÷ demultiplexes this signal
÷ sends the recovered optical channels to the transponder sub-system.
The DWDM multiplexer/demultiplexer sub-system have a scalable architecture. By
combining three sorts of basic MUXes and three sorts of basic DMUXes, 4, 8, 12, 16,
24 and 32 channels, the multiplexing and demultiplexing capacities can be obtained.
The CWDM multiplexer/demultiplexer sub-system is based on a 8-channel
mux/demux.
Optical multiplexing
The multiplexer function may be obtained with the following optical MUXes:
÷ 5:1 and 9:1 DWDM MUXes:
This sort of optical MUX is able to multiplex 4 or 8 channels issued from the
transponder function with an extra input aggregate signal. The extra input may be
connected to the output of another MUX (MUX cascading), connected to the extra
output of a corresponding DMUX (traffic pass through) or simply not connected.
5 : 1
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l o u t p u t
E x tr a i n p u t
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n c h a n n e l s )
4 C h a n n e l i n p u t s
4 c h a n n e l s
f r o m T P D
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n + 4 c h a n n e l s )
9 : 1
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l o u t p u t
E x tr a i n p u t
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n c h a n n e l s )
8 C h a n n e l i n p u t s
8 c h a n n e l s
f r o m T P D
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n + 8 c h a n n e l s )

Figure 112113112: 4 and 8 channels DWDM optical MUXes

÷ 8:1 CWDM MUX:
This sort of optical MUX is able to multiplex 8 channels issued from the transponder
function.



II-222 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
8 C h a n n e l i n p u t s
8 c h a n n e l s
f r o m T P D
8 : 1
A g g r e g a t e s ig n a l o u t p u t A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( 8 c h a n n e l s )

Figure 113114113: 8 channels CWDM optical MUX

÷ 7:1 CWDM + DWDM MUX:
This sort of optical MUX is able to multiplex 6 CWDM channels issued from the
transponder function with an extra input aggregate signal. The extra input may be
connected to the output of a DWDM MUX (MUX cascading) able to mux up to 32
DWDM signals (L1, L2, S1, S2 bands).
7 : 1
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l o u t p u t
6 C h a n n e l i n p u t s
6 c h a n n e l s
f r o m T P D
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( u p t o 3 8 D W D M + C W D M
m i x e d c h a n n e l s )
E x tr a i n p u t
D W D M A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( u p t o 3 2 D W D M c h a n n e l s )

Figure 114115114: 7 channels C/DWDM optical MUX

÷ 2:1 expansion MUX:
This sort of optical MUX is able to multiplex 2 aggregate signals, one in the long
band and the other in the short band. It is necessary to reach the multiplexing capacity
of 24 and 32 channels and belongs to the OMDX8100_M_L1_XS and
OMDX8100_M_L1_X boards.
2 : 1 A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l o u t p u t
LB i nput
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n 1 c h a n n e l s )
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n 1 + n 2 c h a n n e l s )
S B i n p u t
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n 2 c h a n n e l s )
E X P


Figure 115116115: LB and SB aggregate signals expansion MUX

Optical demultiplexing
The demultiplexer function may be obtained with the following optical DMUXes:
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-223
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
÷ 1:5 and 1:9 DWDM DMUXes:
This sort of optical DMUX is able to demultiplex an input aggregate signal (n
channels) into 4 or 8 channels and an output aggregate signal (n-4 or n-8 channels).
The extra output may be connected to the input of another DMUX (DMUX
cascading), connected to the extra input of a MUX of the multiplexer function (traffic
pass through) or simply not connected.
1 : 5
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l i n p u t
E x tr a o u tp u t
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n - 4 c h a n n e l s )
4 C h a n n e l o u t p u t s
4 c h a n n e l s
t o T P D
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n c h a n n e l s )
1 : 9
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l i n p u t
E x tr a o u tp u t
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n - 8 c h a n n e l s )
8 C h a n n e l o u t p u t s
8 c h a n n e l s
t o T P D
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n c h a n n e l s )

Figure 116117116: 4 and 8 channels optical DMUX

÷ 1:8 CWDM DMUX:
This sort of optical DMUX is able to demultiplex an input aggregate signal (8
channels) into 8 channels/wavelengths sent to the transponder function.
8 C hannel o ut pu t s
8 c h a n n e l s
t o T P D
1 : 8
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l i n p u t A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n c h a n n e l s )

Figure 117118117: 8 channels CWDM optical DMUX

÷ 1:7 CWDM + DWDM DMUX:
This sort of optical DMUX is able to demultiplex an input aggregate signal (up to 38
x D/CWDM mixed channels) into 6 CWDM channels/wavelengths sent to the
transponder function and an output aggregate signal (up to 32 DWDM channels). The
extra output may be connected to the input of another DWDM DMUX (DMUX
cascading), able to dmux the DWDM signals (L1, L2, S1, S2 bands).

II-224 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
1 : 7
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l i n p u t
6 C h a n n e l o u t p u t s
6 c h a n n e l s t o T P D
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( u p t o 3 8 D W D M + C W D M
m i x e d c h a n n e l s )
E x tr a o u tp u t
D W D M A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( u p t o 3 2 D W D M c h a n n e l s )

Figure 118119118: 7 channels C/DWDM optical DMUX

÷ 1:2 expansion DMUX:
This sort of optical DMUX is able to demultiplex the DWDM line signal into two
aggregate signals, one in the long band and the other in the short band. It is necessary
to reach the demultiplexing capacity of 24 and 32 channels and belongs to the
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS and OMDX8100_M_L1_X boards.
1 : 2 A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l i n p u t
L B o u tp u t
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n 1 c h a n n e l s )
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
n 1 L B c h a n n e l s
n 2 S B c h a n n e l s
S B o u tp u t
A g g r e g a t e s i g n a l
( n 2 c h a n n e l s )
E X P

Figure 119120119: LB and SB aggregate signals expansion DMUX

Example of MUX and DMUX functions
Line Terminal configurations
In a 4 or 8 channels Line Terminal, multiplexing and demultiplexing are performed in
one step. The extra input of the MUX and the extra output of the DMUX are not
connected.
8 c h a n n e l s
t o W D M l i n e
8 c h a n n e l s
f r o m W D M l i n e
F r o m t r a n s p o n d e r
t r a n s m i t f u n c t i o n s
9 : 1
1 : 9
M U X f u n c t i o n
D M U X f u n c t i o n
T o t r a n s p o n d e r
r e c e i v e f u n c t i o n s
8
8
N C
N C

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-225
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 120121120: MUX and DMUX functions of an 8 channels Line Terminal

In a 12 or 16 channels Line Terminal, multiplexing and demultiplexing are performed
in two steps. The example of Figure 121 shows how to cascade 2 MUXes and 2
DMUXes to obtain a 12 channels Line Terminal.
The extra input of the first MUX is not connected. The 4-channels aggregate signal
output of the first MUX is connected to the extra input of the second MUX.
The extra output of the first DMUX is connected to the 4 channels aggregate signal
input of the second DMUX. The extra output of the second DMUX is not connected.
1 2 c h a n n e l s
t o W D M l i n e
1 2 c h a n n e l s
f r o m W D M l i n e
F r o m
t r a n s p o n d e r
t r a n s m i t
f u n c t i o n s
5 : 1
9 : 1
1 : 5
1 : 9
M U X f u n c t i o n
D M U X f u n c t i o n
T o
t r a n s p o n d e r
r e c e i v e
f u n c t i o n s
8
4
4
8
4 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e
4 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e

Figure 121122121: MUX and DMUX functions of a 12 channels Line Terminal

In a 24 or 32 channels Line Terminal, multiplexing and demultiplexing are performed
in three steps. The example of Figure 122 shows how the 2:1 expansion MUX
multiplexes the 16 channels in long band and 16 channels in short band.

II-226 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
3 2 c h a n n e l s
t o W D M l i n e
3 2 c h a n n e l s
f r o m W D M l i n e
F r o m
t r a n s p o n d e r
t r a n s m i t
f u n c t i o n s
1 6 c h a n n e ls ( L B )
a g g r e g a t e
9 : 1
9 : 1
9 : 1
9 : 1
2 : 1
1 : 9
1 : 9
1 : 9
1 : 2
1 : 9
M U X f u n c t i o n
D M U X f u n c t i o n
T o
t r a n s p o n d e r
r e c e i v e
f u n c t i o n s
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
E X P
E X P
8 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e
8 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e
1 6 c h a n n e ls ( L B )
a g g r e g a t e
1 6 c h a n n e l s ( S B )
a g g r e g a t e
8 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e
8 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e
1 6 c h a n n e l s ( S B )
a g g r e g a t e
O M D X _ L 1 _ X ( S )

Figure 122123122: MUX and DMUX functions of a 32 channels Line Terminal

In a 38 mixed (C/DWDM) channels Line Terminal, multiplexing and demultiplexing
are performed in four steps. The example of Figure 123 shows how the 7:1 C/DWDM
MUX multiplexes the 6 CWDM channels and the 32 DWDM channels (L1, L2, S1, S2
bands).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-227
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
3 2 D W D M
c h a n n e l s
t o W D M l i n e
3 8 D / C W D M c h a n n e l s
f r o m W D M l i n e
F r o m
t r a n s p o n d e r
t r a n s m i t
f u n c t i o n s
1 6 c h a n n e ls ( L B )
a g g r e g a t e
9 : 1
9 : 1
8
8 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e
9 : 1
2 : 1
1 : 9
1 : 9
1 : 2
1 : 9
M U X f u n c t i o n
D M U X f u n c t i o n
T o
t r a n s p o n d e r
r e c e i v e
f u n c t i o n s
8
8
8
8
8
E X P
E X P
1 6 c h a n n e ls ( L B )
a g g r e g a t e
1 6 c h a n n e l s ( S B )
a g g r e g a t e
8 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e
1 6 c h a n n e l s ( S B )
a g g r e g a t e
O M D X _ L 1 _ X ( S )
3 8 D / C W D M c h a n n e l s
6
6 C W D M
c h a n n e l s
7 : 1
1 : 7
3 2 D W D M
c h a n n e l s
6
6 C W D M
c h a n n e l s
1 : 9
8
8 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e
9 : 1
8
8 c h a n n e ls
a g g r e g a t e

Figure 123124123: MUX and DMUX functions of a 38 C/DWDM mixed channels
Line Terminal

OADM configurations
The example of Figure 124 is an 8-channels OADM. 8 channels are dropped and added
on both east and west lines. In this configuration, the extra output of each DMUX is
connected to the extra input of the MUX of the opposite transmission direction. This
allows to place the other 24 channels in pass through.

II-228 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
3 2 c h a n n e l s
t o W D M l i n e
2 4 c h a n n e l s a g g r e g a t e
p a s s t h r o u g h
9 : 1
1 : 9
M U X
D M U X
T o / f r o m
t r a n s p o n d e r
8
8
1 : 9
9 : 1
M U X
D M U X
2 4 c h a n n e l s a g g r e g a t e
p a s s t h r o u g h
8
8 c h a n n e ls
a d d e d
8 c h a n n e ls
d r o p p e d
8 c h a n n e ls
a d d e d
8 c h a n n e ls
d r o p p e d
3 2 c h a n n e l s
f r o m W D M l i n e
3 2 c h a n n e l s
t o W D M l i n e
T o / f r o m
t r a n s p o n d e r
3 2 c h a n n e l s
f r o m W D M l i n e
W e s t l i n e E a s t li n e

Figure 124125124: MUX and DMUX functions of an 8 channels OADM
The same configuration is available with 1, 2, 4 and 8-channels (n-channels). In this
case, the number of aggregate channels available in pass through is 32 - n.
The example of Figure 1265 is a 32-channels back-to-back terminal. In this
configuration, there is no pass through traffic, the 1696MSPAN is like a hub-node.
3 2 c h a n n e l s
t o W D M l i n e
F r o m / t o
t r a n s p o n d e r fu n c ti o n
9 : 1
M U X f u n c t io n
8
8
8
8
E X P
3 2 c h a n n e ls
9 : 1
9 : 1
9 : 1
2 : 1
3 2 c h a n n e l s
f r o m W D M l i n e
1 : 9
D M U X f u n c t i o n
8
8
8
8
E X P
1 : 9
1 : 9
1 : 9
1 : 2
9 : 1
M U X f u n c t io n
9 : 1
9 : 1
9 : 1
2 : 1
1 : 9
D M U X f u n c t i o n
E X P
1 : 9
1 : 9
1 : 9
1 : 2
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
3 2 c h a n n e l s
t o W D M l i n e
3 2 c h a n n e l s
f r o m W D M l i n e
3 2 c h a n n e ls
E X P
W e s t l i n e
E a s t li n e

Figure 125126125: MUX and DMUX functions of a 32 channels back-to-back
terminal


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-229
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Remote channel to/from 1.
C l i e n t s i g n a l s
O n e f i b r e p a i r
T P D
M u x
D m u x
O n e f i b r e
p a i r
T P D
M u x
D m u x
O F A O F A
n ì ( u p t o 3 2 )
W D M
l i n e
s i g n a l
W D M
l i n e
s i g n a l
n ì ( u p t o 3 2 )
O p t i o n a l
f u n c t i o n s
C l i e n t s i g n a l
T o / f r o m C P E
T P D
P a s s t h r o u g h
Remote channel


Figure 126127126: 1696MSPAN in back-to-back terminal configuration and with
a remote channel

Optical Fiber Amplification sub-system
The Optical Fiber Amplification (OFA) sub-system can deliver:
÷ single or double stages amplification
÷ VOA at the first stage entry
÷ Up to 17 dBm output power.
As shown in Figure 1021 and Figure 1032 the 1696MSPAN may be equipped with one
or two OFAs (one OFA in west side and one in east side or two OFAs in west side and
two in east side) in line terminal and OADM/back-to-back configuration. In the
following example is shown a double stage amplification.
In a single stage amplification, the line terminal or OADM is placed inside the OFA
inter-stage (see Figure 26: OADM repeater (1 OAC west side + 1 OAC east side)
configurationFigure 27: OADM repeater (1 OAC west side + 1 OAC east side)
configurationFigure 27: OADM repeater (1 OAC west side + 1 OAC east side)

II-230 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
configurationFigure 27: OADM repeater (1 OAC west side + 1 OAC east side)
configuration as an example)
W D M
l i n e
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r ti o n
O F A 1
O F A 2
P u m p 1
P u m p 2
V O A
S t a g e 1 - P r e a m p .
S t a g e 2 - B o o s t e r
O F A 2
O F A 1
P u m p 2
P u m p 1
S t a g e 2 - B o o s t e r
S t a g e 1 - P r e a m p .
V O A
M U X
fu n c ti o n
S u p e r v i s i o n f u n c t i o n
L E G E N D :
O p t i o n a l
f u n c t i o n
A T T E N /
D C U
W E S T S I D E
( O M D X / O A D M )
A T T E N /
D C U


Figure 127128127: OFA sub-system in line terminal or OADM configuration
In repeater configuration, the 1696MSPAN is mainly a bidirectional optical amplifier.
W D M
l i n e
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r ti o n
O F A 1
O F A 2
P u m p 1
P u m p 2
V O A
S t a g e 1 - P r e a m p .
S t a g e 2 - B o o s t e r
O F A 2
O F A 1
P u m p 2
P u m p 1
S t a g e 2 - B o o s t e r
S t a g e 1 - P r e a m p .
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r ti o n
V O A
W D M
l i n e
S u p e r v i s i o n f u n c t i o n
L E G E N D :
O p t i o n a l
f u n c t i o n
W E S T S I D E E A S T S I D E
A T T E N /
D C U
A T T E N /
D C U


Figure 128129128: OFA sub-system in repeater configuration

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-231
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Optical supervisory channel (OSC) sub-system
An optional channel named OSC is allocated to the transport of the supervision data.
The OSC allows the remote monitoring of the NE in a network and gives some order-
wires (data channel and voice channel) to the users.
The OSC channel is managed by the SPV management units (SPVM and OSC boards).
It is
÷ inserted at the output of the terminal equipment (input of the WDM line),
÷ regenerated in each OADM, back-to-back terminal or repeater,
÷ dropped at the input of the terminal equipment (output of the WDM line).

II-232 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
WDM
terminal
WDM
terminal
OADM
OADM
O
M
X
O
D
X
OSC
O
D
X
OSC
O
M
X
SPVM
unit
OADM
OSC
OSC
OSC
OSC
SPVM
unit
OADM
OADM
SPVM
unit
OADM repeater
SPVM
unit
OSC
OSC
SPVM Unit
OSC
OSC
OADM
OADM
OADM repeater
OSC
OSC
SPVM
unit
In Line Repeater
SPVM
SPVM
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
SPVM
CPE
unit
unit
unit

Figure 129130129: OSC management in Line Terminal, OADM, OADM repeater
and In-Line-Repeater


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-233
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
In case of repeaters the SPV is inserted at the output of the NE: either in the amplifier
board or in the last mux board (Mux/demux or OADM). The optical interfaces are
located inside the SPV management units (SPVM and OSC).
More than one supervision board can be used in one shelf. A link from/to a Customer
Premises Equipment (CPE) carrying only one or two (1550 and/or 1310) data channels
can be inserted on any kind of 1696MS node (terminal or OADM).
OSC cabling engineering rules
SPVM board (1510 nm) is used with dense mux/demux and OAC. OSC board (1310
nm) is used with coarse mux/demux but, can also be used with OAC or dense OADM
by inserting/extracting OSC signal with F1310 board. In case of CPE, OSC channel
can be associated to a single channel, via a transponder

II-234 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Automatic Power Equalization (APE) subsystem
Automatic Power Equalization (APE) is a function which allows the automatic
balancing of the optical spectrum at node output. The objective is to have a flat
spectrum in power per channel.
For all information related to automatic power equalization, refer to the commissioning
handbook.
Two kinds of boards are mandatory to perform APE :
÷ OSMC : OSMC board is a embedded optical spectrum analyser. It can measure 8 different
spectra at 8 different points of the NE. Only one OSMC per NE is needed. It must be
optically connected to monitoring ports of the NE
÷ MVAC : all loop, pass-through bands and external colored channels must be connected to
MVAC.
Before launching APE, the operator needs to perform some pre-settings.
Firstly, the operator must declare the cabling between :
÷ MVAC & OADM or OMDX ports.
÷ OSMC & monitored boards.
Then, the operator sets the OSMC configuration parameters :
÷ Calibration factors : because OSMC is connected to board monitoring outputs, calibration of
the attenuation path beween real signal on the line and OSMC input is needed.
8 calibration factors are set (one per OSMC input).
Calibration can be performed manually or automatically.
Each OSMC input can be independently calibrated or not, in automatic or manual
mode.
÷ Optical LOS threshold : OSMC board detects two kinds of LOS of signals :
- Total LOS on input #i : Total LOS is raised on input #i if :
Maximum channel power of input #i < Total LOS threshold of input #i
- Relative LOS on channel x of input #i : relative LOS on channel x of input #i is
raised if :
Maximum channel power of input #i - channel power x > Relative LOS threshold
These thresholds are configurable by the operator


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-235
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Finally, the operator must load APE parameters :
÷ Installation or Upgrade
÷ Direction to equalize
÷ Interstage attenuation and maximum number of iterations in case of an OADM repeater.

When the operator launches the equalization, the NE asks for some spectrum
acquisitions to the OSMC. Spectrum data are sent from OSMC to the NE. The NE
calculates required MVAC and transponders attenuations so to have a flat spectrum at
node output. The process can be iterative in case of an OADM repeater.
When the output tilt is optimized, resulting spectrum and tilt at node output are
displayed.
1 2
D
E
M
U
X
M
U
X
MVAC
MVAC
M
V
A
C
OSMC

Figure 130131130: Automatic Power Equalization

APE is stopped if RUM, RUP, RUTM are raised, in case of communication problem or
if maximum number of iterations is reached.
Controller sub-system
See Figure 1321 and Figure 1332. The controller sub-system is based on a two levels
model:

II-236 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
÷ Shelf Controller (SC)
÷ Equipment Controller (EC)

In current release the ESC (Equipment and Shelf Controller) is the hardware platform
designed to support the Equipment Controller (EC) functions and the Shelf Controller
(SC) functions.
The Equipment Shelf Controller (ESC) board provides both features or only one (as
needed).
It performs both EC and SC when it is located in slot 1 of the Master shelf and only the
SC functionality when it is plugged in slot 1 of an expansion shelf.
The Flash memory of the ESC board must be plugged on its socket and
in the correct sense. In this case, it is plugged easily without constraint.
On the wrong sense the Flash memory cannot be plugged. Then invert the
side to be plugged and try again. Furthermore that flash card must not be
installed in a ESC used in Expansion shelf.
The Control Platform is also provided by the ESC board for the 1696MS_C.
Shelf Controller function
SC provides the resources to support the SW functions related to the physical machine
control and management and configuration provisioning.
In a shelf all the boards are connected to the ESC unit via the SPI bus. By means of the
SPI bus, the processor of the ESC, can collect the control information of the boards
(e.g.: alarms collection, remote inventory and data EEPROM reading).
Equipment Controller function
The EC supports the Q3 agent and the VHM (Virtual Hardware Machine).
It provides the HW resources (physical interfaces) and the SW functionalities (protocol
stack) required for the communication between NE and Management system (OS, craft
terminal, etc).
It performs as well all the SW functions related to the control and management
activities of the ”virtual” (logical) machine: info-model processing, event reporting and
logging, equipment data base management, SW downloading and management, etc.
Control bus
The SPI bus allows:
- connection between SC and boards for configuration data provisioning
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-237
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
- remote inventory data acquisition
- data collection ( alarms ) and commands handling (ex. loops)
The SC processor is master of this bus.
The IS-LINK (10 Mb/s) is used to realize the communication between the EC in the
master shelf and the SC in the expansion shelves.
The ISSB bus (not used in current release) connects the Shelf Controllers processor to
the ASICs and FPGAs of the different boards in the same shelf. It is used for OCh-OH
management and to carry primitives for OCC10 performance monitoring. It is
terminated in the PSC.
The Intershelf Link (I-LINK) (10 Mb/s) is used in 1696MS_C system only allowing
to connect the SPI bus and the Card presence signals from the slave shelves to the ESC
board, only provided in master shelf.
External interfaces toward Craft Terminal, OS...
F interface : available from the EC function for connection to a local Craft Terminal;
the electrical interface and connector are provided by the ESC card.
The standard implementation of the physical layer for the F interface consists of an
RS-232 UART port accessible from the ESC card front panel.
QECC Interface: it is a TMN related communication interface based on the use of the
Embedded Communication Channels available in the Optical Supervisory Channel
(DCC). Through the QECC interface the equipment can exchange management
messages with a remote OS.
QAUX interface: it is provided as an additional TMN communication interface for
message exchange between the NE and a Remote OS station based on the use of a 2
Mbit/s proprietary protocol.
Q3/TL1 interface: it is dedicated to an OS station connection. LAN_Q supports Q3
connection to a WAN or LAN respectively. The physical interfaces are provided by
the LAN_Q card.
RE / HK interface: this interface consists of parallel I/O signals used for remote
alarms and for housekeeping signals. The relevant electrical interfaces are placed on
the HK card, and are controlled by the EC function through parallel I/O ports.
RA interface: it is dedicated to send commands toward the rack to light up the relevant
lamps.


II-238 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

Flash backup and Smart Boot
The flash backup capability permits the management system to copy files back and
forth using an ftp service, between the flash card on the ESC in slot 1 and the ESC in
slot 24 of the master shelf.
MASTER SHELF
Rack leds
Housekeeping
Alarms
SC
OPERATION
SYSTEM
SPVM
F
Local
Craft Terminal
Q3/TL1
Remote/
RA
EC
SC
FLASH
CARD
IS-LINK
To all
boards in
the shelf
SLAVE SHELF
ESC BOARD
ESC BOARD
SPI
REMOTE
OPERATION
SYSTEM
Q
E
C
C
EXTERNAL INTF
UIC
Q
A
U
X
To all
boards
in the shelf
SPI
RE/HK
EXTERNAL INTERFACES
RAI HK LAN_Q
/
OSC

Figure 131132131: Controller sub-system

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-239
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Example of control interfaces scheme

II-240 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
M
V
A
C
W
L
A
2
/
W
L
A
3
M
C
C
/
O
C
C
1
0
E
S
C
L A N
L A N
H K
R A I
E 1 / E 2
F 1
N U
2 x 2 M b p s
U
I
C
Q 3 / T L 1
I S - L I N K
H K / R E
R A
S P I - A
S P I - B
S P V c h a n n e l ( o p t i c a l )
P S C P S C
P o w e r S u p p l y A
P o w e r S u p p l y B
I S P B ( n o t u s e d i n c u r r e n t r e l e a s e )
P D U / T R U
M A S T E R S H E L F
M
V
A
C
E
S
C
L A N
R A I
I S - L I N K
R A
S P I - A
S P I - B
P S C P S C
P o w e r S u p p l y A
P o w e r S u p p l y B
I S P B ( n o t u s e d i n c u r r e n t r e l e a s e )
E X P A N S I O N S H E L F
E C
S C
Q E C C
R e m o t e / H K A l a r m s
R a c k L e d s
F I N T E R F A C E
L o c a l C r a f t
T e r m i n a l
Q A U X i n t f ( R E M O T E O S )
( O P E R A T I O N S Y S T E M )
O
S
M
C
O
S
M
C
W
L
A
O
M
S
P
O
M
S
P
O
M
D
X
/
O
A
D
M
/
C
( D )
M
D
X
/
C
O
A
D
* O S C b o a r d i s a b l e t o p r o v i d e o n l y t h e 2 M b p s s u p e r v i s o r y c h a n n e l
O
M
D
X
/
O
A
D
M
/
C
( D )
M
D
X
/
C
O
A
D
O
M
D
X
/
O
A
D
M
/
C
( D )
M
D
X
/
C
O
A
D
O
M
D
X
/
O
A
D
M
/
C
( D )
M
D
X
/
C
O
A
D
S
P
V
M
/
O
S
C *
4
x
A
N
Y
/
2
x
G
E
F
C
/
8
x
G
E
M
C
C
/
O
C
C
1
0
4
x
A
N
Y
/
2
x
G
E
F
C
/
8
x
G
E

Figure 132133132: Example of control interfaces scheme in 1696MSPAN

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-241
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
W
L
A
E
S
C
S
P
V
M
/
O
S
C *
L A N
L A N
H K
R A I
A u d i o
Q 3 / T L 1
I S - L I N K
H K / R E
R A
S P I - A
S P V c h a n n e l ( o p t i c a l )
P S C / 2 P S C / 2
P o w e r S u p p l y A
P o w e r S u p p l y B
I S P B ( n o t u s e d i n c u r r e n t r e l e a s e )
P D U / T R U
M A S T E R C O M P A C T S H E L F
S P I - A
I
L
I
N
K
_
S
P S C 2 P S C 2
P o w e r S u p p l y A
P o w e r S u p p l y B
I S P B ( n o t u s e d i n c u r r e n t r e l e a s e )
E X P A N S I O N C O M P A C T S H E L F
E C
S C
Q E C C
R e m o t e / H K A l a r m s
R a c k L e d s
F I N T E R F A C E
L o c a l C r a f t
T e r m i n a l
( O P E R A T I O N S Y S T E M ) I
L
I
N
K
_
M
O
M
S
P
W
L
A
O
M
S
P
* O S C b o a r d i s a b l e t o p r o v i d e o n l y t h e 2 M b p s s u p e r v i s o r y c h a n n e l
O
M
D
X
/ O
A
D
M
/
C
( D )
M
D
X
/
C
O
A
D
O
M
D
X
/ O
A
D
M
/
C
( D )
M
D
X
/
C
O
A
D
M
C
C
/
O
C
C
1
0
4
x
A
N
Y
/
2
x
G
E
F
C
/
8
x
G
E
M
C
C
/
O
C
C
1
0
4
x
A
N
Y
/
2
x
G
E
F
C
/
8
x
G
E

Figure 133134133: Example of control interfaces scheme in 1696MS_C


II-242 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Power supply sub-system
The powering architecture is distributed: two Power Supply Cards are in charge of
feeding all the other cards hosted in the shelf by selecting the highest voltage supplied
by the two station batteries.
Power Supply Cards are fit in
÷ slot 25 and slot 48 in 1696MS
÷ slot 7 and 12 in 1696MS_C.
The main purposes are:
÷ Supply and distribute 48V filtered and protected voltage to all the boards housed in the shelf
of the 1696MSPAN/1696MS_C equipment
÷ Supply and distribute +3V service voltage dedicated to SPIDER circuitry in all the boards
÷ Supply and distribute +5V auxiliary voltage
÷ Make a bus termination
÷ Give alarms on fault battery and voltages loss.
The PSC boards work in ”1 + 1” protection; this means that (as concerning 48V) only
one PSC may be active at once. This circuit select the battery more charged and protect
against reverse voltage applied.
Figure 1354 shows the equipment power supply scheme housed on the two PSC.
Input power stage
It provides adaptation to the customer central power bus by a main power block and
supplies all the SPIDER FPGA by means of an on-board converter.
Main power block
It is used to select the input voltage of the system and to supply a surge protection.
It contains an EMI filter to permit the equipment to be reliable in presence of external
EMI interferences and to limit the internally generated EMI.
The voltages coming from the two station batteries, are applied to PSC A and to PSC B
respectively by means of the power connector located on the unit front panel ( ex.
+BATT A -BATT A to PSC A and +BATT B -BATT B to PSC B).
The +Batt can be connected to a mechanical ground through a strap setting.
Moreover each PSC receives from the back panel connector the -BATT voltage
coming from the other station battery (i.e. -BATT B to PSC A and -BATT A to PSC
B).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-243
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Each PSC can therefore select which of the two station batteries provides the highest
supply.
The selected voltages are ORed and sent to the equipment cards.
Protection Circuit
The protection circuit is present in the PSC and in all the boards where a DC/DC
converter is required i.e. input stage and distributed power stages. It is an interface
between +BATT -BATT and the DC/DC converter.
It provides the following functions:
÷ it insulated the DC/DC converter in case of input short circuit. Fuses are fitted in order to
prevent a failed unit from shortening the input bus. In fact a input short circuit failure can
cause severe fluctuations on the input power of the other DC/DC converters
÷ it implements a start-up and an inrush current limiting system in order to provide controlled
charge-up for the input hold-up capacitor and therefore it prevents a current surge at the
module input when the board is plugged in
÷ it insulated the DC/DC converter in case of input voltage lower than 33 V.
On board power supply
A DC/DC converter generates a +3.3 V voltage used to power the SPIDER FPGA.
Distributed power stage
All the boards receive the +3.6 V and the 5.5 V voltage to power the FPGA device
located on each card. Moreover, some boards receive the +BATT -BATT voltages
generated by the input stage of the PSC.
Normal service range
The normal input voltage range of the power supply module is either:
- 40,5 V t - 48 V t - 57,0 V or
- 50,0 V t - 60 V t - 72,0 V.
Abnormal service range
The 1696MSPAN equipment operating at -48 V does not suffer any damage when
subjected to the following voltage range : 0 V to -40,5 V and -57 V to -60 V.
When the equipment operates at -60 V, the voltage range becomes: 0 V to -50 V and -
72 V to -75 V.
Protection to the station power supply is provided by 16A circuit breakers at the top of
the S9 rack.

II-244 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
The maximum power consumption of the main rack is about 400 Watts.
DC/DC Power supply units’ output voltages + 3.6 V ? 3%
- 5.5 V ? 3%
+ 2.5 V ? 3%
+Batt_A
-Batt_A
+Batt_B
-Batt_B
SPIDER
FPGA
PSC A
PSC B
GND
GND
* protection
* pre-filter
* fuse
* protection
* pre-filter
* fuse
+Batt
-Batt
* OR Batt
* EMI/EMC
filter
* OR Batt
* EMI/EMC
filter
+Batt
-Batt
dual DC/DC
* softstart
* EMI/EMC
filter
* threshold
* softstart
* EMI/EMC
filter
* threshold
converter
dual DC/DC
converter
3.6V
5.5V
3.6V
5.5V
* softstart
* EMI/EMC
filter
* threshold
OBPS
3.6V
5.5V
2.5V
OR
OR auxilliary
power supply
GENERIC BOARD
DISTRIBUTED POWER STAGE
PRIMARY POWER STAGE

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-245
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 134135134: 1696MSPAN - equipment power supply scheme


II-246 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Protection sub-system
The protection type used is Optical SNCP (network protection).
In a ring network the Sub-Network Connection Protection (SNCP) at optical channel
level can be provided either in ”back-to-back” terminals or in OADM configuration.
The transponders (MCC/OCC10/4xANY_P/2xGE_FC/TRBD1996) are duplicated for
each protected channel (also WLA2M_OP and WLA3CDOP provide O_SNCP, but
they are not duplicated because they carry one optically protected channel). At the
transmit side, the signal is broadcasted on the two arms of the ring. At the receive side
one of the two available signals is selected. When a failure occurs on the working path,
the system switches on the signal of the protecting path.
O A D M
C l i e n t e n d t r a f f i c
C l i e n t A d d & d r o p t r a f f i c
C l i e n t
A d d & d r o p
t r a f f i c
O A D M O A D M
C l i e n t
A d d & d r o p
t r a f f i c
B a c k - t o - b a c k
t e r m i n a l
T ra n s m it s id e :
c l i e n t s i g n a l s a r e s p l i t
a n d la u n c h e d o n t h e
t w o a rm s o f t h e rin g
R e c e iv e s id e :
in c a s e o f a f a ilu re in o n e a rm
o f t h e rin g t h e s y s t e m s e le c t
t h e s ig n a l o f t h e o t h e r o n e

Figure 135136135: Channel level protection in a ring network

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-247
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The Optical SNCP (O-SNCP) is ensured for each client signal by 2 optical splitters,
located between the client interface and the transponder cards:
÷ At the transmit side, each client signal is split by a 50/50 optical splitter and sent to two
transponder cards. Then, one signal is broadcasted to one arm of the ring and the other signal
is broadcasted to the other arm.
÷ At the receive side, each WDM signal comes from one arm of the ring to one transponder
card. At the User Tx interface, one transponder card is in working mode (laser ON) and the
other is in protecting mode (laser OFF). When a fault is detected on the working path, the
protection switching is performed by turning off the working User Tx laser and by re-
activating the protecting one.
C l i e n t s i g n a l s
O p t i c a l s p l i t ti n g
W o r k i n g :
l a s e r O N
P r o te c ti n g :
l a s e r O F F
D M U X
M U X
W D M l i n e
( E a s t )
M U X
D M U X
W D M l i n e
( W e s t )
1 6 9 6 M S P A N
U s e r T x U s e r R x
W D M T x W D M R x
U s e r T x U s e r R x
W D M T x W D M R x
T r a n s p o n d e r
W e s t
T r a n s p o n d e r
E a s t
O p t i c a l c o u p l i n g

Figure 136137136: O-SNCP principle
In the following are shown the Optical SNCP types provided by the equipment. They
are
÷ MCC protection (alone and MCC + 4xANY)
÷ OCC10 protection
÷ TRBD1996 protection
÷ 4xANY client signals protection
÷ MCC + 2xGE_FC protection
÷ WLA_OP + 2xGE_FC protection
÷ 2xGE_FC client protection
÷ 8xGE client protection
÷ WLA protection
÷ OTS protection
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-248 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

MCC protection

Table 6.4 MCC protection: switching criteria
Alarm Managed Default status
HWF X always enabled
C_ABS X
C_TYPE X
ILOS_WDM X
LOC_user / LOC_User_Tx X
C_ABS_SFP X
C_TYPE_SFP X
SIGNAL_DEGRADE X

When a MCC detects one of the above criteria, the transmitter is shut-down.
MCC3 alone

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-249
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Rx
Tx
WDMTx
WDMRx
MCC West MCC East
8 x 8
Matrix
8 x 8
Matrix
Rx
Tx
WDMTx
WDMRx

Figure 137138137: Optical SNCP with MCC3 unit

The function is provided by two optical splitters. The selection is done by switching-
off the user Tx corresponding to the path in failure and re-activating the protecting one.
MCC + 4xANY


II-250 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
WDMRx
WDMTx
Tx Rx
WDMTx
WDMRx
Tx Rx
OPC
Tx Rx
Rx Rx Rx Rx
Tx Tx Tx Tx
4xANY
MCC MCC

Figure 138139138: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 4xANY (MCC-
4xANY)

The function is ensured by two optical splitters (one OPC card). The selection is done
by switching-off the MCC user Tx corresponding to the path in failure and re-activing
the protecting one.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-251
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OCC10 protection
Rx
Tx
Rx
Tx
WDMTx
WDMRx
OCC10 West OCC10 East
8 x 8
Matrix
8 x 8
Matrix
WDMTx
WDMRx

Figure 139140139: Optical SNCP with OCC10 unit

The function is ensured by two optical splitters (one OPC card). The selection is done
by switching-off the user Tx corresponding to the path in failure and re-activing the
protecting one.

Table 6.5 OCC10 protection: switching criteria
Alarm Managed Status
HWF X always enabled
C_ABS X
C_TYPE X
LOS_WDM_Rx (or LOC_OTN_WDM_Rx) X

II-252 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Alarm Managed Status
LOF_OTN_WDM_Rx X
XFP_unplugged (OCC10_E only) X
When an OCC10 detects one of the above criteria then the transmitter is shut-down.

TRBD1996 protection

Figure 140: Optical SNCP of the TRBD1996


8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-253
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The function is ensured by two optical splitters. The selection is done by switching-off
the TRBD1996 user Tx corresponding to the path in failure and re-activing the
protecting one.

Table 6.6 TRBD1996 protection: switching criteria


When a TRBD1996 detects one of the above criteria then the transmitter is shut-down

Protection of the 4xANY client
Protection can be performed optically on the 4xANY units.

II-254 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
WDMRx
WDMTx
Tx Rx
WDMTx
WDMRx
Tx Rx
OPC
MCC MCC
Tx Rx
Rx Rx Rx Rx
Tx Tx Tx Tx
4xANY
Tx Rx
Rx Rx Rx Rx
Tx Tx Tx Tx
4xANY
LF Link
OPC OPC OPC


Figure 140141140: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 4xANY (4xANY
client protection)

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-255
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The function is ensured by eight optical splitters (provided by four OPCs). The
selection is done by switching-off the 4xANY user Tx corresponding to the path in
failure and re-activing the protecting one.
The clients are individually protected: if one is protected, it is not necessary to protect
the other ones.
In 1696MS, when two 4xANY are used in client protection configuration, the 4xANY
on the right side always contains the MAIN/protected drawers, and the 4xANY on the
left side, the SPARE/protecting drawers.
In 1696MS_C, when two 4xANY are used in client protection configuration, the
4xANY above (slots 4 and 5) always contains the MAIN/protected drawers, and the
4xANY below (slots 2 and 3), the SPARE/protecting drawers.
The slot allocation of the OPC according to the drawers in protection of the 4xANY
clients is fixed as described in Figure 1421.
N.B. In some configurations, the OPC slot cannot be provided by an OPC board
because this is already allocated by other boards. This concerns LAN, HK and RAI
boards. This can limit the number of protected clients.
N.B. In case the two 4xANY_P are provided with coloured SFPs (CWDM or
DWDM), transponders are not required.
D
R
A
W
E
R

#
2
D
R
A
W
E
R

#
1
D
R
A
W
E
R

#
4
D
R
A
W
E
R

#
3
D
R
A
W
E
R

#
2
D
R
A
W
E
R

#
1
D
R
A
W
E
R

#
4
D
R
A
W
E
R

#
3
O
P
C

#
2
O
P
C

#
1
O
P
C

#
3
O
P
C

#
4

Figure 141142141: Correspondance between OPC slots allocation and 4xANY
drawers in protection

OPC location for drawers protection

II-256 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
÷ drawer 1: 31, 35, 39, 43
÷ drawer 2: 30, 34, 38, 42
÷ drawer 3: 28, 32, 40, 44
÷ drawer 4: 29, 33, 41, 45.
The 4xANY boards in slot 2-3 and 22-23 cannot be protected.

E
S
C
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
U
I
U
I
H
K
R
A
FANS
49
I
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C


Table 6.6 4xANY client protection: switching criteria per each drawer
Alarm Managed Status
HWF X always enabled
Link_Failure_DRW_U X
C_ABS X
C_ABS_DRW_U X
C_TYPE_DRW_U X
SSF_U X
Pk_AIS_U X
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-257
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

MCC + 2xGE_FC
WDMRx
WDMTx
Tx Rx
WDMTx
WDMRx
Tx Rx
MCC MCC
OPC
Tx Rx
Rx Rx
Tx Tx
2xGE_FC



Figure 142143142: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 2xGE_FC

The function is ensured by two optical splitters (one OPC card). The selection is done
by switching-off the MCC user Tx corresponding to the path in failure and re-activing
the protecting one.

II-258 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
WLA_OP + 2xGE_FC
WDMRx
WDMTx
Tx Rx
WDMTx
WDMRx
Tx Rx
OPC
Tx Rx
Rx Rx
Tx Tx
2xGE_FC
WLA_OP

Figure 143144143: Optical SNCP of the WLA_OP associated with the 2xGE_FC

The function is ensured by two optical splitters (one OPC card). The selection is done
by switching-off the transponder user Tx corresponding to the path in failure and re-
activing the protecting one.
Protection of the 2xGE_FC client
Protection can be performed only on 2xGE_FC units.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-259
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
WDMRx
WDMTx
Tx Rx
WDMTx
WDMRx
Tx Rx
OPC
Tx Rx
Rx Rx
Tx Tx
2xGE_FC
MCC MCC
Tx Rx
Rx Rx
Tx Tx
2xGE_FC
OPC
LF link


Figure 144145144: Optical SNCP of the MCC associated with the 2xGE_FC

The function is ensured by four optical splitters (two OPC cards). The selection is done
by switching-off the 2xGE_FC user Tx corresponding to the path in failure and re-
activing the protecting one.
Clients are individually protected: if one is protected, it is not necessary to protect the
other ones.
When two 2xGE_FC are used in client protection configuration, the 2xGE_FC on the
left side always contains the SFP MAIN (or protected), and the 2xGE_FC on the right
side, the SFP SPARE (or protecting).
The slot allocation of the OPC according to the SFP in protection of the 2xGE_FC
clients is fixed as follows:
the 2xGE_FC boards are provisioned in slots #n and #n+1
÷ in 1696MSPAN:
- client #1 is protected using OPC in slot #n+25 (on the right side)

II-260 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
- client #2 is protected using OPC in slot #n+24 (on the left side)
÷ in 1696MS_C
- client #1 is protected using OPC in slot #n+7 (on the right side)
- client #2 is protected using OPC in slot #n+6 (on the left side)
For 1696MS_C only, in Master shelf only, client #2 cannot be protected when
2xGE_FC boards are provisioned in slots #2 and #3 (the LAN_Q mandatory board
occupying the slot of the required OPC)
N.B. In case the Line interface of the two 2xGE_FC boards are provided with
coloured SFPs (CWDM or DWDM), transponders are not required.

Table 6.7 2xGE_FC client protection: switch criteria for each drawer
Alarm Managed Status
HWF X always enabled
C_ABS X
C_ABS_SFP_U (U=1, 2, 6) X
ILOS_SFP_6 X
RS_LOF X
MS_AIS X
GFP_CSF_U (U=1,2) X
GFP_SSF_U (U=1,2) X FUTURE REL.
SIGNAL_DEGRADE_6 X always enabled

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-261
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Protection of the 8xGE client
G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
O M S P
G b E # 1
G b E # 2
G b E # 3
G b E # 4
G b E # 5
G b E # 6
G b E # 7
G b E # 8
L I N E # 1
L I N E # 2
8 x G E
8 x G E

Figure 145146145: Optical SNCP with 8xGE

The function is ensured by eight OMSP cards, in point-to-point configurations only.
OMSP is a small board containing an optical splitter and an optical switch, able to
select an incoming signal among two.
On the transmission side, with the optical splitter, the signal output is broadcasted on
the main/working fiber and the spare/protecting fiber to the two GbE SFPs clients of
the 8xGE units.
On the receiver side, the optical switch selects to receive the optical signal coming
from the main/working GbE SFP and the spare/protecting GbE SFP under the control
of a board logic. The optical signal coming out from the optical switch is sent to the
client.
When two 8xGE are used in client protection configuration, the 8xGE on the right side
always contains the SFP MAIN (or protected), and the 8xGE on the left side, the SFP
SPARE (or protecting).
Switch criteria.

II-262 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Both the incoming signals powers are measured thanks to a 95/5 coupler and a
photodiode enabling
÷ to raise a LOS alarm if the actually selected signal power falls
÷ to know if the spare signal (the incoming signal not selected) is present.
If a LOS appears on the main signal and the spare signal is present, the board switches
to the spare signal.
WLA protection
The optical protection is provided by the WLA2M_OP and WLA3CDOP boards
(WLA1C_OP will be provided in future rel.).
As they are 2-channel boards, one channel is protected by the other one.
The available protection scheme is O-SNCP.
In Tx direction (from client to WDM) the signal is transmitted on the two paths by
means of the optical splitter, while in Rx (from WDM to client) only one signal is sent
to the client by the optical coupler, being active only one transponder (the other one is
OFF).
WDMTx
WDMRx
B&W Rx B&W Tx
1:1
optical
splitter
1:1
optical
coupler
WDMTx
WDMRx
B&W Rx B&W Tx
MAIN SPARE
EAST WEST
WLA2M_OP
WLA3CDOP


Figure 146147146: O-SNCP with WLA units (WLA2M_OP/WLA3CDOP)

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-263
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page


Table 6.8 WLA2M_OP and WLA3CDOP protection: switch criteria
Alarm Managed by
ILOS_SFP_X (X=Line ports, X=2 or 4,
corresponding to “W1”, “W2” ports on WLA
front panel
WLA2M_OP, WLA3CDOP
SFP_ABS_X (X=1 to 4, all clients and Line ports) WLA3CDOP
LOC_PORT_U (U=2 and 4) (loss of modulation
or bitrate mismatch)
WLA3CDOP
SIGNAL_DEGRADE_U (U=2 and 4) WLA3CDOP

1354 RM: configuration of the WLA3CDOP
Refer to Figure 1487. In the above example, a protected path is created between NE1
and NE2, using WLA3CDOP cards NE3 provides an optical channel passthrough.
The physical connections indicated in pink are the connections to be created for path
discovery (Note that a physical connection need to be created for an optical channel
passthrough but it is done automatically in case of optical band passthrough).
The physical connections are all of the OPS-type except those related to SDH (port 5)
(SDH/WDM interworking).
For the physical connections related to ports 2 and 4, it is needed to select the mux
ports corresponding to the same wavelength.
Compared to the protected path creation for an OCC10 or a MCC, an additional
operation is needed when creating a protected path with a WLA3CDOP: it is necessary
to create the physical connections between the DWDM SFPs and the corresponding
mux/demux ports.

II-264 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008


Figure 147148147: Example of a 1696 MS network with path protection using
WLA3CDOP cards

OTS protection
OTSP protects the fiber in point-to-point links.
All the multiplexed signal is protected: if one or some channels fail, there is no switch
in OMSP board.
If there is a fiber break on the MAIN path, all the multiplexed signal is lost, then the
board switches.
There is no switch in case of HWF, because if HWF occurs on OMSP board, it will not
be able to switch.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-265
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
M
u
x
D
e
m
u
x
M
u
x
D
e
m
u
x
S u b - N e t w o r k
O M S P O M S P
N E A N E B

Figure 148149148: TS protection with OMSP unit


Table 6.9 OTS protection: switch criteria
Alarm Managed Status
ILOS on MAIN path and NO ILOS on SPARE
path
X always enabled
1354 RM: ACCESS to O-MSP commands when 1354 RM is present
1. Identify USM handling the 1696MSPAN, i.e. USMSH5Q3WDMVxx
2. Go to /usr/Systems/1353NM_**/eml/usmsh5q3wdmv’xx’/conf/ directory
3. Edit param.cfg file
4. Search SECURITY_ENABLED parameter and set it to False
5. Close all related open USMs in the machine
6. Open USM again on the target NE(s)
the USM now behaves as we were in NM only configuration for this USM type
only.
We have now access to Protection commands in cross connection menu.
7. After the operations on OMSP set back the SECURITY_ENABLED parameter.

II-266 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Performance Monitoring sub-system
Performance Monitoring is a function which provides the operator with the ability to
constantly monitor the quality of the signal flowing through his WDM network. This
function is available at selected Performance Monitoring Points, it is performed
through an accumulation of information during fixed time windows (granularity
periods: 15min or 24h) and it provides consistent information to the management
interface (end-to-end monitoring).
When PM is activated, for each PM Point, the following processes are automatically
performed
÷ Continous monitoring by transmission boards of the quality of the signal flowing through the
PM Point and generation of raw PM information, known as 1s PM primitives (1s stands for 1
second)
÷ Correlation between 1s PM primitives by the system, with periodic collection of 1s PM
primitives and accumulation of corresponding PM counters (PM events) during the current
monitoring period.
N.B. PM primitives are raw information, internally used, but not made available at
NMS; PM counters are the significant values resulting of correlations between PM
primitives. These values are made available to the NMS.
÷ Generation of PM current data related to the current monitoring period (15min / 24h), based
on PM counters accumulated during the current monitoring period
÷ Comparison of PM counters of the current monitoring period with related PM Threshold
profile (TCA)
÷ Generation of PM history data, with storing of PM information related to past 15min / 24h
periods
From the management interface, it is possible to manage PM data (clear PM counters,
activate or deactivate Performance Monitoring...) and PM Thresholds (profile
assignment/modification...).The latters are used to generate Threshold Crossed Alarms
(TCA).
Performance Monitoring Points on transmission boards
PM Points are characterized by the following parameters:
÷ monitored “side”, which can be:
- Egress if monitoring is performed on information received from WDM side (WDM
--> BW)
- Ingress if monitoring is performed on information received from B&W side (B&W
--> WDM)
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-267
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
÷ monitored “end”, which can be:
- Near End if monitoring is related to the quality of the received signal
÷ monitored “layer”, which can be:
- on MCC3 and 4xANY_P
÷ SDH (STM1/STM-4/STM-16) based on information (B1 byte) contained in
SDH Regenerator Section overhead and specific ETSI processing, both on
client and line sides
÷ ETH1G (Layer 1 1 GbE/FC PM), based on 8B/10B coding, client side
- on OCC10_E, OCC10_EC
÷ SDH10G based on information (B1 byte) contained in SDH Regenerator
Section 10G overhead and specific ETSI processing, both on client and line
sides
÷ ETH10G (Layer 1 10GbE PM), based on 64B/66B coding, client side
- on WLA2 and WLA3
÷ SDH (STM1/STM-4/STM-16) based on information (B1 byte) contained in
SDH Regenerator Section overhead and specific ETSI processing, both on
client and line sides
÷ ETH1G (Layer 1 1 GbE/FC PM), based on 8B/10B coding, both on client and
line sides, WLA3 only.
- on 2xGE_FC
÷ SDH 2.5G based on information (B1 byte) contained in SDH Regenerator
Section 2.5G overhead and specific ETSI processing, line side
÷ ETH1G (Layer 1 1 GbE/FC PM), based on 8B/10B coding, client side
- on 8xGE
÷ SDH 10G based on information (B1 byte) contained in SDH Regenerator
Section 10G overhead and specific ETSI processing, line side
÷ ETH1G (Layer 1 1 GbE/FC PM), based on 8B/10B coding, client side.
- on TRBD1996
÷ SDH 10G based on information (B1 byte) contained in SDH Regenerator
Section 10G overhead and specific ETSI processing on side side
÷ FEC PM on line side


Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-268 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008


For each PM Point it is possible to activate monitoring with 15min or 24h (or both at
the same time) granularity. The following table summarizes the combination of
monitored side/end/layer, supported in current release.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-269
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page


Table 6.10 Boards and supported Performance Monitoring Points
PM Point 1696MSPAN BOARD
Near end egress B1 PM at 10 Gbps (STM-64) OCC10, 8xGE
Near end ingress B1 PM at 10 Gbps (STM-64) OCC10
Near end egress Layer 1 10 GbE PM OCC10 (LAN)
Near end ingress Layer 1 10 GbE PM OCC10 (LAN)
Near end egress B1 PM at 2.5 Gbps (STM-16) WLA2, WLA3, MCC3, 4xANY_P,
2xGE_FC
Near end ingress B1 PM at 2.5 Gbps (STM-16) WLA2, WLA3, MCC3
Near end egress B1 PM STM-4 WLA2, WLA3, MCC3
Near end ingress B1 PM STM-4 WLA2, WLA3, MCC3
Near end egress B1 PM STM-1 WLA2, WLA3, MCC3
Near end ingress B1 PM STM-1 WLA2, WLA3, MCC3
Near end ingress Layer 1 GbE PM 2xGE_FC, 8xGE
Near end egress FEC PM at 10Gbps (STM-64) TRBD1996
Near end ingress B1 PM at 10Gbps (STM-64) TRBD1996
PM working mode
The Performance Monitoring sub-system performs the end-to-end quality-of-service
monitoring of each individual wavelength, all along its path. Performance monitoring
is available:
÷Clent side, at the User Rx access in order to monitor the client incoming (near end) signal; in
this case
-for OCC10, MCC3, WLA2, WLA3, 4xANY_P: PM (SDH type) is based on B1 and
J0 n.i.m. and Treshold Crossing Alarm based on B1 errors count (J0 non intrusive
monitoring in future release)
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-270 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
-for 2xGE_FC and 8xGE: PM (GbE type) is based on Layer 1 counters (8B/10B)
-for OCC10 (10 GbE LAN only): PM (10 GbE type) is based on Layer 1 counters
(64B/66B)
÷Line/WDM side, at the Rx access in order to monitor the incoming (near end) signal and its
transmission through the WDM network; in this case PM and Treshold Crossing Alarm are
based on
-for OCC_10, MCC3, WLA2, WLA3, 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC and 8xGE: PM (SDH
type) is based on B1 and J0 n.i.m. and Treshold Crossing Alarm based on B1 errors
count (J0 non intrusive monitoring in future release)
It is possible to manage up to 32 PM per NE.
MCC3 is able to perform the B1 monitoring either at client Rx side or at WDM Rx
side and simultaneously.
Egress B1 PM (SDH)
WDM
WDM
WDM
User
TX
PM on ingress client
RX TX
RX
User WDM
TX
WDM
RX
User
RX
TX
User
1696MSPAN 1696MSPAN
CLIENT
EQUIPMENT
CLIENT
EQUIPMENT
signal (B1)

Figure 149: Two possible monitored sections by the MCC

OCC10 is able to provide: PM after WDM Rx signal or PM before the WDM Tx.
In OCC units, B1 monitoring is performed at WDM side.
B1 PM or 64B/66B (PM Ethernet layer 1), according to the client, are available on
client side.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-271
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page


Figure 150: 2 possible monitored sections with the OCC

According to the configuration of the 4xANY_P board (remote or not), three kinds of
monitoring is foreseen. B1 is inserted at the 4xANY Tx side. It can be extracted either
at the MCC B&W Rx side, or at the MCC WDM Rx side or at the 4xANY 2.5G Rx
side.

Figure 151: 3 possible monitored sections with the 4xANY associated with MCC

On 2xGE_FC and 8xGE, performance are monitored at both clients and line side, and
simultaneously:
÷PM B1 are available on line side
÷PM 8B/10B, also called PM Ethernet layer 1, are available on client side.
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-272 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
SDH B1 PM
WDM
WDM
WDM
User
TXn
Lay er 1 GbE PM
RXn TXn
RXn
User WDM
TXn
WDM
RXn
User
RXn
TXn
User
CLIENT
EQUIPMENT
ETHERNET
Lay er 1 GbE PM
CLIENT
EQUIPMENT
ETHERNET
1696MSPAN 1696MSPAN


Figure 152: Monitored sections with the 2xGE_FC and 8xGE

WLA2 supports PMs on one transponder (of two) at the same time.
WLA3 support PMs on both transponders at the same time.
What does the system monitor?
As already stated, the system monitors 1s PM primitives and then generates PM
counters, briefly described in the following.
PM counters (PM events) accumulation by the Shelf Controller for 15min/24h
granularity period.
Starting from 1s PM primitives collected with the polling mechanism, SC evaluates
corresponding PM counters (also known in standards as PM events) increments, that
are accumulated over the current monitoring period to which they are related (15min or
24hours) for PM purposes (Current Data generation).
The performance monitoring is supported at the following layers:
÷ SDH Regenerator Section (RS) layer, both for STM-1 (155 Mbps), STM-4 (622 Mbps),
STM-16 (2.5 Gbps) and STM-64/10 GbE WAN signals
÷ layer 1 Ethernet PM, for 1.250 Gbps (GbE) and 1.0625 Gbps (FC) client signals
For the SDH-RS layer, the following performance counters are supported:
÷ ES (Erroneous Second): Count of seconds with at least one B1 code violation or with at
least one RS defect
÷ SES (Severely Erroneous Second): Count of seconds which contains more than 2400
(approximately > 30%) B1 code violation, or at least one RS defect. A SES is also counted as
an ES
÷ BBE (Background Block Error): Count of B1 code violations which occur outside a SES.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-273
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
For the FEC layer at 10Gbps, the following performance counters are supported:
÷ BEC (Background Error Corrected): count of FEC corrected errors that occurred outside a
SCS (result is divided by 512 for display reasons)
÷ SCS (Severely Corrected Seconds): count of seconds with a FEC layer defect or at least one
FEC uncorrected block or more than 33 538 048 FEC corrected errors (this corresponds to a
rate of FEC corrected errors per second higher than approximately 3E-3)
÷ BBU (Background Block Uncorrected): count of FEC uncorrected blocks that occurred
outside a SUS
÷ SUS (Severely Uncorrected Seconds): count of seconds in which a FEC layer defect
occurred or in which more than 33 538 048 FEC blocks were uncorrected (this corresponds to
a rate of FEC uncorrected blocks per second higher than approximately 3E-3)
÷ CS (Corrected Seconds): counter not used; fixed value = 0
÷ US (Uncorrected Seconds): counter not used; fixed value = 0.
For the Ethernet layer 1 at 10Gbps (10GbE LAN), the following performance
counters are supported:
÷ Events managed by the boards (through 1s accumulation counters) are
- Defect Seconds
÷ LOS
÷ LOSy: Loss of Frame synchronisation (16 consecutive 66 bits blocks having
invalid sync field)
- Header Code Violation (HCV) (if sync field value is either 00 or 11)
÷ Counters are managed based on the former values
- ES (Erroneous Second): sum of seconds with (pN_10G_HCV > 0) or Unit Missing
- SES (Severely Erroneous Second): sum of seconds with (pN_10G_HCV?
ETH10G_THR) or Unit Missing),where ETH10G_THR is 255 IB, which
represents a BER better than 2.10-6.
- BBE (Background Block Error): sum of (pN_10G_HCV) occured outside of SES.
For the Ethernet layer 1 at 1.25Gbps (GbE) or 1.0625Gbps (Fiber Channel), the
following performance counters are supported (per each port):
÷ based on 8B/10B coding structure of the Ethernet frame, two types of errors are detected:
- RDE (Running Disparity Error)
- IW (Invalid Word)
÷ these RDE and IW errors occuring in 1s are accumulated in a 16 bits counter, called ICG
(Invalid Code Group)
÷ based on ICG and LOS/LOF detection, the following performance counters are supported

II-274 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
- ES : at least one ICG or one LOS or LOF or unit missing within the second
- SES : at least 10000 ICG (corresponds to a BER <10E-5) or one LOS or LOF or
unit missing
- BBE : ICG occuring outside a SES
Unavailable Time
A period of unavailable time (UAT) shall begin when 10 consecutive SES (or SUS)
events have been detected. These 10 seconds are considered to be part of the available
time.
The UAS counter shall accumulate over the monitoring period (it shall be then be reset
at the end of the monitoring period) the number of seconds of unavailable time.
Performance monitoring event counting for ES, SES, BBE shall be inhibited during
unavailable time.
An alarm UAT shall be raised at the detection of a new period of available time,
whatever the monitoring period.
PM current data management
Performance Monitoring on a given PM Point can be activated on either 15-minute or
24-hour (or both at the same time) granularity.
During a monitoring period, PM information (counters, elapsed time, etc.) is
continuously updated and can be managed from management interface. At the end of
the monitoring period, the content of PM current data (counters, elapsed time, etc.) is
stored into history data, the current data is reset and a new monitoring period begins.
Up to sixteen 15min and one 24h history data are stored in the NE.
Threshold Crossing Alarms (TCA)
15min and 24h PM counters are compared to provisionable thresholds, in order to
generate TCA.
TCA on 15min PM counters are raised/cleared according to a Dual Level Threshold
Crossing mechanism while TCA on 24h PM counters are raised according to a Single
Level Threshold Crossing mechanism:
÷ Single Level Threshold Crossing: a threshold level is associated to each counter of an
activated PM point; TCA is raised each time the threshold is crossed by any counter, during
an accumulation period
÷ Dual Level Threshold Crossing: two threshold levels are associated to each counter of an
activated PM point: the Set and the Reset ones. TCA is generated each time the Set (high)
threshold is crossed during an accumulation period. TCA is reset (clear) at the end of a
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-275
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
subsequent accumulation period in which the counter that generated TCA is lower than or
equal to the Reset (low) value.
N.B. Note: TCA are not meaningful for OCC10_LAN. 15min TCA are
inhibited, 24 h TCA is not be taken into account.
Default thresholds for QoS alarms
The default values of set and reset thresholds are given in the following tables.

Table 6.11 RS counters default threshold data values
Threshold Data Id 15 min Set Threshold 15min Reset
Threshold
24 hours
Threshold
BBE ES SES BBE ES SES BBE ES SES
3 24000 50 10 200 5 0
2, 20500, 21500, 24500,
25500, 26500
36000 150 15
20000, 21000, 24000,
25000, 26000
24000 50 10

Numbers meaning
2 RS Counters 24hours
3 RS Counters 15min
20000 user side MCC/OCC counters 15m
20500 user side MCC/OCC counters 24h
21000 WDM side MCC/OCC counters 15m
21500 WDM side MCC/OCC counters 24h
24000 4xANY counters 15m
24500 4xANY counters 24h
25000 User_U 2xGE_FC counters 15m
25500 User_U 2xGE_FC counters 24h

II-276 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Numbers meaning
26000 Line 2xGE_FC counters 15m
26500 Line 2xGE_FC counters 24h



1354 RM: how to handle measures on a WDM protected path
1. Using PM Domain in RM Browser create the wanted measures profile, i.e.
Maintenance -15m or/and QOS 24h.
Check that Counters Provided field is set to TRUE
2. Correlate the target path(s) to the previous measure.
There are several ways to do that, from measure or from the path.
i.e. from measure use /Actions/”Correlate/Merge“/“Correlate Paths/Trails”
then drag and drop the target path(s).
i.e. from path use /Performance Measurement/Add to, then select target path(s)
At this stage the RM automatically add default measured point to the measure
defined in step
- The default points are extremities/”ctps“ of the path.
You can list them by selecting the measure and clicking on “PmTps“ icon.
You can also double click on the measure.
IF your path is a WDM protected path, the extremities of the path are the
“OPC“ ports. OCP board is not a board generating PM, the PM generation is
performed by the transponders linked to the OPC.
Therefore after step [2] the PmTps list should be still empty
3. To fill the PmTps list of the target measure for WDM protected paths, open the
routing display of the target path(s) already correlated to the measure(s).
In the routing display, select the wanted ctp(s) you want to monitor then
/Actions/Performance Monitoring/Correlate a Planned Measure.
If the path has been correlated to several measures, a window opens to choose the
one(s) you want to correlate.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-277
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The “Ctps“ to select are the ones corresponding to the transponders you want to
monitor. If you have a transponder in slot 12 in your path you should see the
related two Ctps (B&W and WDM) in the routing display of the path.
4. Activate the measure(s) with /Actions/”Start/Consistency/Stop“/Start
Now the target NE transponders should be counting PM.


II-278 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
System Configuration
Configuration criteria
The basic configuration relies on the following criteria:
÷ the traffic demand defines the number of channels (1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 24 or 32 channels)
÷ the network architecture and the position of the equipment in the network defines the NE type
(line terminal, OADM, back-to-back terminal, repeater or CPE).
÷ the optical power budget determines the need of optical amplification in the line terminal and
OADM NEs or the need of repeater NEs.
Once the basic configuration is defined, secondary criteria will be determinant to
define the optional features:
÷ TDM concentrators (4 ANY and 2xGE_FC)
Up to 4 (4xANY) or 2 (2xGE_FC) client signals may be multiplexed on a single
STM16. The concentration of 4/2 client signals on a unique transponder access,
requires a 4 ANY/2xGE_FC board but saves 3 or 1 transponders and the
corresponding optical channels. In case of the 4xANY_P/2xGE_FC is equipped with
a CWDM or DWDM SFP optical module, the transponder is not required.
÷ Optical Sub-Network Connection Protection (O-SNCP)
In ring networks, both channels and each client signals can be individually protected:
- the protection of a channel/wavelenght requires an OPC board and two
transponders (MCC/OCC10/TRBD1996)
- the protection of the client signal(s) requires up to four OPCs, two 4xANY and two
MCC boards (only in case of the 4xANY is not equipped with WDM SFP); in case
of 2xGE_FC clients protection, two OPCs are required
- the protection of the client signal requires one optically protected WLA
(WLA2M_OP, WLA3CDOP).

÷ Consumption

The maximum available consumption for transponders in one shelf is 500 W. So, one
shelf can be filled in following the next consumptions :

- 20 W: MCC, 2xGE_FC, WLA, OAC2
- 30 W: OCC10, 8xGE
- 40 W: 4xANY, TRBD1996
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-279
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

Further more, for optical cabling constraints, only eight 8xGE can be host in one shelf.
For detailed shelf configurations, see [2].


÷ Supervision function and User interface
The supervision feature requires an SPVM (SPVM2; SPVM_H) or OSC board. The 2
Mbit/s user interface feature requires in addition an UIC board (if additional user
information are required; OSCboard doesn’t provide these signals). These two
features also require the OSC insertion MUX and the OSC extraction DMUX
implemented in all the OADM boards, the OMDX8100_M_L1_XS, the CMDX-U-S /
CMDX2-U-S (the last ones are used for CWDM applications; 1310nm is the CWDM
supervision wavelength), the CDMDX2-U-S and the OAC boards. If the use of one of
these features is foreseen, the early choice of a board with the OSC MUX and DMUX
will allow a further implementation, without interruption of the traffic.
÷ Expansion MUX/DEMUX
The 2:1 expansion MUX and DEMUX (OMDX8100_M_L1_X and
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS boards) are necessary to reach NE configurations with more
than 16 optical channels. A NE can be upgraded up to a 32 channel NE without traffic
interruption if the expansion MUX and DMUX are already installed.
÷ Remote NE
The type of Remote NE is defined when few channels are needed for the user to reach
from a ring a distant NE or to create a point to point link with CPE using.
N.B. Boards are generally 1696MSPAN shelf and 1696MS_C shelf compatible
except boards explicitly denominated as ”strictly for 1696MSPAN” or ”strictly for
Compact shelf”.
When a CPE is used in office version, the customer must provide an appropriate
ground.
CPE metallic housing should be connected to the ground,
0 V_DC of the External power feeding must be also connected to this ground.
Consequently the ground connection of the positive Battery 48 Vdc should be
directly connected on the ground (PSC side) of the power cable.
Refer to the example in Figure 1503.

II-280 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
L i n e
T e r m i n a l
L i n e
T e r m i n a l
8 c lie n t
s i g n a l s
O A D M
4 p a s s - t h r o u g h
c h a n n e ls
4 a d d e d a n d d r o p p e d
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
8 c lie n t
s i g n a l s


Figure 149154153: Example of starting configuration

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-281
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
One 8 channel MUX/DMUX card is sufficient to build this configuration. The
following gives three possibilities and their characteristics.

Table 6.12 Configuration criteria
MUX/DMUX board Cost Power
budget
Upgradability Supervision
channel
OMDX8100_M_L2 or
OMDX8100_M_S2 or
OMDX8100_M_S1
minimum maximum 12 or 16 channels without
traffic interruption.
24 or 32 channels with traffic
interruption.
No
OADM8100_M_##_S intermediate intermediate 12 or 16 channels without
traffic interruption.
24 or 32 channels with traffic
interruption.
Yes
OMDX8100_M_L1_X
S
maximum minimum Up to 32 channels without
traffic interruption.
Yes

N.B. In the OMDX and OADM board name, the characters of the fourth part if
any, have the following meaning:
S: board with supervision channel extract and insert functions.
X: board with expansion MUX.

II-282 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
1696MS (main shelf) configurations examples
Typical DWDM / CWDM configurations
DWDM configurations
÷ Terminals
- 1 channel terminal
- 2 channels terminal
- 4 channels terminal with two 4 ANY boards
- 8 channels terminal with supervision and user interface
- 16 channels terminal with expansion and supervision
- 32 channels terminal with two stages amplification in one shelf (w/ WLA)
÷ Back-to-back terminals / OADM
- 1 channel OADM
- 2 channels OADM
- 4 channels OADM
- 8 channels OADM
- 8 channels west and 4 channels east back-to-back terminal / OADM (asymmetrical
configuion)
- 16 (protected) channels back-to-back terminal / OADM in one shelf (with WLA)
- 32 (protected and amplified) channels back-to-back terminal / OADM in one NE
It is also possible to use 12 and 24 channels terminal and back-to-back
terminal/OADM.
÷ Repeaters: With and Without supervision.
CWDM configurations
÷ Terminals
- 1 to 8 channels terminal
÷ Back-to-back terminals / OADM
- 1 to 8 channels back-to-back terminal
÷ Repeaters: With and Without supervision.
Mixed (CWDM + DWDM) configurations
÷ Terminals (with or without supervision)
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-283
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
- (up to) 15 channels terminal: (up to) 8 DWDM channels plus (up to) 7 CWDM
channels
- (up to) 22 channels terminal: (up to) 16 DWDM channels plus (up to) 6 CWDM
channels
- (up to) 30 channels terminal: (up to) 24 DWDM channels plus (up to) 6 CWDM
channels
- (up to) 38 channels terminal: (up to) 32 DWDM channels plus (up to) 6 CWDM
channels
÷ Back-to-back terminals (with or without supervision)
- (up to) 15 channels b-to-b terminal: (up to) 8 DWDM chs plus (up to) 7 CWDM
chs for each side
- (up to) 22 channels b-to-b terminal: (up to) 16 DWDM chs plus (up to) 6 CWDM
chs for each side
- (up to) 30 channels b-to-b terminal: (up to) 24 DWDM chs plus (up to) 6 CWDM
chs for each side
- (up to) 38 channels b-t-b terminal: (up to) 32 DWDM channels plus (up to) 6
CWDM channels
Some of these configurations are described hereafter.
N.B. If equipped with WDM SFP/XFP modules, also 4xAY_P, 8xGE and
2xGE_FC can be considered as transponders, but it will not shown in all the
following figures for semplicity reasons.

Examples of configurations with MVAC are also provided.
In protected configuration, the OPCs have to be plugged under the MAIN
transponder (see the examples shown in the following figures), apart when the
WLA unit (WLA2M_OP and WLA3CDOP) is used: in this case the OPC is not
required.
N.B. In regard to the following figures and relevant configurations in this
section, 1696MS (main shelf) configurations examples and the section,
1696MS_C (compact shelf) configurations examples, it has to be taken into
account that OACs can be used in pure DWDM and mixed DWDM + CWDM
configurations. OACs are never used in pure CWDM configurations

II-284 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Line Terminals (one sided multiplexer / demultiplexer)
4 channels terminal
Whatever the implementation, all the boards can be placed in a single shelf.
4 channels terminal can be designed with the
÷ 4-channel OADM board and OCC10_E, MCC3, WLA3, 2xGE_FC, 4xANY_P, 8xGE,
TRBD1996 transponders, in case of DWDM application. In this case the ”pass-through” link
is not connected (Mux/Demux extra-input)
÷ 8-channel CMDX mux/demuxes (all types) and OCC10_EC, WLA1, WLA2, WLA3,
2xGE_FC, 4XANY_P transponders, in case of CWDM application.
WLAs are 2-channel transponders: only two cards are required to provide the 4-
channel configuration.
The 4-channels terminal configuration can be applied also to OCC10/TRBD1996, but
with the 9.953Gbps (STM-64/OC-192/10GBE WAN) client signal.
In case of 4xANY_P/2xGE_FC/8xGE are provided with WDM SFP/XFP, the
transponder is not required.
1
4
4
user
interf aces
1
OADM4100_M_chx-y_S or CMDX-U-S or CMDX2-U-S
4 channels
4 channels
4xMCC
4 x A N Y _ P
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
OSC in
OSC out
C l i e n t
S i g n a l s
UIC SPVM
2Mbps
order wire
2xWLA
4xOCC
w / B & W S F P
w / B & W S F P
2 x G E _ F C
w / B & W X F P
8 x G E


Figure 150155154: 4 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal block diagram

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-285
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
A
D
M

4

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s

o
r

C
M
D
X
(
2
)
-
U
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h
.

3
0
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h
.

3
2
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h
.

3
1
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h
.

3
3
R
A
I
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
*
*
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
U
I
C
U
I
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
Figure 155: 4 (CWDM or DWDM) channels terminal configuration

** The ESC board is designed in order to support, in the same board, both Equipment
and Shelf Controller facilities. The ESC unit has two microprocessors, one dedicated
for each task.

II-286 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
A
D
M

4

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s

o
r

C
M
D
X
(
2
)
-
U
-
S
1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
S
P
V
M
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
U
I
C
U
I
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
1 5 1 6
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
*
*
Figure 156: 4 (CWDM or DWDM) channels terminal configuration with WLA boards

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-287
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
A
D
M

4
1
0
0
_
M
_
c
h
x
-
y
_
S
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1
M
C
C

c
h
.

3
0
M
C
C

c
h
.

3
2
M
C
C

c
h
.

3
1
M
C
C

c
h
.

3
3
R
A
I
*
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
U
I
C
U
I
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
O
P
C
#
2
O
P
C
#
1
O
P
C
#
3
O
P
C
#
4
O
P
C
#
2
O
P
C
#
1
O
P
C
#
3
O
P
C
#
4
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
Figure 157: 4 DWDM channels terminal configuration with 4XANY drawers
protection

8 CWDM or DWDM channels terminal with expansion, supervision and user
interface
Whatever the implementation, all the boards can be placed in a single shelf.
This configuration can be designed with
÷ OMDX8100_M_L1_XS mux/demux (only L1 band is supported), OCC10, MCC3 and
WLA3 transponders, in case of DWDM application. The same board locations are available
with any band (L1, L2, S1, S2) without expansion
÷ the 8-channel CMDX mux/demuxes (all types), and WLA1/2/3, in case of CWDM
application.
4xANY_P/2xGE_FC/8xGE, TRBD1996 with the appropriate (CWDM/DWDM)
SFP/XFP can also be used as a transponder.
When OMDX boards are used to design 8 (DWDM) channels terminals, only one set
of channels (L1) can be provided with SPV. If an upgrading up to 32 channels is
required, OMDX8 board can perform it.

II-288 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
8 channels
8 channels
1 (30)
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
UIC SPVM
8 x MCC
2Mbps
order wire
OSC in
OSC out
8 (38)
1 (30)
8 (38)
Client
signals
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS or CMDX-U-S or CMDX2-U-S
8 x OCC
4 x WLA
8 x 4xANY_P
8 x 2xGE_FC
8 x 8xGE

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-289
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 158: 8 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal block diagram

P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
R
A
I
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
U
I
C
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

o
r

C
M
D
X
(
2
)
-
U
-
S
S
P
V
M

(
2
,

_
H
)

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
Figure 159: 8 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal with expansion and
supervision


II-290 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
W
L
A
R
A
I
S
P
V
M
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

o
r

C
M
D
X
(
2
)
-
U
-
S
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
Figure 160: Example of 8 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal with WLA
boards

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-291
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1
R
A
I
*
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
S
P
V
M
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
U
I
C
U
I
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
O
P
C
#
2
O
P
C
#
1
O
P
C
#
3
O
P
C
#
4
O
P
C
#
2
O
P
C
#
1
O
P
C
#
3
O
P
C
#
4
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

o
r

C
M
D
X
(
2
)
-
U
-
S
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
Figure 161: Example of 8 (CWDM or DWDM) channels line terminal with 4xANY_P

8 channels terminal with supervision and user interface and without expansion
Whatever the implementation, all the boards can be placed in a single shelf.
In DWDM application four sets of channels are supported: L1, L2, S1, S2.
By using OADM boards in terminals, SPV is available for each set of channels.
However, if an upgrading up to 32 channels is required, using OADM8 boards is not
sufficient (need for expansion).
In CWDM application the 8 available channels are multiplexed by the CMDX board
(with 1310nm filter).
4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC, 8xGE, TRBD1996 with the appropriate (CWDM/DWDM)
SFP/XFP can also be used as a transponder.

II-292 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
8 channels
8 channels
1
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
1
UIC SPVM
2Mbps
order wire
OSC in
OSC out
Client
signals 8
8
OADM8100_M_xx_S or CMDX-U-S or CMDX2-U-S
8 x MCC
8 x OCC
4 x WLA
8 x 4xANY_P
8 x 2xGE_FC
8 x 8xGE

Figure 162: Example of 8 CWDM or DWDM channels line terminal w/o expansion
block diagram

P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
R
A
I
O
A
D
M
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

o
r

C
M
D
X
(
2
)
-
S
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
U
I
C
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
S
P
V
M

(
2
,

_
H
)

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M
N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n
C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o
O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .

Figure 163: Example of 8 DWDM or CWDM channels LT with supervision (no
expansion)

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-293
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
8 CWDM channels terminal: OCC10_ECs and WLAs connected to CMDX(2)
This configuration allows to mux/demux to/from the CWDM line two 10 Gbps
CWDM wavelengths and six (up to 2.67Gbps) CWDM ones. The involved boards are
÷ up to two OCC10_EC boards for the two 10 Gbps CWDM signals
÷ WLA1s, WLA2s or WLA3s (with CWDM SFP) for the six (up to 2.67 Gbps) CWDM signals
÷ one 8-channel CWDM mux/demux for the multiplexing/demultiplexing of the eigth
wavelengths:
- the up to 2.67Gbps CWDM channels can be connected to all the CMDX ports
- the 10 Gbps CWDM channels can be connected only to the 1530nm and the
1550nm ports.


8 CWDM
1470nm f rom WLA
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
OSC in
OSC out
8 client
signals
2 x
3 x WLA
CMDX-U-S or CMDX2-U-S
OCC10_EC
1490nm f rom WLA
1510nm f rom WLA
1530nm f rom OCC10_EC
1550nm f rom OCC10_EC
1570nm f rom WLA
1590nm f rom WLA
1610nm f rom WLA
1470nm to WLA
1490nm to WLA
1510nm to WLA
1530nm to OCC10_EC
1550nm to OCC10_EC
1570nm to WLA
1590nm to WLA
1610nm to WLA
plus
channels
8 CWDM
channels

Figure 164: 8 CWDM channels LT with two 10Gbps chs and six 2.7Gbps chs block
diagram


II-294 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
W
L
A

(
w
i
t
h

C
W
D
M

S
F
P
)
R
A
I
C
M
D
X
(
2
)
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
U
I
C
W
L
A

(
w
i
t
h

C
W
D
M

S
F
P
)
W
L
A

(
w
i
t
h

C
W
D
M

S
F
P
)
O
C
C
1
0
_
X
F
P
_
C
W
D
M
O
C
C
1
0
_
X
F
P
_
C
W
D
M
O
S
C
E
B
R
I
D
G
E
O
S
C

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 165: 8 CWDM chs terminal: two OCC10_ECs and three WLAs connected to
CMDX(2)

16 DWDM channels terminal with expansion and supervision
Whatever the implementation, all the boards can be placed in a single shelf.
In order to upgrade a 8 DWDM channel terminal to a 16 DWDM channel one, or to
design 16 DWDM channel terminals with SPV, one 8 channel OADM and one 8
channel OMDX boards can be used.
4xANY_P/2xGE_FC/8xGE, TRBD1996 with DWDM SFP can also be used as
transponders.
In case of user channels (UIC) are not required, the OSC board can be used instead of
SPVM2/_H.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-295
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OSC in
OSC out
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
16 channels
16 channels
UNIT 1
UNIT 2
OMDX8100_M_L2
20
28
20
28
Client
signals
Client
signals
8 x MCC
8 x OCC
4 x WLA
8 x 4xANY_P
8 x 2xGE_FC
8 x 8xGE
8 x MCC
8 x OCC
4 x WLA
8 x 4xANY_P
8 x 2xGE_FC
8 x 8xGE

Figure 166: 16 DWDM channels terminal with expansion and SPV upgradability
block diagram


II-296 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
2
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
8
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
U
I
C
U
I
C
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
7
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
6
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
5
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
3
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
2
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
1
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
0
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)

Figure 167: 16 DWDM channels terminal with expansion and SPV upgradability

16 DWDM channels or mix C/DWDM (15 chs) terminal with WLA boards
Whatever the implementation, all the boards can be placed in a single shelf.
The 16 DWDM channels terminal configuration can be designed with two 8-channel
DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100) and eigth WLA3 transponders equipped with
DWDM SFP, as described in the previous section, 16 DWDM channels terminal
with expansion and supervision (refer to the block diagram of previous fFigure 166
for details). and to Figure 169.
The mixed 15-channel (7 CWDM plus 8 DWDM) terminal configuration with WLAs
requires
÷ one 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100 in L1 or S1 bands to be respectively
connected to the 1550nm and 1530nm ports of CMDX)
÷ one 8-channel CWDM mux/demux, CMDX(2)-U-S
÷ eigth WLA transponders, taking into account that WLA2 and WLA1 can only provide
CWDM channels and WLA3 can provide both DWDM and CWDM channels.
Refer to block diagram of the next fFigure 168 and Figure 169.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-297
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
UNIT 1
8 client
signals
4xWLA3
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
UNIT 2
1550nm
1550nm
7 client
signals
4xWLA3
4xWLA2
or
8 DWDM chs in L1 band
7 CWDM channels
OSC in
OSC out
15 channels
mixed
(7 DWDM
channels
plus
8 DWDM
channels)
15 channels
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
1470nm
1610nm
CMDX(2)-S DWDM
CH1
CH7
4xWLA1
or

Figure 168: Example of 15 CWDM/DWDM mixed channels terminal block diagram
with WLAs

P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
C
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M
N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n
C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s
E
B
R
I
D
G
E
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*

Figure 169: 16 DWDM channels terminal or mix C/DWDM (15-channel) terminal
with WLAs


II-298 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
24 DWDM channels or mix C/DWDM (22 chs) terminal
The 24 DWDM channels terminal configuration with single channel transponders
(MCC3, OCC10_E, 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC, 8xGE, TRBD1996) requires two shelves.
The block diagram is similar to that of second next Figure 172 without S1 band; the
shelves configuration is similar to that of Figure 173 without S1 band transponders and
mux/demux.
The 24 DWDM channels terminal configuration with two-channel transponders
requires twelve WLA3s and three OMDX8100 (L1, L2, S2 bands) equipped in only
one shelf. The block diagram is similar to that of second next Figure 172 without the
S1 band (chs 52 to 60). and the shelf configuration is shown in Figure 171.
The mixed 22-channel (6 CWDM plus 16 DWDM) terminal configuration with
WLAs requires
÷ two 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100 in L1 and S1 bands to be respectively
connected to the 1550nm and 1530nm ports of CMDX)
÷ one 8-channel CWDM mux/demux, CMDX(2)-U-S
÷ eleven WLA transponders, taking into account that WLA2 and WLA1 can only provide
CWDM channels and WLA3 can provide both DWDM and CWDM channels.
Refer to block diagram of next fFigure 170 and Figure 171.
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
8 client
signals
4xWLA3
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
1550nm
6 client
signals
3xWLA3
3xWLA2
or
CMDX-U-S or CMDX2-U-S
8 DWDM chs in L1 band
6 CWDM channels
OSC in
OSC out
22 channels
mixed
(6 CWDM
channels
plus
16 DWDM
channels)
22 channels
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
DWDM
CWDM
MUX
DEMUX
OMDX8100_M_S1
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
8 client
signals
4xWLA3
8 DWDM chs in S1 band
DWDM
1530nm
CH1
CH6
3xWLA1
or

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-299
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Figure 170: Example of 22 CWDM/DWDM mixed channels terminal block diagram
with WLAs


II-300 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
O
S
C
E
B
R
I
D
G
E
S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s ,
O S C i s u s e d i n m i x e d N E s .

Figure 171: 24 DWDM channels terminal or mix C/DWDM (22-channel) terminal
with WLAs

32 DWDM channels or 30 C/DWDM mixed chs terminal+SPV+2 stages
amplification
The 32 DWDM channels terminal configuration with single channel transponders
(MCC3, OCC10_E, 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC, 8xGE, TRBD1996) requires two shelves
(32 transponders, four OMDX8100 L1/L2/S1/S2 bands and two optional OACs). The
block diagram is shown in next fFigure 172. and the shelves configuration is shown in
Figure 173.
The 32 DWDM channels terminal configuration with two-channel transponders
requires sixteen WLA3s and four OMDX8100 (L1, L2, S1, S2 bands) and two optional
OACs, equipped in only one shelf. The block diagram is shown in next fFigure 172.
and the shelf configuration is shown in Figure 175.
The mixed 30-channel (6 CWDM plus 24 DWDM) terminal configuration with
WLAs requires
÷ three 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100 in L1, S1 and S2 bands; the multiplexed
signal has to be connected to the extra port of the CDMDX2-U-S)
÷ one 7-channel C/DWDM mux/demux (CDMDX2-U-S)
÷ fifteen WLA transponders, taking into account that WLA2 and WLA1 can only provide
CWDM channels and WLA3 can provide both DWDM and CWDM channels (6 CWDM and
24 DWDM interfaces are required).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-301
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
The block diagram is shown in the second next fFigure. 174. and the shelf
configuration is shown in Figure 175.
Only one shelf is required for this configuration.
The 30 mixed channels (6 CWDM plus 24 DWDM) terminal configuration can also
be provided with all the other transponder types (single channel transponders), taking
into account that MCC3, 8xGE, TRBD1996 and OCC10_E can only provide DWDM
interfaces, OCC10_EC can only provide a CWDM interface, 4xANY_P and 2xGE_FC
can provide both CWDM and DWDM interfaces (6 CWDM and 24 DWDM interfaces
are required, thus 30 transponders are required).
Two shelves are required for this configuration.

II-302 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
32 channels
OSC in
OSC out
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
20
28
30
38
42
50
42
50
30
38
52
60
52
60
20
28
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
UNIT 1
UNIT 2
UNIT 4
UNIT 3
OMDX8100_M_L2
OMDX8100_M_S1
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
OAC OAC
OMDX8100_M_S2
OFA
OFA
OFA
OFA
EXP
Client
signals
Client
signals
Client
signals
Client
signals
8 x MCC
8 x OCC10_E
4 x WLA
8 x 4xANY_P
8 x 2xGE_FC
8 x 8xGE
8 x MCC
8 x OCC10_E
4 x WLA
8 x 4xANY_P
8 x 2xGE_FC
8 x 8xGE
8 x MCC
8 x OCC10_E
4 x WLA
8 x 4xANY_P
8 x 2xGE_FC
8 x 8xGE
8 x MCC
8 x OCC10_E
4 x WLA
8 x 4xANY_P
8 x 2xGE_FC
8 x 8xGE

Figure 172: 32 DWDM channels terminal + SPV + two stages OAC block diagram
(example)

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-303
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
2
P
S
C
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
2
L
A
N
L
A
N
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
1
R
A
I
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C

E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
8
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
7
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
6
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
5
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
3
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
2
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
1
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
0
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
0
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
0
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
9
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
9
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
8
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
8
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
7
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
7
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
6
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
6
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
4
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
4
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
3
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
3
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
2
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
2
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 173: 32 DWDM channels terminal + SPV + 2 stages OAC configuration


II-304 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
30
38
30
38
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
Client
signals
Client
signals
CDMDX2-U-S
6 CWDM channels
OSC in
OSC out
30 channels
mixed
(6 CWDM
channels
plus
24 DWDM
channels)
30 channels
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
DWDM
DWDM
MUX
DEMUX
OMDX8100_M_S1
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
Client
signals
LB
LB
SB
SB
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
EXP
OMDX8100_M_S2
42
50
42
50
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
Client
signals
8 x MCC
8xOCC10_E
4 x WLA3
8x4xANY_P
3xWLA1/2/3
6x4xANY_P
6x2xGE_FC
L1
L1
Extra
band
S2
S2
CWDM/
C H 1 *
C H 6 *
* 1 4 7 0 , 1 4 9 0 , 1 5 1 0 , 1 5 7 0 , 1 5 9 0 , 1 6 1 0 n m a r e t h e
C W D M w a v e l e n g t h s m a n a g e d b y t h e C / D W D M
m u x / d e m u x ( C D M D X 2 - U , C D M D X 2 - U - S )
8x2xGE_FC
8x2xGE
8 x MCC
4 x WLA3
8x4xANY_P
8x2xGE_FC
8x2xGE_
8 x MCC
4 x WLA3
8x4xANY_P
8x2xGE_FC
8x2xGE_
5xOCC10_EC
8xOCC10_E
8xOCC10_E

Figure 174: Example of 30 CWDM/DWDM mixed channels terminal block diagram

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-305
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
S
P
V
M
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
R
A
I
* S P V M i s u s e d i n
D W D M N E s , O S C i s
u s e d i n m i x e d N E s
O
S
C

Figure 175: 32 DWDM chs or 30 C/DWDM chs LT+SPV+1 stage OAC configuration
with WLAs
38 C/DWDM mixed channels terminal + SPV + 2 stages amplification
The mixed 38-channel (6 CWDM plus 32 DWDM) terminal configuration with
WLAs requires
÷ four 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100 in L1, L2, S1 and S2 bands; the
multiplexed signal has to be connected to the extra port of the CDMDX2-U-S)
÷ one 7-channel C/DWDM mux/demux (CDMDX2-U-S)
÷ nineteen WLAs, taking into account that WLA2 / WLA1 can only provide CWDM channels
and WLA3 can provide both DWDM and CWDM channels (6 CWDM and 32 DWDM
interfaces are required).
The block diagram is shown in next fFigure 176. and the shelf configuration is shown
in Figure 177.
Two shelves are required for this configuration.
The 38 mixed channels (6 CWDM + 32 DWDM) terminal configuration can also be
provided with all the other transponder types (single channel transponders), taking into
account that MCC3, 8xGE, TRBD1996 and OCC10_E can only provide a DWDM
interface, OCC10_EC can only provide a CWDM interface, 4xANY_P and 2xGE_FC
can provide both a CWDM and a DWDM interface (6 CWDM and 32 DWDM
interfaces are required, thus 38 transponders are required). Three shelves are required
for this configuration.

II-306 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
30
38
30
38
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
Client
signals
Client
signals
CDMDX2-U-S
6 CWDM channels
OSC in
OSC out
38 channels
mixed
(6 CWDM
channels
plus
32 DWDM
channels)
38 channels
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
DWDM
DWDM
MUX
DEMUX
OMDX8100_M_S1
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
Client
signals
LB
LB
SB
SB
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
EXP
OMDX8100_M_S2
42
50
42
50
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
Client
signals
8 x MCC
8xOCC10_E
4 x WLA3
8x4xANY_P
Extra
band
S2
S2
CWDM/
C H 1 *
C H 6 *
* 1 4 7 0 , 1 4 9 0 , 1 5 1 0 , 1 5 7 0 , 1 5 9 0 , 1 6 1 0 n m a r e t h e
C W D M w a v e l e n g t h s m a n a g e d b y t h e C / D W D M
m u x / d e m u x ( C D M D X 2 - U , C D M D X 2 - U - S )
8x2xGE_FC
8x2xGE
8 x MCC
8xOCC10_E
4 x WLA3
8x4xANY_P
8x2xGE_FC
8x2xGE_
8 x MCC
8xOCC10_E
4 x WLA3
8x4xANY_P
8x2xGE_FC
8x2xGE
3xWLA1/2/3
6x4xANY_P
6x2xGE_FC
5xOCC10_EC
OMDX8100_M_L2
20
28
20
28
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
Client
signals
L2
L2
8 x MCC
8xOCC10_E
4 x WLA3
8x4xANY_P
8x2xGE_FC
8x2xGE

Figure 176: Example of 38 CWDM/DWDM mixed channels terminal block diagram

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-307
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

7

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
R
A
I
O
S
C
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
W
L
A
R
A
I
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
S
P
V
M
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n m i x e d N E s

Figure 177: 38 C/DWDM chs terminal+SPV+1 stage OAC configuration with WLAs


II-308 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
OADM and Back-to-Back Terminals
In the following configurations we can plug MVAC boards in slots 4 to 11 and/or
14 to 21. Each MVAC is used to replace a transponder in the case of a channel
loop or to adjust pass-through port losses. Furthermore, for OADM with 8xGE,
the add-drop functionality is supported with only one 8xGE.
In OADM configuration the single-channel transponders are in adjacent slots (West in
even, East in odd) then the board location is the same with or without protection. For
configuration without protection, just remove the OPC boards.
In next fFigure 178 a DWDM OADM configuration is shown. In case of CWDM
OADM, only one 4-ch OADM board (COAD2) is used: it includes both west and east
sides. No OAC in pure CWDM configurations.
4 channels OADM
2.66 Gb/s back-panel
electrical links (M
CC only)
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
U
X
D
M
U
X
WEST EAST
OSC out
OSC in
OSC out OSC in
OADM4100_M_chy-z_S OADM4100_M_chy-z_S
M
c l i e n t s i g n a ls c l i e n t s i g n a ls
MCC
4 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
8xGE
MCC
4 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC

Figure 178: 4 channels OADM (DWDM) block diagram

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-309
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
A
D
M
4
1
0
0
_
M
_
c
h
x
-
y
_
S

(
W
e
s
t
)
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
E
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
O
A
D
M
4
1
0
0
_
M
_
c
h
x
-
y
_
S

(
E
a
s
t
)
R
A
I

Figure 179: 4 channels back-to-back terminal / OADM

Every combination of east and west sets of channels is possible.
8 channels OADM
The 8 DWDM channels OADM configuration can be designed with
÷ two 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100) or two 8-channel DWDM OADM
(OADM8100) or two 8-channel CWDM mux/demux (CMDX(2)-U-S); OACs are not used in
CWDM configurations.
÷ 16 transponders (MCC, OCC10_E, 4xANY_P, 2xGE_FC, TRBD1996): 8 channels are
connected to the west side and the other 8 channels are connected to the east side (via OPCs
in case of protected channels, directly for unprotected ones). In case of 8xGE is used, the
add-drop functionality is supported with only one unit. Thus eigth 8xGE units are able to
provide the 8 channels OADM functionality.
For the 8 channels OADM with WLAs see following fFigures. 186 to Figure 188.
÷ 8 OPCs for MCC/OCC10_E, located below the main transponder, 16 OPCs for 2xGE_FC, 32
OPCs for 4xANY_P.
Both DWDM/CWDM channels are available. From others following fFigures 180 to
Figure 185 are shown DWDM systems.

II-310 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
With optical protection of each channel (neither SPV nor EXP)
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-311
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
n channels
WEST EAST
OMDX8100_M_x OMDX8100_M_y
n channels
n channels
n channels
(n-8) channels
(n-8) channels
a d d & d r o p p r o t e c t e d c l i e n t s i g n a l s
OPCs
MCC
8 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
MCC
8 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
8xGE

Figure 180: 8 DWDM channels OADM w/ protection block diagram
P
S
C
L
A
N
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

W
e
s
t
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

E
a
s
t
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
E
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
R
A
I
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
I n p r o t e c t e d c o n f ig u r a t io n , t h e O P C s h a v e t o b e p lu g g e d u n d e r t h e M A I N t r a n s p o n d e r .

Figure 181: 8 DWDM channels OADM protected channels

With expansion and supervision upgrade capabilities

II-312 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Only symmetrical configuration can be provided.
In case of 8xGE is used, the add-drop functionality is supported with only one unit.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-313
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OSC in
OSC out
LB
SB
SB
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
OSC out
OSC in
LB
SB
SB
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
WEST EAST
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS a d d & d r o p
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
a d d & d r o p
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
MCC
8 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
MCC
8 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
8xGE

Figure 182: 8-channel OADM w/o protection block diagram

P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
R
A
I
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
E
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 183: 8 DWDM channels OADM with EXP and SPV capabilities


II-314 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
With supervision and without expansion upgrade capabilities
Four set of channels are supported : L1, L2, S1, S2.
xx stands for the band used: L1, L2, S1, S2.
In case of 8xGE is used, the add-drop functionality is supported with only one unit.
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
WEST EAST
OADM8100_M_xx_S OADM8100_M_xx_S
OSC in
OSC out
OSC out
OSC in
a d d & d r o p
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
a d d & d r o p
c l i e n t s i g n a l s
MCC
8 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
MCC
8 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
8xGE

Figure 184: 8 DWDM channels OADM w/o protection block diagram/2

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-315
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
S
P
V
M
(
2
,

_
H
)

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
R
A
FANS
49
O
A
D
M
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
x
x
_
S

W
e
s
t
O
A
D
M
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
x
x
_
S

E
a
s
t
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
E
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 185: 8 DWDM channels OADM with supervision upgrade capability

8 DWDM or CWDM channels OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o protection
In case of the 8 DWDM channels OADM configuration is required, two OADM8100
or OMDX8100 mux/demux and 8 WLA3s with DWDM SFP have to be used.
In case of the optical protection is required, WLA3CDOP boards have to be used.
In case of the optical protection is not required WLA3CD boards have to be used.
In case of the 8 CWDM channels OADM configuration is required, two CMDX (8
CWDM channels mux/demux), 8 WLA2 or 8 WLA3s with CWDM SFPs have to be
used.
OACs are not used in pure CWDM configurations.
In case of the optical protection is required, WLA3CDOP or WLA2M_OP boards have
to be used.
In case of the optical protection is not required WLA3CD or WLA2M or WLA1C
boards have to be used.

II-316 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
ch1E
ch8E
OMDX8100 or
OADM8100 or
CMDX(2)-U-S
ch1E
ch8E
8xWLA2M_OP
8xWLA3CD_OP
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
WEST EAST
ch1W
ch8W
OMDX8100 or
OADM8100 or
CMDX(2)-U-S
ch1W
ch8W
OSC out OSC in
M
U
X
OSC out OSC in
(n-8) channels (only for DWDM)
(n-8) channels (only for DWDM)
n channels* n channels*
* up to 32 channels for DWDM systems
* up to 8 channels for CWDM systems
8 client
signals

Figure 186: 8 DWDM or CWDM channels OADM with WLAs w/ protection block
diagram
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-317
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
ch1E
ch8E
OMDX8100 or
OADM8100 or
CMDX(2)-U-S
ch1E
ch8E
8 client
signals
8xWLA2M
8xWLA3CD
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
WEST EAST
ch1W
ch8W
OMDX8100 or
OADM8100 or
CMDX(2)-U-S
ch1W
ch8W
OSC out OSC in
M
U
X
OSC out OSC in
(n-8) channels (only for DWDM)
(n-8) channels (only for DWDM)
n channels* n channels*
* up to 32 channels for DWDM systems
* up to 8 channels for CWDM systems
8 client
signals
8xWLA2M
8xWLA3CD
8xWLA1C 8xWLA1C

Figure 187: 8 DWDM or CWDM channels OADM with WLAs w/o protection block
diagram

II-318 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
S
P
V
M
2

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
R
A
I
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
Figure 188: 8 DWDM or CWDM channels OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o protection

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-319
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
8 channels OADM with protection, 4xANY drawers protection
P
S
C
L
A
N
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

W
e
s
t
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

E
a
s
t
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
M
C
C

c
h

3
0

W
M
C
C

c
h

3
0

E
M
C
C

c
h

3
1

W
M
C
C

c
h

3
1

E
M
C
C

c
h

3
2

W
M
C
C

c
h

3
2

E
M
C
C

c
h

3
3

W
M
C
C

c
h

3
3

E
M
C
C

c
h

3
5

W
M
C
C

c
h

3
5

E
M
C
C

c
h

3
6

W
M
C
C

c
h

3
6

E
M
C
C

c
h

3
7

W
M
C
C

c
h

3
7

E
M
C
C

c
h

3
8

W
M
C
C

c
g
h

3
8

E
I n p r o t e c t e d c o n f ig u r a t io n , t h e O P C s h a v e t o b e p lu g g e d u n d e r t h e M A I N t r a n s p o n d e r .
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)

P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1
R
A
I
*
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
U
I
C
U
I
C
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
O
P
C
#
2
O
P
C
#
1
O
P
C
#
3
O
P
C
#
4
O
P
C
#
2
O
P
C
#
1
O
P
C
#
3
O
P
C
#
4
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
O
P
C
#
2
O
P
C
#
1
O
P
C
#
3
O
P
C
#
4
O
P
C
#
2
O
P
C
#
1

Figure 189: 8 channels OADM with protection, 4xANY drawers protection


II-320 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
8 DWDM channels west and 4 DWDM channels east
In case of 8xGE is used, the add-drop functionality is supported with only one unit.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-321
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
1
4
4
4
c
h
a
n
n
e
ls
4 channels
1
1
8
8
8
c
h
a
n
n
e
ls
8 channels
1
OADM4100_M_chy-z_S OADM8100_M_x_S
WEST EAST
OSC in
OSC out
OSC out
OSC in
c l i e n t s i g n a l s c l i e n t s i g n a l s
MCC
8 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
MCC
4 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
4xANY_P
2xGE_FC
8xGE

P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
A
D
M
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
x
x
_
S

W
e
s
t
O
A
D
M
4
1
0
0
_
M
_
c
h
y
-
z
_
S

E
a
s
t
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
S
P
V

m
a
n
a
g
e
n
e
m
e
n
t
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
E
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)

Figure 190: 8 West / 4 East channels OADM


II-322 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
12 protected DWDM channels OADM with supervision and expansion
The example of next fFigure 191 describes a configuration using the L1 band
mux/demux (OMDX8100) with supervision and expansion.
The same board location is available with any band (L1, L2, S1, S2) without
expansion.
xx stands for the band used: L2, S1, S2.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-323
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
A
D
M
4
1
0
0
_
M
_
c
h
x
-
y
_
S
P
S
C
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

W
e
s
t
L
A
N
L
A
N
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

E
a
s
t
R
A
I
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C

E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
E
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
O
A
D
M
4
1
0
0
_
M
_
c
h
x
-
y
_
S
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 191: 12 protected DWDM channels OADM with SPV and w/o expansion
configuration

II-324 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
16 protected DWDM channels OADM with supervision and expansion
The example of next Figure 192 describes a configuration using the L1 band
mux/demux (OMDX8100) with supervision and expansion.
The same board location is available with any band (L1, L2, S1, S2) without
expansion. (see next Figure 193).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-325
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

W
e
s
t
P
S
C
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
2

W
e
s
t
L
A
N
L
A
N
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
2

E
a
s
t
R
A
I
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
E
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S

E
a
s
t
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
4
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
4
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
5
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
7
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
8
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
9
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
9
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
0
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
0
E
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 192: 16 DWDM protected channels OADM with supervision and expansion
configuration


II-326 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
16 DWDM channels OADM with supervision and without expansion
Three set of channels are supported : L2, S1, S2.
xx and yy stands for the band used: L2, S1, S2.
yy has to be different from xx.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-327
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
S
P
V

m
a
n
a
g
e
n
e
m
e
n
t

(
o
p
t
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
A
D
M
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
x
x
_
S

W
e
s
t
P
S
C
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
y
y
_
W
e
s
t
L
A
N
L
A
N
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
y
y
_
E
a
s
t
R
A
I
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C

E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
E
O
A
D
M
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
x
x
_
S

E
a
s
t
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

8
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

7
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

1
E
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)

Figure 193: 16 DWDM channels OADM with supervision and without expansion
configuration

II-328 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
16 DWDM channels or mix C/DWDM (15 chs) OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o
protection
Whatever the implementation, all the boards can be placed in a single shelf.
The 16 DWDM channels OADM configuration can be designed with four 8-channel
DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100) and 16 WLA3 (protected or unprotected)
transponders equipped with DWDM SFP.
In unprotected configuration, sixteen channels are transmitted on west side, by means
of 8 unprotected WLAs (WLA3CD), and the other sixteen channels are transmitted on
east side, by means of the other 8 unprotected WLAs.
In protected configuration the sixteen channels are transmitted both on the west and
east sides, via 8 protected WLAs (WLA3CDOP).
The mixed 15-channel (CWDM / DWDM) terminal configuration with WLAs
requires:
÷ two 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100 in L1 or S1 bands to be respectively
connected to the 1550nm and 1530nm ports of CMDX(2)
÷ two 8-channel CWDM mux/demux, CMDX(2)
÷ 16 WLAs in unprotected configuration, 15 WLAs in protected configuration, taking into
account that WLA1 and WLA2 can only provide CWDM channels and WLA3 can provide
both DWDM and CWDM channels.
WLA3CDOP and WLA2M_OP have to be used only if the optical protection is
required.
WLA3CD ,WLA2M and WLA1C have to be used only if the optical protection is not
required.
Refer to block diagram of the two next Figures 194 and Figure 195.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-329
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
4 x
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
1550nm
1550nm
7 CWDM
4 x
CMDX(2)-U-S
8 chs
OSC in
OSC out
15 chs
mixed
(7 CWDM
channels
plus
8 DWDM
channels)
15 chs
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
1470nm
1610nm
CWDM
DWDM
W
W
(L1 band)
8 DWDM
client signals
client signals
L
A
3
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
4 x
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
1550nm
1550nm
7 CWDM
4 x
CMDX2_S
8 chs
OSC in
OSC out
15 chs
mixed
(7 CWDM
channels
plus
8 DWDM
channels)
15 chs
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
1470nm
1610nm
CWDM
DWDM
W
W
(L1 band)
8 DWDM
client signals
client signals
L
A
3
L
A
L
A
7 CWDM chs 7 CWDM chs
CH1
CH7
CH1
CH7
CMDX(2)-U-S

Figure 194: Example of 15 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/o
protection


II-330 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
1550nm
1550nm
8 chs
7 CWDM chs
OSC in
OSC out
15 chs
mixed
(7 DWDM
channels
plus
8 DWDM
channels)
15 chs
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
1470nm
1610nm
CWDM
DWDM
(L1 band)
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
1550nm
1550nm
7 CWDM
CMDX2_S
8 chs
7 CWDM chs
OSC in
OSC out
15 chs
mixed
(7 DWDM
channels
plus
8 DWDM
channels)
15 chs
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
1470nm
1610nm
CWDM
DWDM
(L1 band)
8 DWDM
client signals
client signals
7 x
W
L
A
2
(3)
8 x
W
L
A
3
C
D
l
O
P
CH1
CH7
CH1
CH7
l
O
P
CMDX(2)-U-S CMDX(2)-U-S

Figure 195: Example of 15 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/
protection

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-331
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
O
S
C
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n m i x e d N E s .
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
*

Figure 196: 16 DWDM chs or 15 C/DWDM mixed chs OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o
protection

24 DWDM channels or mix C/DWDM (22 chs) OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o
protection
The 24 DWDM channels OADM configuration can be designed with six 8-channel
DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100) and 24 WLA3 (protected or unprotected)
transponders equipped with DWDM SFP.
In unprotected configuration, 24 channels are transmitted on west side, by means of 12
unprotected WLAs (WLA3CD), and the other 24 channels are transmitted on east side,
by means of the other 12 unprotected WLAs.
In protected configuration the 24 channels are transmitted both on the west and east
sides, via 12 protected WLAs (WLA3CDOP).
The mixed 22-channel (CWDM / DWDM) terminal configuration with WLAs
requires:
÷ four 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100 in L1 and S1 bands to be respectively
connected to the 1550nm and 1530nm ports of CMDX(2)
÷ two 8-channel CWDM mux/demux, CMDX(2)

II-332 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
÷ twenty-two WLAs both in protected and unprotected configuration, taking into account that
WLA1 and WLA2 can only provide CWDM channels and WLA3 can provide both DWDM
and CWDM channels.
WLA3CDOP and WLA2M_OP have to be used only if the optical protection is
required.
WLA3CD, WLA2M and WLA1C have to be used only if the optical protection is not
required.
Refer to block diagram of the previous and the next figure. Figure 197and Figure 195.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-333
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
8 x
W
L
A
3
8 x
W
L
A
3
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
6 CWDM
3 x
8 chs
OSC in
OSC out
22 chs
mixed
(6 CWDM
channels
plus
16 DWDM
channels)
22 chs
mixed
CWDM
DWDM
W
16 DWDM
client signals
client signals
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X CWDM
MUX
DEMUX
1550nm
1550nm
6 CWDM
3 x
8 chs
OSC in
OSC out
22 chs
mixed
(6CWDM
channels
plus
16 DWDM
channels)
22 chs
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
CWDM
DWDM
W
(L1 band)
16 DWDM
client signals
client signals
L
A
L
A
6 CWDM chs 6 CWDM chs
CH1
CH6
CH1
CH6
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OMDX8100_M_S1
1530nm
1530nm
8 chs
(S1 band)
1470nm
1610nm
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OMDX8100_M_S1
CWDM
MUX
DEMUX
1550nm
1550nm
1530nm
1530nm
CMDX(2)-U-S CMDX(2)-U-S

Figure 197: Example of 22 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/o
protection


II-334 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
8 chs
OSC in
OSC out
22 chs
mixed
(6 CWDM
channels
plus
16 DWDM
channels)
22 chs
mixed
CWDM
DWDM
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
unused
unused
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
M
U
X
D
M
U
X CWDM
MUX
DEMUX
1550nm
1550nm
6 CWDM
8 chs
OSC in
OSC out
22 chs
mixed
(6CWDM
channels
plus
16 DWDM
channels)
22 chs
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
CWDM
DWDM (L1 band)
16 DWDM
client signals
client signals
6 CWDM chs 6 CWDM chs
CH1
CH6
CH1
CH6
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OMDX8100_M_S1
1530nm
1530nm
8 chs
(S1 band)
1470nm
1610nm
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OMDX8100_M_S1
CWDM
MUX
DEMUX
1550nm
1550nm
1530nm
1530nm
16 x
W
L
A
3
C
D
l
O
P
6 x
W
L
A
2
(3)
l
O
P
CMDX(2)-U-S CMDX(2)-U-S

Figure 198: Example of 22 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/
protection

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-335
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
S
P
V
M
2

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
1

W
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
1

E
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n m i x e d N E s .

Figure 199: 24 DWDM chs or 22 C/DWDM mixed chs OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o
protection





II-336 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
32 channels or 30 C/DWDM mixed chs OADM/back-to-back terminal
The 32 DWDM channels OADM configuration with or without optical protection of
each channel, supervision and amplification can be designed with eigth 8-channel
DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100) and 32 protected or unprotected WLA3s equipped
with DWDM SFP or 64 MCC3/OCC10_E/2xGE_FC/4xANY_P/TRBD1996 or 32
8xGE (8xGE supports add-drop with only one unit.
Up to 32 OPCs are required in case of MCC3/OCC10 client protection, up to 64 OPCs
are required in case of 2xGE_FC, 4xANY_P client protection.
Moreover, one OAC on west side and one OAC on east side is provided.
In unprotected configuration, 32 channels are transmitted on west side, by means of 16
unprotected WLA3s (or 32 unprotected MCC3/OCC10..), and the other 32 channels
are transmitted on east side, by means of the other 16 unprotected WLA3s (or 32
uprotected MCC3/OCC10..).
In protected configuration the 32 channels are transmitted both on the west and east
sides, via 16 protected WLAs (WLA3CDOP) or 32/64 OPCs (according to the
transponders used).
In protected configuration, the OPCs have to be plugged under the MAIN
MCC3/OCC10; when are used and they are provisioned in slots #n and #n+1, OPC
have to be plugged in slot n+25; when 2xGE_FC is used, OPCs have to be plugged in
slots n+25 (client 1 protection) and n+24 (client 2 protection).
Two shelves are needed for configurations with only WLAs.
Four shelves are needed for configurations with only
MCC3/OCC10/TRBD1996/2xGE_FC/8xGE.
44 x 4xANY_P can be installed in four shelves (up to four shelves can be managed by
the NE).
The shelf configuration is shown in Figure 200.

The mixed 30-channel (CWDM / DWDM) OADM configuration with WLAs
requires:
÷ six 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100 in L1, S1 and S2 bands to be connected to
the extra port of the CDMDX2
÷ two 7-channel CWDM mux/demux, CDMDX2
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-337
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
÷ 30 WLAs both in protected and unprotected configuration, taking into account that WLA1
and WLA2 can only provide CWDM channels and WLA3 can provide both DWDM and
CWDM channels.
WLA3CDOP and WLA2M_OP have to be used only if the optical protection is
required.
WLA3CD, WLA2M and WLA1C have to be used only if the optical protection is not
required.
Refer to the block diagram of the two figures before the previous one.Figure 197 and
Figure 195.
The 30 mixed channels (6 CWDM plus 24 DWDM) OADM configuration can also
be provided with all the other transponder types (single channel transponders), taking
into account that MCC3, OCC10_E, TRBD1996 and 8xGE can only provide a DWDM
interface, OCC10_EC can only provide one CWDM interface, 4xANY_P and
2xGE_FC can provide both CWDM and DWDM interfaces (6 CWDM and 24 DWDM
interfaces per each side are required, thus 60 transponders are required).
Two shelves are needed for configurations with only WLAs.
Four shelves are needed for configurations with only
MCC3/OCC10/TRBD1996/2xGE_FC/8xGE.
44 x 4xANY_P can be installed in four shelves (up to four shelves can be managed by
the NE).

II-338 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0

W
L
A
N
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
2
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
2
E
S
C

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
0

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
0

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
9

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
9

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
8

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
8

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
7

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
7

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
5

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
5

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
4

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
4

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
3

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
3

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
2

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
2

W
L
A
N
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
2
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
2
E
S
C

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
8

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
8

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
7

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
7

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
6

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
6

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
5

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
5

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
3

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
3

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
2

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
2

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
1

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
1

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
0

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

2
0

W
L
A
N
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
1
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
1
E
S
C

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
0

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

6
0

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
9

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
9

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
8

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
8

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
7

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
7

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
5

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
5

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
4

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
4

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
3

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
3

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
2

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
2

W
L
A
N
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L
O
S
M
C

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 200: 32 protected DWDM chs back-to-back w/ SPV and protection and one
OAC per side

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-339
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
12 x
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
6 CWDM
3 x
OSC in
OSC out
30 chs
mixed
(6 CWDM
channels
plus
24 DWDM
channels)
30 chs
mixed
CWDM
DWDM
W
W
client signals
L
A
3
12 x
DWDM
MUX
DEMUX
6 CWDM
3 x
CDMDX2-U-S
OSC in
OSC out
30chs
mixed
(6CWDM
channels
plus
24 DWDM
channels)
30 chs
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
CWDM
W
W
24 DWDM
client signals
client signals
L
A
3
L
A
L
A
6 CWDM chs 6 CWDM chs
1470nm
1610nm
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OMDX8100_M_S1
CDMDX2-U-S
DWDM
MUX
DEMUX
OMDX8100_M_S2
42
50
42
50
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
S2
S2
24 DWDM
client signals
L1
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
M
U
X
DWDM
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OMDX8100_M_S1
OMDX8100_M_S2
42
50
42
50
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
S2
D
M
U
X
L1
C H 1 *
C H 6 *
C H 1 *
C H 6 *
* 1 4 7 0 , 1 4 9 0 , 1 5 1 0 , 1 5 7 0 , 1 5 9 0 , 1 6 1 0 n m a r e t h e C W D M w a v e l e n g t h s m a n a g e d b y t h e
C / D W D M m u x / d e m u x ( C D M D X 2 , C D M D X 2 _ S )
CWDM/ CWDM/

Figure 201: Example of 30 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLAs w/o
protection


II-340 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
S
P
V
M
2

(
o
p
t
.
)
*
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
I n 3 0 C / D W D M m i x e d c h a n n e l c o n f ig u r a t i o n , f o u r 8 - c h a n n e l m u x / d e m u x h a v e t o b e r e p l a c e d
b y f o u r 7 - c h a n n e l m u x d e m u x ( C D M D X 2 )
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
Figure 202: 32 DWDM chs or 30 C/DWDM mixed chs OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o
protection

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-341
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
8 C/DWDM mixed chs OADM/back-to-back terminals
The mixed 38-channel (CWDM / DWDM) OADM configuration with or without
optical protection of each channel, supervision and amplification can be designed with:
÷ eigth 8-channel DWDM mux/demux (OMDX8100 in L1, L2, S1 and S2 bands) to be
connected to the extra port of the CDMDX2s
÷ two 7-channel CWDM mux/demux, CDMDX2
÷ 38 WLAs both in protected and unprotected configuration, taking into account that WLA1
and WLA2 can only provide CWDM channels and WLA3 can provide both DWDM and
CWDM channels.
WLA3CDOP and WLA2M_OP have to be used only if the optical protection is
required.
WLA3CD, WLA2M and WLA1C have to be used only if the optical protection is not
required.
Three shelves are needed for configurations with only WLAs.
Refer to the block diagrams of the next fFigure 203 and Figure 204.
In unprotected configuration, 38 channels are transmitted on west side, by means of 19
unprotected WLAs and the other 38 channels are transmitted on east side, by means of
the other 19 unprotected WLAs.
In protected configuration the 38 channels are transmitted both on the west and east
sides, via 19 protected WLAs (WLA3CDOP, WLA2M_OP).
The 38 mixed channels (6 CWDM plus 32 DWDM) OADM configuration with only
single channel transponders is not supported, as up to four shelves can be managed by
the NE.

II-342 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
16 x
W
L
A
3
16 x
W
L
A
3
M
U
X
D
M
U
X
6 CWDM
3 x
OSC in
OSC out
38 chs
mixed
(6 CWDM
channels
plus
32 DWDM
channels)
38 chs
mixed
CWDM
DWDM
W
client signals
DWDM
MUX
DEMUX
6 CWDM
3 x
CDMDX2-U-S
OSC in
OSC out
38 chs
mixed
(6CWDM
channels
plus
32 DWDM
channels)
38 chs
mixed
1470nm
1610nm
CWDM
W
32 DWDM
client signals
client signals
L
A
L
A
6 CWDM chs 6 CWDM chs
1470nm
1610nm
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OMDX8100_M_S1
CDMDX2-U-S
DWDM
MUX
DEMUX
OMDX8100_M_S2
42
50
42
50
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
S2
32 DWDM
client signals
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
M
U
X
DWDM
52
60
52
60
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
OMDX8100_M_S1
OMDX8100_M_S2
42
50
42
50
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
S2
D
M
U
X
C H 1 *
C H 6 *
C H 1 *
C H 6 *
* 1 4 7 0 , 1 4 9 0 , 1 5 1 0 , 1 5 7 0 , 1 5 9 0 , 1 6 1 0 n m a r e t h e C W D M w a v e l e n g t h s m a n a g e d b y t h e
C / D W D M m u x / d e m u x ( C D M D X 2 , C D M D X 2 _ S )
CWDM/ CWDM/
OMDX8100_M_L2
20
28
20
28
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
L2
OMDX8100_M_L2
20
28
20
28
D
M
U
X
M
U
X
L2
L1 L1
S1 S1

Figure 203: Example of 38 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLA boards w/o
protection

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-343
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
U
I
C
U
I
C
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

7

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

7

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
M
U
X
/
D
E
M
U
X

8

c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
O
S
C
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
W
L
A
R
A
I
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
C

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 204: 38 C/DWDM mixed channels OADM with WLAs w/ or w/o protection



II-344 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Repeater with supervision
W D M
L i n e
O S C
S P V M
O S C
P r e a m p
P r e a m p B o o s t e r
B o o s t e r
O A C 1 O A C 2
O S C
e x t r a c t i o n
O S C
i n s e r t i o n
O S C
e x t r a c t io n
V O A
V O A
O S C
i n s e r t i o n
W D M
L i n e
A t t e n u a t o r
o r D C U
A t t e n u a t o r
o r D C U

S
P
V

m
a
n
a
g
e
n
e
m
e
n
t

(
o
p
t
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
H
K
FANS
49
R
A
I
O
A
C
O
A
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4

Figure 205: Repeater with supervision

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-345
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Configurations with MVAC
MVAC boards can be used for three main applications:
÷ transponder emphasis:
- pre-emphasis (at WDM Tx output): MVAC10 or MVAC10_2.
- post-emphasis (at WDM Rx input): MVAC10 or MVAC2 but MVAC10_2
mandatory with XFP.
÷ channel loop power adjustement: MVAC2 or MVAC10 or MVAC10_2.
÷ band loop power adjustement: (extra and expansion pass-through) : MVAC2.
-extra-loop
expansion-loop
The default configuration depends on the configuration.
Terminal configuration without protection
In this case the MVACs are used for transponder emphasis only.
The MVACs are placed in the adjacent slot of the concerned transponder.
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
L
A
N
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
8

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
7

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
6

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
5

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
3

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
2

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
1

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
0

(
e
m
p
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
2 4

Figure 206: 8 DWDM channels terminal configuration with MVAC boards



Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-346 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
A
D
M
4
1
0
0
_
M
_
c
h
x
-
y
_
S
L
A
N
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
4
x
A
N
Y
_
P
4
x
A
N
Y
_
P
4
x
A
N
Y
_
P
4
x
A
N
Y
_
P
M
V
A
C
M
V
A
C
M
V
A
C
M
V
A
C
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)

Figure 207: 4 DWM channels LT configuration with 4xANY_P (first channels of an
8-ch band)

In a 16 DWDM channels terminal we must add a second shelf to place the MVAC
boards, as shown in Figure 208.
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-347
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
P
S
C
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
S
2
L
A
N
L
A
N
R
A
I
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
8

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
7
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
7

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
6

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
5

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
3
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
3

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
2
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
2

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
1

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
0

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
2
M
V
A
C

c
h

4
2

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
3
M
V
A
C

c
h

4
3

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
4
M
V
A
C

c
h

4
4

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
5
M
V
A
C

c
h

4
5

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
7
M
V
A
C

c
h

4
7

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
8
M
V
A
C

c
h

4
8

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

4
9
M
V
A
C

c
h

4
9

(
e
m
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

5
0
M
V
A
C

c
h

5
0

(
e
m
p
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 208: 16 channels terminal with MVAC boards



II-348 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
OADM configuration without protection
a. MVAC for transponder emphasis
OADM configuration (with or without protection) use adjacent slots for
transponders. In this case the MVAC boards must be placed in an expansion shelf
under the pair of transponders considered.
The even slot will be used by default for the pre-emphasis of the two transponders
The odd slot will be used by default for the post-emphasis of the two transponders
Should the pre-emphasis not be required, half the MVAC boards are saved.
b. MVAC for channel loop
For a loop connection we remove a pair of transponders and place an MVAC in the
even slot.
c. MVAC for extra or expansion loop
For an extra or expansion loop, the default slots for MVAC boards are:
÷ MVAC for extra loop; slot 5, 13 (by default) or 21
÷ MVAC for expansion loop: slot 4, 12 (by default) or 20
N.B. slots 12 and 13 of a first expansion shelf are available only if the
configuration does not need double stage amplifiers at both sides of the OADM (=
OADM inside OFA inter-stage).
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-349
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
S
P
V
M
2
/
_
H

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
P
S
C
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
L
A
N
L
A
N
R
A
I
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0

W
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
0

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
1

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
0

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1

E
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
2

(
c
h

l
o
o
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
3

(
c
h

l
o
o
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6

E
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
7

(
c
h

l
o
o
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8

E
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
0

(
p
o
s
t
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
1

(
p
o
s
t
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

(
e
x
p

l
o
o
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
5

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

(
e
x
t
r
a

l
o
o
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
5

(
p
o
s
t

e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
6

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
8

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
6

(
p
o
s
t
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
8

(
p
o
s
t
-
e
m
p
)
* S e e n o t e s

Figure 209: 8 DWDM channels OADM with MVAC boards: OADM inside OFA inter-
stage

II-350 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
Notes on Figure 209.
÷MVAC in slot 4 (and 6) of expansion shelf is used for the pre-emphasis of ch 30 (and ch 31)
÷MVAC in slot 5 (and 7) of expansion shelf is used for the post-emphasis of ch 30 (and ch 31)
÷MVAC in slot 12 of expansion shelf is used for expansion loop optical power adjustment
÷MVAC in slot 13 of expansion shelf is used for extra loop optical power adjustment.
S
P
V
M
(
2
,
_
H
)

(
o
p
t
.
)
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
H
K
FANS
49
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
P
S
C
P
S
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
FANS
49
L
A
N
L
A
N
R
A
I
R
A
I
U
I
C
U
I
C
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

S
h
e
l
f

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

(
S
C
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5

W
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1

W
M
V
A
C

(
e
x
p

l
o
o
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
1

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
S
M
C

(
0
p
t
.
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
1

E
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
2

(
c
h

l
o
o
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
3

(
c
h

l
o
o
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
5

E
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
6

E
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
7

(
c
h

l
o
o
p
)
T
r
a
n
s
p
o
n
d
e
r

c
h

3
8

E
O
M
D
X
8
1
0
0
_
M
_
L
1
_
X
S
M
V
A
C

(
e
x
t
r
a
-
l
o
o
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
1

(
p
o
s
t
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
5

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
5

(
p
o
s
t

e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
6

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
8

(
p
r
e
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
6

(
p
o
s
t
-
e
m
p
)
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
8

(
p
o
s
t
-
e
m
p
)
* S e e n o t e s
M
V
A
C

c
h

3
0

(
c
h

l
o
o
p
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)
O
A
C

/

O
A
C
_
L

(
o
p
t
.
)

Figure 210: 8 DWDM channels OADM with MVACs: OADM between 2 double stages
OFAs

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-351
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
Notes on Figure 210.
÷ch 30 is a channel loop connection. The transponders in slots 4-5 are replaced by an MVAC in
slot 4
÷MVAC in slot 6 of expansion shelf is used for the pre-emphasis of ch 31
÷MVAC in slot 7 of expansion shelf is used for the post-emphasis of ch 31
÷MVAC in slot 4 of expansion shelf is used for expansion loop optical power adjustment
÷MVAC in slot 5 of expansion shelf is used for extra loop optical power adjustment.
4 x ANY node configuration
Without drawers protection
E
S
C
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
U
I
U
I
H
K
R
A
FANS
49
L
A
N I
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y

Figure 211: 4 x ANY node configuration without drawers protection

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

II-352 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
With drawers protection
E
S
C
P
S
C
P
S
C
L
A
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8
U
I
U
I
H
K
R
A
FANS
49
I
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
4

x

A
N
Y
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C
O
P
C

Figure 212: 4 x ANY node configuration with drawers protection

OPC location for drawers protection
÷drawer 1: 31, 35, 39, 43
÷drawer 2: 30, 34, 38, 42
÷drawer 3: 28, 32, 40, 44
÷drawer 4: 29, 33, 41, 45.
4xANY boards can be partially protected (drawers 3 & 4 for the 1st couple, drawers 1
& 2 for the 2nd couple).
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-353
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
1696 MS_C (Compact Shelf) configurations examples
The 1696MS_C must be able to set many different configurations
÷ Terminals
- up to 14 unprotected channels LT without supervision, with single channel
transponders
- up to 12 unprotected channels LT with supervision, with single channel
transponders
- up to 4 unprotected channels LT with supervision in one shelf, with single channel
transponders
- up to 28 unprotected channels LT without supervision, with dual channel
transponders
- up to 24 unprotected channels LT with supervision, with dual channel transponders
- up to 8 unprotected channels LT with supervision in one shelf, with dual channel
transponders
÷ Back-to-back terminals or OADM with/without protection
- up to 6 channels back-to-back terminal or OADM, with single channel
transponders
- up to 12 channels back-to-back terminal or OADM, with dual channel transponders
- asymmetrical configurations are allowed (i.e. 2 channels west and 1 channel east)
÷ CPE (Customer Premises Equipment) configurations
÷ In Line Repeater
÷ Supervision manager.
These configurations are preferably exploited with a 1696MS_C but they can be
implemented in a 1696MS, too.
- Remote 4xAny/2xGE_FC (unprotected)
- Remote 4xAny/2xGE_FC + Protection MCC on 1310 nm or 1550 nm
- Remote MCC or MCC+4xANY (or 2xGE_FC)
- OADM 1/2/4(1/2/4 channel with or without protection)
- Remote 4xANY (or 2xGE_FC) + MCC
- One protected transponder (one signal on 2 channels)
- Back-to-back 4xANY
- SPV manager (used to connect a SH Manager to supervise the ring).

II-354 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
- 2-channel terminal: MCC + 4xANY (or 2xGE_FC) with drawers protection
÷ 1696MS or 1696MS_C configured to connect a CPE or a 1696MS_C in a small ring
- 1696MS or1696MS_C receiving/emitting a supervised black-and-white signal
- 1696MS or 1696MS_C receiving/emitting a supervised colored signal
- 1696MS or 1696MS connected to a 1696MS_C located in a small ring
- 1696MS as a remotization
÷ Two 1696MS or 1696MS_C rings connected together
- With supervision through optical link (DCC)
- With supervision through electrical link (LAN_Q)
Some of these configurations are described hereafter.
N.B. If equipped with WDM SFP modules, also the 4xAY_P and 2xGE_FC can
be considered as transponders, but it will not shown in all the following figures for
semplicity reasons.
Examples of Line Terminal configurations
4 DWDM or CWDM channel terminal without SPV
The 4-channel terminal block diagram is shown in Figure 154.
F

A

N

_
C
PSC(2)
PSC(2)
LAN_Q
HK
RAI
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
OMDX8100_M_L1_X or CMDX2

ESC
Transponder ch 1
Transponder ch 2
Transponder ch 4
Transponder ch 3
1
2
3
5
6
4

Figure 213: 4 DWDM or CWDM channel terminal w/o SPV configuration

8-channel terminal
For further details on 8-channel terminal configuration (and block diagrams) refer to 8
CWDM or DWDM channels terminal with expansion, supervision and user interface.
8-channel terminal with SPV and OAC
8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-355
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
F

A

N

_
C
PSC(2)
PSC(2)
LAN_Q
HK
RAI
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
5
6
13
F

A

N

_
C
PSC2
PSC2 7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
F

A

N

_
C
PSC2
PSC2 7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
8 channels
OSC in
OSC out
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS
LB
LB
SB
SB
30
38
30
38
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
OAC OAC
OFA OFA
EXP
client
signals
UNUSED
UNUSED
L2 UNUSED
L2 UNUSED
OFA OFA
4
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS

OAC / OAC_L (optional)
OAC / OAC_L (optional)

ESC
I-Link_M
I-Link_S
Transponder ch 1
Transponder ch 2
Transponder ch 4
Transponder ch 3
Transponder ch 8
I-Link_S
Transponder ch 7
Transponder ch 5
Transponder ch 6
SPVM2, SPVM_H
MCC
8 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
2xGE_FC
8xGE


II-356 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

Figure 214: 8 DWDM channel terminal with SPV and OAC

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-357
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page
8 DWDM or CWDM chs terminal with WLAs (w/ or w/o protection) w/o SPV
LAN_Q
HK
RAI
F

A

N

_
C
PSC2
PSC2 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
ESC
WLA
WLA
WLA
WLA
1
2
3
4
5
6
MUX/DEMUX8-channel

Figure 215: 8 D/CWDM channels terminal with WLAs (w/ or w/o protection) w/o
SPV

8 DWDM or CWDM chs terminal with WLAs (w/ or w/o protection) with SPV
and OAC
F

A

N

_
C
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
F

A

N

_
C
PSC2
PSC2 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
OMDX8100_M_L1_XS or CMDX2

OAC / OAC_L (optional)
OAC / OAC_L (optional)
ESC
I-Link_M
I-Link_S
WLA
WLA
WLA
WLA
SPVM_H*
1
2
3
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
PSC(2)
PSC(2)
LAN_Q
HK
RAI
* S P V M i s u s e d i n D W D M N E s , O S C i s u s e d i n C W D M a n d m i x e d N E s . N o O A C i n p u r e C W D M c o n f i g .
Figure 216: 8 D/CWDM channels terminal with WLAs (w/ or w/o protection) with
SPV

II-358 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008
12 unprotected channels terminal without SPV

OADM8100_L1_X
LB
LB
SB
SB
1
4
30
38
30
38
1
4
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
OADM4100_M_chx-y_S
D
M
U
M
U
X
X
EXP
client
signals
client
signals
UNUSED
UNUSED
Transponder ch 33
F

A

N

_
C
PSC(2)
PSC(2)
LAN_Q

ESC
HK
Transponder ch 32
Transponder ch 30
Transponder ch 31
RAI
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
13
F

A

N

_
C
PSC2
PSC2

I-Link_S
Transponder ch 35
Transponder ch 36
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
F

A

N

_
C
PSC2
PSC2 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Transponder ch 38
Transponder ch 37
I-Link_M
6
OADM8100_L1_X
1
2
3
4
5
6
Transponder ch 4
I-Link_S
Transponder ch 3
Transponder ch 1
Transponder ch 2
OADM4100_M_chx-y _S
MCC
4 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
2xGE_FC
8xGE
MCC
4 x
OCC10
4 x WLA
or
2xGE_FC
8xGE

8DG-17561-AAAA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary II-359
Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008 See notice on first page

Figure 217: 12-channel terminal without SPV


16 DWDM channels or mix C/DWDM (15 chs) terminal with WLAs with SPV
and OAC
For configuration description and block diagram refer to 16 DWDM channels or mix
C/DWDM (15 chs) terminal with LA boards.

II-360 Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8DG-17561-AAAA
See notice on first page Issue 21, JuneMarch 2008

Fi